Oxford Insight Mathematics 8
Oxford Insight Mathematics 8
Oxford Insight Mathematics 8
OXFORD
INSIGHT
8
STAGE 4
8
HUGHES
FULLER
LEY
JOHN LEY
SHAREE HUGHES
ISBN 978-0-19-557794-5 MICHAEL FULLER
4
9 780195 577945
visit us at: oup.com.au or
contact customer service: [email protected]
INSIGHT
MATHEMATICS
AUSTRALIAN CURRICULUM FOR NSW
8
STAGE 4
JOHN LEY
SHAREE HUGHES
MICHAEL FULLER
Links to third party websites are provided by Oxford in good faith and for
information only. Oxford disclaims any responsibility for the materials contained
in any third party website referenced in this work.
CONTENTS
1 Review of Year 7 1 4 Number operations and index laws
Number & Algebra 73
A Integers .................................................................. 2
B Angles and parallel lines ....................................... 3 Diagnostic test ........................................................... 74
C Number and indices ............................................... 4 A Index notation ....................................................... 75
D Fractions................................................................. 5 B Multiplying numbers with the same base............ 77
E Drawing and building solids ................................... 6 C Raising a number to a power ............................... 80
F Algebra and variables ............................................ 7 D Dividing numbers with the same base................. 81
G Fractions, decimals and percentages .................... 8 E The zero index ...................................................... 83
H Transformations and symmetry ........................... 10 Investigation 1 Numbers in index form ........................ 85
I Probability ............................................................ 12 F Summary of index laws ........................................ 85
J Data investigation ................................................. 13 Investigation 2 Last digits in powers ........................... 86
K Area, surface area and volume ............................ 15 Investigation 3 Multiplying and dividing
L Data measures ..................................................... 17 directed numbers .................................................. 87
M Linear equations .................................................. 18 G Multiplying and dividing directed numbers.......... 88
N Triangles and quadrilaterals ................................ 20 Language in mathematics ......................................... 91
Check your skills ....................................................... 91
2 Ratios and rates Review set 4A ............................................................. 93
Number & Algebra 21 Review set 4B ............................................................. 94
Review set 4C ............................................................. 95
Diagnostic test ........................................................... 22
Review set 4D ............................................................. 96
A Ratio review .......................................................... 23
Investigation 1 Gears on a bike ................................... 27
5 Perimeter, area and capacity
B Equivalent ratios review ....................................... 28
Measurement & Geometry 97
C Problem solving: the unitary method................... 32
D Dividing a quantity in a given ratio ...................... 35 Diagnostic test ........................................................... 98
E Rates ..................................................................... 36 A Area and perimeter review................................... 99
F Scale drawing ....................................................... 41 Investigation 1 Area and perimeter............................ 104
Investigation 2 The golden ratio ................................... 43 Investigation 2 Formulas for area ............................. 105
Language in mathematics ......................................... 45 B Area of special quadrilaterals ............................ 106
Check your skills ....................................................... 45 Investigation 3 Area and perimeter............................ 113
Review set 2A ............................................................. 46 C Converting area units ......................................... 114
Review set 2B ............................................................. 47 D Volume and capacity........................................... 116
Review set 2C ............................................................. 47 Language in mathematics ....................................... 121
Review set 2D ............................................................. 48 Check your skills ..................................................... 122
Review set 5A ........................................................... 123
3 Congruence Review set 5B ........................................................... 125
Measurement & Geometry 49 Review set 5C ........................................................... 126
Review set 5D ........................................................... 127
Diagnostic test ........................................................... 50
A Congruent figures ................................................ 51
B Congruency tests ................................................. 54 Cumulative review 2–5 128
C Applying congruency tests ................................... 56
D Properties of triangles and quadrilaterals .......... 62 6 Time
Language in mathematics ......................................... 66 Measurement & Geometry 133
Check your skills ....................................................... 66 Diagnostic test ......................................................... 134
Review set 3A ............................................................. 68 A Analogue clocks review ...................................... 135
Review set 3B ............................................................. 70 B Digital displays review ........................................ 136
Review set 3C ............................................................. 71
Contents iii
MATHEMATICS
AUSTRALIAN CURRICULUM FOR NSW
8
OXFORD
INSIGHICTS
OXFORD INSIGHT MA
MATHEMAT
AUSTRALIAN CURRIC
ULUM FOR NSW
8 STUDENT BOOK
STAGE 4
THEMATICS
LEY
SHAREE HUGHES
MICHAEL FULLER
4
PROFESSIONAL
SUPPORT
Drive student progress
through the Australian
Curriculum.
2 Ratios and rates MA4–1WM, MA4–2WM, MA4–3WM, S4 N&A Ratio and rates ACMNA188
MA4–7NA
5 Perimeter, area MA4-1WM, MA4-2WM, MA3-9MG, S4 M&G Length, S4 M&G Area, ACMMG195,
and capacity MA3-10MG, MA3-11MG, MA4-12MG, S4 M&G Volume ACMMG196,
MA4-13MG, MA4-14MG ACMMG198
9 Data collection and MA4-1WM, MA4-2WM, MA4-3WM, S4 S&P Data collection and ACMSP206,
analysis MA3-18SP, MA4-19SP, MA4-20SP representation, S4 S&P Single ACMSP207,
variable data analysis ACMSP284,
ACMSP293
3 Represent the following operations on a number line and hence find the answer.
a 2+4 b 3+5−2 c 2×7−3
7 Plot the following whole numbers on the number line, then write them in ascending order.
a −8, −5, −6, −9, −4 b −7, −2, −8, 0, 4
8 Plot the following numbers on the number line, then write them in ascending order.
a 1_12 , 2_14 , 0, 1, −_12 b −1.3, 1.2, −1.6, 0, −1.4
9 Using a number line to help you, insert > or < symbols to make the following statements true.
a −5 −6 b −2 2 c 0 −3
A(2, 4), B(−2, −4), C(3, −4), D(2, −1), E(3, – 5), F(4, 0)
12 Draw a travel graph to describe this journey. Kyle left home at 10 am to visit a friend. He walked
2 kilometres to the bus stop taking 25 minutes, then waited 10 minutes for the bus. The bus journey took
40 minutes to travel 10 kilometres. Kyle then walked 1 kilometre in 15 minutes to his friend’s house and
1
stayed for 1_2 hours. After that he was driven home. The drive home took 20 minutes.
D
T
2 Measure each of the angles in the diagram. B
C
a ∠QRB b ∠BRS
c ∠CRS d ∠BRC
e ∠QRC f ∠QRS
Q S
R
3 a Draw an interval AB approximately 5 cm long. With A as the vertex, draw angles of:
i 38° ii 152° iii 194° iv 253° v 345°
REVIEW OF YEAR 7
6 Find the value of the pronumerals and give a reason for your answer.
a b c
t
115° 88°
q 73°
u
23°
d e f
38°
r 57° x
28° s 48°
125°
7 State whether or not lines PQ and AB are parallel. Give a reason for your answer.
a B b P
53° Q A
135° 110°
A 110° Q
P
B
8 Find the value of the pronumerals and state a reason for your answer.
a q b c e c
a
123°
r
75°
b
f 60° d
5 Use the method of division by primes to write the following numbers as a product of prime factors.
a 140 b 230 c 540
8 Find the HCF and LCM of the following pairs of numbers. First write each number as a product of prime
factors.
a 70 and 84 b 60 and 90 c 280 and 400
12 Evaluate:
a 986 ÷ 29 b 992 ÷ 64
13 Evaluate: _______
√
102 + 8
_______
a 16 − 4 × 2 b 3 +7×2
2 3
c
3
D Fractions
Exercise 1D
1 What fraction of the diagram shown is:
a shaded? b unshaded?
5
2 If __
13 of a diagram is shaded, what fraction is unshaded?
47
3 Convert __
9 to a mixed number.
REVIEW OF YEAR 7
3 The diagram below shows the net of a cube with a different letter
C
on each face. When the cube is assembled, which letter will be
opposite the letter:
A B D F
a A? b B?
E
5 Build the given solid and then sketch the view from the: Front
a front b back c top
d left side e right side.
Front
Front
8 Sketch the cross-section when these solids are cut as shown.
a b
9 The numbers on the plan give the numbers of cubes in each stack of the
solid. Build the solid and sketch the view of the solid from corner A on 6 3
isometric grid paper.
2
c d
REVIEW OF YEAR 7
8 Convert each to a percentage and arrange in ascending order: _35 , 68%, 0.48, 2
_
3
9 a Increase 40 m by 12%.
b Katherine buys pens for 50c each. She sells them at an increased price of 150%. What is the selling price?
c Decrease 200 m by 30%.
10 In a class of 28 students there are 13 boys. Write the ratio of boys to girls.
7 9
13 Express ___ ____
100 + 1000 as a decimal.
7
c Express _9 as a decimal.
2 State whether the original (blue) figure has been translated, rotated or reflected to its new position.
a b
c d
REVIEW OF YEAR 7
6 Which of the shapes in question 5 has rotational symmetry? State the order of symmetry.
8 Copy the following shapes and draw all the axes of symmetry.
a b
9 Do the following shapes have rotational symmetry? If so, state to order of symmetry.
REVIEW OF YEAR 7
a b c
Exercise 1I
1 A hat contains 1 pink, 1 red, 1 blue and 1 green ticket. One ticket is chosen at random.
a List the sample space.
b What is the probability of selecting the red ticket?
4 A box of ice-creams contains 8 chocolate, 5 strawberry and 3 vanilla. One ice-cream is chosen at random.
a How many ice-creams are in the box?
b How many ice-creams are strawberry?
c What is the probability of selecting a strawberry ice-cream?
6 One card is selected at random from a normal deck of 52 cards. What is the probability that it is:
a a club? b a black card? c a black ace?
7 In Year 8, 65% of students walk to school, 30% catch a bus and 5% are driven. Find the probability that a
student selected at random:
a walks b is driven c catches a bus
d does not walk e does not catch a bus.
100
b Estimate the probability associated with each phrase.
i no chance ii very likely iii certain
9 A coin is tossed once. It has heads on one side and tails on the other. Describe an event that would be:
a certain b impossible c of even chance.
11 A spinner has four equally sized sectors coloured red, blue, green and yellow. It is spun once. What is the
probability that the colour is:
a blue? b not blue? c green or yellow? d not green or yellow?
12 A box of chocolates has milk and dark chocolates. One chocolate is selected at random. The probability of
3
selecting a milk chocolate is __
10 . What is the probability of selecting a dark chocolate?
J Data investigation
Exercise 1J
1 What is the difference between primary and secondary data?
2 State whether a census or sample survey would be used for each of these investigations. Discuss your
answers in groups.
a the weights of the members of a football team
b the number of people who prefer vanilla ice-cream
c the number of pets owned by students in a class
5 a Construct a frequency distribution table for this data for winning margins in a series of soccer matches.
2 2 3 0 0 2 0 4 3 1 3 5
REVIEW OF YEAR 7
0 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 0 0 3 1
0 1 2 1 0 4 5 3 0 1 0 2
5 1 4 3 4 2 3 0 2 3 4 0
1 2 2 0 0 2 3 2 0 4 0 2
b Draw a frequency histogram and polygon for this information.
7 Draw a stem-and-leaf plot for the following information. Use stems of 12, 13, 14, 15, 16.
146 145 128 138 161 150 149 142 132 142
150 145 151 131 148 145 132 145 144 153
8 a Draw a column graph for the data in this table. Drink Frequency
b Draw a dot plot showing this information.
Soft drink 18
Still water 10
Juice 3
Tea/coffee 2
Other 2
14
7m
11 mm
c d
4 cm
14 cm
7 cm
e f
70
m
m
m
m
20
m
m
30
5 cm
8 cm
5m
6m 3m 30 cm
10 cm
10 m 60 cm
7.0 cm
9.5 cm
6.8 cm 10.3 cm
3.1 cm 8.1 cm
41.6 cm
A = 427.5 cm2
7.4 cm
10.3 cm
7.8 cm
23.5 cm
5.8 cm
9.4 cm
9 Calculate the volumes of these composite solids.
a b
8.1 m
3 cm
6.1 m
10.8 m
REVIEW OF YEAR 7
5.2 cm
12.3 m
4.2 cm
2 For the scores in this stem-and-leaf plot find the: Stem Leaf
a mean b mode 2 7 8 8
c median d range. 3 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 6
4 1 2 4 4 4 6 8
5 3 5 7 8
6 2 3
4 a Complete this frequency distribution table. Score (x) Frequency (f) f×x
b Calculate the mean correct to 1 decimal place.
8 6
9 11
10 15
11 12
12 8
13 7
14 8
Σf = Σfx =
14 11 56 45
15 4 57 33
7 The marks for a class in English, Mathematics and Science tests are given.
Mark English frequency Mathematics frequency Science frequency
1 3 0 5
2 3 1 4
3 3 3 3
4 3 5 2
5 3 6 1
6 3 6 1
7 3 5 2
8 3 3 3
9 3 1 4
10 3 0 5
M Linear equations
Exercise 1M
1 Show each step required to backtrack from the equation 4x + 12 = 0 to x. Solve for x.
a x + 11 = 17 b x + 9 = −6
c 4x = 36 d −9x = 63
e 3y + 18 = 29 f 5 − 4p = −47
g 4d + 8 = 3d − 12 h 18 + 7c = 32 − 3c
i 3(m + 6) = 2(m − 1) j 8(q − 5) = −3(10 + 3q)
5 Complete this table to solve the equation 3x − 4 = 23 using the guess, check and refine method.
x 5 11 8 9
3x − 4 11
+ 11 ×3 − 13 +4 ×3
d m e y f a
÷7 + 22 +5 ÷7 ×2 ÷7
g x h w i x
÷6 ×4 +8 +3 ×5
d m e k f z
÷7 –2 –5 ÷4 ×9 +5
g y h z i x
×5 ÷8 ÷8 ×5 −5 ×8
j w k p l n
10 Do the following to generate equations that can be solved in two steps and have the solution x = 10.
a Multiply both sides by 3 then add 5 to both sides.
b Multiply both sides by 2 then subtract 7 from both sides.
c Add 3 to both sides then multiply both sides by 5.
REVIEW OF YEAR 7
12 To build a pattern of rectangles, the number of matches needed (N) is given by N = 5r + 1, where r is the
number of rectangles.
a How many matches are needed to build 7 rectangles?
b How many rectangles could be built using 61 matches?
13 Sylvie is a salesperson. She is paid a weekly commission ($C). Her commission is calculated by the formula
S
C = 200 + ___ where S is the value, in dollars, of her sales (the goods she sells).
20
a How much did she earn in the week in which the value of her sales was $20 000?
b One week her commission was $640. What was the value of her sales?
x 86°
E
5 Find the value of the pronumerals in alphabetical order (u to z),
giving reasons for your answers.
43°
52° F
D w
REVIEW OF YEAR 7
x
6 a Draw a rhombus. A z y v
b List the properties of a rhombus. B u 142°
C
7 a Draw a convex quadrilateral.
b Comment on the diagonals of your diagram.
5 Express _38 as a ratio. 12 Which point divides the line segment AO into
A 8:3 B 3 : 11 the ratio 2 : 5?
C 11 : 3 D 3:8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O
2 x
6 Determine the value of x when __ = ___. A C B E
3 45 C K D M
A 15 B 30 C 52.6 D 67
The Diagnostic test questions refer to the Year 7 outcomes from ACMNA188.
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
Exercise 2A
1 Express each of the following as a ratio.
a circles to triangles b stars to moons c pens to rulers
23
EXAMPLE 1
A recipe for children’s playdough lists
4 cups of flour, 2 cups of water and
1 cup of salt.
a What is the ratio of flour to water?
b What is the ratio of water to the
total number of cups required?
c What fraction of the dough
mixture is salt?
EXAMPLE 2
For each of the following diagrams find the:
i ratio of shaded area to unshaded area
ii ratio of shaded area to the total area
iii fraction of the total area that is shaded.
a b
d e f
EXAMPLE 3
For each ratio, express the first part as a fraction of the whole.
a 4:5 b 1:9 c 7:2
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
a The ratio 4 : 5 has 9 parts in total. The fraction is _49 . When converting a ratio to a fraction, first
1
__ find the total number of parts by adding
b The ratio 1 : 9 has 10 parts in total. The fraction is 10 . the numbers in the ratio, then put the part
c The ratio 7 : 2 has 9 parts in total. The fraction is _79 . you want as a fraction over the total.
EXAMPLE 4
Each fraction shows the first part of a ratio as a fraction of the whole. Find the ratio.
2
_ 1
_ 3
_
a 3 b 4 c 8
a For _23 , the first part of the ratio is 2. The denominator of a fraction is the total
number of parts. When converting to a ratio, the
The second part of the ratio is 3 − 2 = 1.
numerator of the fraction is the first number
The ratio is 2 : 1. and the remaining parts are the second number.
b For _14 , the first part of the ratio is 1.
This leaves 3 parts out of a total of 4 parts. The ratio is 1 : 3.
c For _38 , the first part of the ratio is 3.
This leaves 5 part out of the total of 8 parts. The ratio is 3 : 5.
12 Each fraction shows the first part of a ratio as a fraction of the whole. Find the ratio.
a _34 b _15 c _35 d 5
_
7
4
_ 2
_ 6
_ 5
_
e 5 f 9 g 7 h 9
EXAMPLE 5
Express each of the following as a ratio.
a 7 cm to 3 m b 73 mL to 2 L c 3 h to 17 min
1
_
1:2 3
2:4 2
_ 1
6 = _3
4:8 4
__ 1
12 = _3
EXAMPLE 1
Complete these equivalent ratios by multiplying.
a 1:3=4:□ b 7 : 9 = □ : 27
a 1:3=4:□ b 7 : 9 = □ : 27
×4 ×3
1:3=4:□ 7 : 9 = □: 27
×4 ×3
1 : 3 = 4 : 12 7 : 9 = 21 : 27
Exercise 2B
1 Complete these equivalent ratios by multiplying.
a 1 : 3 = 5 : ___ b 2 : 5 = 4 : ___ 4 : 7 = 8 : ___
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
c
d 9 : 10 = 27 : ___ e 6 : 5 = 24 : ___ f 3 : 8 = 15 : ___
g 2 : 9 = ___ : 18 h 1 : 6 = ___ : 30 i 5 : 3 = ___ : 9
j 9 : 2 = ___ : 8 k 10 : 11 = ___ : 55 l 14 : 15 = ___ : 45
m 8 : 13 = 40 : ___ n 6 : 11 : = ___ : 99 o 5 : 7 = ___ : 70
p 10 : 17 = 100 : ___ q 3 : 2 = 33 : ___ r 13 : 20 = ___ : 60
a 4 : 20 = 1 : □ b 21 : 56 = □ : 8
÷4 ÷7
4 : 20 = 1 : □ 21 : 56 = □: 8 Multiplying increases
and dividing decreases
÷4 ÷7 the numeral in the
4 : 20 = 1 : 5 21 : 56 = 3 : 8 equivalent ratio.
EXAMPLE 3
Express the following ratios in simplest form.
a 42 : 48 b 35 : 20
a Find the HCF of 42 and 48. b Find the HCF of 35 and 20.
42: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 14, 21, 42 35: 1, 5, 7, 35
48: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 48 20: 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 20
HCF = 6 HCF = 5
42 48 35 20
42 : 48 = ___ : ___ 35 : 20 = ___ : ___
6 6 5 5
=7:8 =7:4
Note: The fraction function on the
b
_ calculator is used to simplify the ratio and
Calculator: Use the fraction button a c .
the answer is a ratio not a fraction.
Enter: Enter:
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
42 a c b
_
48 = 7⎦8 35 a_bc 20 = 1 ⎦ 3 ⎦ 4 = 1_34
EXAMPLE 4
Express the following ratios in simplest form.
5 _
3
a _
7:7 b 3 : 2_25 c 1.6 : 5.6
5 3
= __ × 7 : __ × 7 = 5 : 3
5 _
_ 3
a 7:7 7 7
Calculator:
5 a_bc 7 ÷ 3 a_bc 7= 1⎦2⎦3
12
b 3 : 2_25 = 3 × 5 : ___
5
× 5 = 15 : 12
15 12
= ___ : ___ = 5 : 4
3 3
Calculator:
3 ÷ 2 a_bc 2 a_bc 5= 1⎦2⎦4
5 5
i 1 2
2_3 : _3 j _
6 : 16
_
k 10 : 2_14 l 3_12 : 4_34
1 1 1 1
m 16_2 : 3_3 n 20_5 : 4_2 o 1.5 : 5 p 1.8 : 3
q 2.4 : 2.8 r 0.81 : 2.7 s 0.6 : 3.6 t 1.4 : 0.21
a $4 : 50c b 2 h : 15 min c 45 cm : 3 m
= 400 : 50 = 120 min : 15 min = 45 cm : 300 cm
400 50 120 15 45 300
= ____ : ___ = ____ : ___ = ___ : ____
50 50 15 15 15 15
=8:1 =8:1 = 3 : 20
8 The dimensions of a rectangular field are 1.2 km by 600 m. What is the ratio of the field’s dimensions?
9 A mortar mix consists of sand, cement and gravel in the ratio 3 : 1 : 2. If two buckets of cement are used, how
many buckets of sand and gravel are used?
31
EXAMPLE 1
The ratio of tin to lead in a particular type of solder is 8 : 5.
a How much tin is needed to be mixed with 35 kg of lead?
b How much lead is needed to be mixed with 70 g of tin?
Method 1
a tin : lead b tin : lead
8:5 8:5
x : 35 70 : x
where x is the amount of tin required. where x is the amount of lead required.
tin
____ 8 lead 5
= __ ____ = __
lead 5 tin 8
x
___ 8 x 5
= __ ___ = __
35 5 70 8
8 280 5 350
x = __ × 35 = ____ = 56 x = __ × 70 = ____ = 43.75
5 5 8 8
∴ 56 kg of tin is required. ∴ 43.75 g of lead is required.
Method 2
a tin : lead = 8 : 5 b tin : lead = 8 : 5
Lead is 5 parts of the solder. Tin is 8 parts of the solder.
5 parts = 35 kg 8 parts = 70 g
35 70
1 part = __5 kg 1 part = __8 g
∴ 1 part = 7 kg ∴ 1 part = 8.75 g
Tin is 8 parts of the solder. Lead is 5 parts of the solder.
8 parts = 8 × 7 kg = 56 kg 5 parts = 5 × 8.75 g = 43.75 g
∴ 56 kg of tin is required. ∴ 43.75 g of lead is required.
Exercise 2C
1 Solve the following.
x 6 x 9 x 1
a ___
15 5
= __ b __4 = ___ c __7 = __
12 4
x x 16 x 12
d __ = 1__
1
20 e __2 = ___ f __8 = ___
3 20 15
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
13
g x : 5 = 6 : 10 h x : 6 = ___ i x : 10 = 2 : 5
15
j 6 : 15 = x : 2 k 16 : 14 = 4 : x l 25 : 22 = 8 : x
6 A two-stroke petrol mix is made by mixing petrol and oil in the ratio 25 : 1.
a How many litres of petrol would be added to 500 mL of oil to make this mixture?
b How many millilitres of oil would be needed to be mixed with 8 L of petrol?
7 a The ratio of a boy’s height to his father’s is _35 . If the boy’s height is 1.23 m, how tall is his father?
b The ratio of Carla’s weight to Tracey’s weight is _79 . If Tracey weighs 82.8 kg, how much does
Carla weigh?
8 Betting odds are in the form of a ratio. Odds of 12/1 mean that $12 could be won for every $1 bet.
a How much could be won on a horse at odds 12/1 if you bet $25?
b How much did Sarah bet if she won $720 on a horse at odds 12/1?
c If Sarah decided to bet 3/5 of her winnings from part b and lost, how much would she lose?
d Sarah decided to bet her remaining winnings from part b on a race at odds of 8/1. If the horse won,
how much did she win?
EXAMPLE 2
A piece of ribbon is cut into three lengths in the ratio 3 : 5 : 7. The shortest piece is 12 cm.
a Find the length of the longest piece of ribbon.
b Find the length of the original piece of ribbon.
Method 1
a 3 : 5: 7 b 3 : 5 : 7
12 x 12 : x
long 7
_____ = __ medium __
_______ 5
=
short 3 short 3
x
___ 7 x 5
= __ ___ = __
12 3 12 3
7 5
x = __ × 12 x = __ × 12
3 3
84 60
= ___ = ___
3 3
= 28 cm = 20 cm
Longest piece of ribbon is 28 cm. Medium piece is 20 cm.
Length of original = short + medium + long
= 12 + 20 + 28 = 60 cm
Method 2
Ratio of lengths is 3 : 5 : 7.
Shortest length = 12 cm, so 3 parts = 12 cm.
12
∴ 1 part= ___ = 4 cm
3
a Length of longest piece = 7 parts b Length of original piece = 3 + 5 + 7 = 15 parts
= 7 × 4 cm = 15 × 4 cm
= 28 cm = 60 cm
12 A triangle has side lengths in the ratio 3 : 6 : 7. Use the information given to
a If the longest side is 16.1 cm, find the lengths of the remaining find the value of one part.
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
two sides.
b Calculate the total length of the sides of the triangle.
13 A piece of rope is cut into three lengths in the ratio 7 : 2 : 5. The shortest length is 1.48 m.
a Find the length of the longest piece of rope.
b Find the length of the original rope.
EXAMPLE 1
a Divide $15 000 in the ratio 3 : 2.
b The ratio of good apples to bruised apples is 5 : 2. If 2800 apples are sorted, how many are bruised?
a Ratio is 3 : 2. b Ratio is 5 : 2.
Number of parts = 3 + 2 = 5 Number of parts = 5 + 2 = 7
3
_ 2
_ 5 2
So fractions are and
5 5. So fractions are _7 and _7 .
3
_ 2
_
5 of $15 000 = $9000 7 are bruised.
2
_ 2
_
5 of $15 000 = $6000 7 of 2800 = 800
∴ 3 : 2 = $9000 : $6000 ∴ 800 apples were bruised.
Calculator:
3 a_bc 5 × 15 0000 = 2 a_bc 7 × 28000 =
2 a_bc 5 × 15 0000 =
Exercise 2D
1 The line segment AM is divided into equal intervals. Which point divides AM in the following ratios?
A B C D E F G H I J K L M
a 5:7 b 1 : 11 c 1:3 d 2:1
7 Tropicana Drink is made by mixing orange, pineapple and passionfruit juice in the ratio 7 : 5 : 2. How much
pineapple juice would be needed to make 8.4 L of Tropicana Drink?
8 The total length of the sides of a triangle is 72.6 cm and the ratio of the side lengths is 6 : 1 : 5. Calculate the
length of the:
a shortest side b longest side.
9 A tin holds 6.24 L of two-stroke fuel. If two-stroke fuel is made from petrol and oil in the ratio 25 : 1, how
much oil is in the mixture?
10 An investment fund invests in property, shares and government bonds in the ratio 5 : 4 : 3. If the total
investments are $60 000, find the amounts invested in each area.
11 A brand of fertiliser is made by mixing potash, phosphates and nitrates in the ratio 3 : 2 : 3. A bag of
fertiliser contains 40 kg.
a Find the number of kilograms of potash in the bag.
b Find the number of kilograms of phosphates in the bag.
12 A rectangle has a perimeter of 65 cm and the ratio of its length to its breadth is 9 : 4.
a Find the length of the rectangle.
b Find the breadth of the rectangle.
13 The ratio of the population of Tarmore to Kingsvale is 2 : 5 and the ratio of the population of Kingsvale to
Westside is 2 : 3. If the total population of the three towns is 99 615, find the population of these towns.
a Tarmore b Kingsvale c Westside
E Rates
Rates are comparisons of quantities of a different kind. So unlike ratios, rates have units.
Speed is one of the most common rates. A comparison is made between the distance travelled and the time
taken.
EXAMPLE 1
Express each of the following as a rate.
a A car travels 420 km in 3_12 h. b Collin is paid $71.25 for working 9_12 h.
1 1
3_2 h 9_2 This is the
= 120 km/h = $7.50 per h average speed.
Calculator:
4200 ÷ 3 a_bc 1 a_bc 2 = 71.25 ÷ 9 a_bc 1 a_bc 2 =
EXAMPLE 2
a A car travels at 60 km/h for 2 h and 17 min. How far does it travel?
b An aeroplane travels 2800 km in 4 h and 15 min. Calculate its speed to the nearest km.
c A train travels a distance of 770 km at a speed of 140 km/h. How long does the journey take?
600 × 2 °
' '' 177 °
' '' =
distance distance
b Speed = _______ c Time = _______
time speed
2800 km 770 km
= _________ = ________
4 h 15 min 140 km/h
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
3 A tank holds 1800 L. Currently it is leaking at a rate of 40 mL/min. How long will it take for the tank to lose:
a 500 mL? b 1.3 L? c 2.6 L? d 6.8 L?
4 Perfume costs $157.90 for 50 mL. How much does it cost for the following amounts?
a 20 mL b 80 mL c 130 mL d 170 mL
5 a One litre of paint covers 8 m2. What is the area covered by:
i 3 L? ii 4.5 L?
b What is the amount of paint needed to cover:
i 56 m2? ii 104 m2?
7 The printing costs for a brochure are 1000 copies for $938 or 1500 copies for $1032.
a What is the printing cost per brochure for:
i 1000 copies? ii 1500 copies?
b Find the difference in cost per copy between 1500 and 1000 copies.
c If the price per copy remained fixed for 1500 or more copies, find the cost of printing 2700 brochures.
EXAMPLE 3
Which is the better buy?
A 500 g of Doggie Plus costing $3.25 B 750 g of Doggie Plus costing $4.65
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
325c 465c
A Rate = _____ = 0.65 cents per gram B Rate = _____ = 0.62 cents per gram
500 g 750 g
Calculator:
325 ÷ 5000 = 465 ÷ 7500 =
The better buy is B, the 750 g costing $4.65, as each gram is cheaper!
Player’s name Runs scored Balls faced Strike rate (1 decimal place)
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
a Healey 42 30
b Hughes 31 22
c Border 18 16
d O’Donnell 125 98
e Young 71 59
Player’s name Number of goals Number of attempts Success rate (1 decimal place)
a Carla 4 10
b Susan 2 5
c Robert 1 4
d Harley 6 13
e Kylie 9 15
16 Governments use growth rates of population to make decisions. The following table shows population and
estimates of population for Africa, Asia, Oceania, America and Europe.
Population (million)
Year Africa Asia Oceania America Europe
1950 221.1 1398 12.8 171.6 547.4
2000 795.7 3697 31.0 315.9 728.0
2050 1803.3 5222.1 45.8 447.9 631.9
a Calculate the average annual growth rate in population and complete the following table. Africa has
already been completed. Use these values to make sure you are calculating correctly.
b Which region is expected to have a negative growth rate between 2000 and 2050?
c Australia is in Oceania. Comparing Oceania with Asia, what can be said about the growth rates? Give at
least two observations.
d Compare the 1950–2000 and 2000–2050 growth rates for all regions. Give a reason for the decrease in
rate from one time period to the other.
e Why is it incorrect to add the growth rates for 1950–2000 and 2000–2050 to obtain the rate for 1950–2050?
Enlargement
2
An enlargement with scale factor of 2 or 2 : 1 or __
1
means that every 2 cm on the scaled drawing
represents 1 cm on the original. This can be
represented as a 100% increase.
original
scaled
Reduction
1
A reduction with scale factor of __ or 1 : 3 means that every 1 cm on the scaled drawing represents 3 cm on the
3
original.
scaled
original
Distance maps
A scale of 1 : 4 000 000 means that 1 cm on the Gosford
SYDNEY
≡ 40 000 m
≡ 40 km
Using a scale of 1 : 4 000 000, the distance of 2 cm
Mittagong Wollongong
from Wollongong to Sydney on the map shown on
the right is a distance of 80 km in real life.
Goulburn Scale 1 : 4 000 000
(2 cm ≡ 2 × 40 km ≡ 80 km)
EXAMPLE 1
Write the scale 5 mm to 10 m as a simplified ratio.
4 The scale on a map is 1 : 500 000. What is the actual distance if the distance on the map is:
a 0.5 cm? b 2.6 cm? c 4.8 cm? d 9.2 cm?
5 The scale on a map is 1 : 80 000. What is the actual distance if the distance on the map is:
a 5 cm? b 7 cm? c 10.3 cm? d 15.9 cm?
EXAMPLE 2
Calculate the distance on a map if the scale is 1 : 400 000 and the actual distance is 11.2 km.
11.2
____
=
4
= 2.8 cm
6 Calculate the map distance if the scale is 1 : 200 000 and the actual distance is:
a 10 km b 28 km c 37.2 km d 169.6 km
A B C D
If you said rectangle C you would agree with many artists and architects from the past. Rectangle C is called
a golden rectangle and is said to be one of the most visually appealing geometric shapes. The ratio of length
to width in a golden rectangle is approximately 1.6 : 1; that is, the length is about 1.6 times the width. (More
precisely, the ratio is 1.61803398… : 1, but 1.6 : 1 is close enough.)
The ratio 1.6 : 1 is known as the golden ratio. The Ancient Greeks used the golden ratio extensively in paintings,
architecture, sculpture and designs on pottery.
Leonardo da Vinci suggested that the ratio of certain body measurements is close to the golden ratio. Keeping
in mind that we are all different shapes and sizes, see if you can find the golden ratio using your body
measurements.
Equipment needed: a tape measure and a partner
1 Ask your partner to carefully take your body measurements
(in mm) as indicated in the following diagrams. Record
these measurements and calculate the required ratios.
Height = ____ mm
Height to navel = ____ mm
So, height : navel height = ____ : ____
= ____ : 1 height
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
height
to navel
chin
3 Compile a class list of these ratios. Are they all close to the golden ratio?
(Any ratios that are a long way out may need to be recalculated.)
4 Can you find any other ratios of body measurements that are close to the golden ratio?
Further research
height
5 The Italian poet Danté stated that ‘Nature is the art of God’.
Find out more about the golden ratio in nature.
44
Terms
comparison distance enlarge equivalent express interval
part quantity rate ratio reduce scale factor
simplify speed time unitary
2 Paul weighs 62 kg, Robert weighs 94 kg and Harry weighs 84 kg. The simplified ratio of Paul’s weight to
Robert’s weight to Harry’s weight is:
A 62 : 94 : 84 B 31 : 47 : 42 C 31 : 94 : 42 D 62 : 47 : 42
4
3 In a bag of lollies containing Smarties and jubes, __
11 of the lollies are Smarties. What is the ratio of Smarties
to jubes?
A 11 : 4 B 4 : 11 C 4:7 D 7:4
4 For the ratio 11 : 13, which fraction will express the first part as a fraction of the whole?
11 24 11 13
A ___
24
B ___
11
C ___
13
D ___
11
22
5 The fraction ___ shows the first part of a ratio as a fraction of the whole. What is the ratio?
25
A 22 : 3 B 22 : 25 C 22 : 47 D 3 : 22
4 x
6 Determine the value of x if __ = ____.
9 117
A 263.25 B 52 C 29.25 D 13
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
144 18
7 Find the value of y if ____ = ___
y.
200
A 25 B 13.89 C 12.96 D 0.04
10 The ratio of cordial to water is 1 : 20. If 8.2 mL of cordial is used, the volume of water required is:
A 164 mL B 2.4 mL C 0.41 mL D 135 mL
11 The ratio of dogs to cats to birds is 15 : 13 : 2. How many cats are there if there are 180 dogs?
A 208 cats B 237 cats C 143 cats D 156 cats
14 Calculate the cost of a phone call lasting 18 min and 20 s at a rate of 52c/min.
A $9.46 B $9.48 C $9.53 D $9.52
15 Two towns are 43.5 km apart. What would be the distance between the two towns on a map if the map uses a
scale of 1 : 250 000?
A 0.174 cm B 1.74 cm C 17.4 cm D 174 cm
If you have any difficulty with these questions, refer to the examples and questions in the section listed
in the table.
2A Review set
1 What is a ratio?
2 In a class of 28 students there are 17 boys. Write the ratio of boys to girls.
7 Susan speaks to Clara for 29 m and 42 s. Calculate the cost of the phone call if it is charged at 49c/min or
part thereof.
8 A car travels at a speed of 112.6 km/h for 3_14 hours. Calculate the distance travelled.
2B Review set
1 Why do ratios not have units?
2 A bag contains mints and fruities. If there are 18 lollies, of which 11 are mints, write the ratio of mints
to fruities.
6 Calculate the cost of fuel for a 381.3 km trip if petrol costs $1.52/L and Tim’s car travels 8.2 km/L.
7 Sarah bets $130 on a horse at odds of 10/1. How much would she receive if the horse won?
8 A train travels a distance of 725.2 km at a speed of 168 km/h. How long does the journey take?
9 A map has a scale of 1 : 80. Convert the following real distances to scale distances.
a 8.8 m b 36 m
10 A map has a scale of 1 : 500 000. If the distance between two towns on the map is 5.3 cm, what is the actual
distance between the two towns?
2C Review set
1 Express in simplest form 25 min : 1_14 hours.
5 On an excursion, the ratio of teachers to students is 2 : 11. Calculate the number of students if there are
10 teachers.
9 The scale of a model aeroplane is 1 : 120. If the wingspan of the model is 17 cm, calculate the actual
wingspan.
10 The actual height of a building is 825 m. If a model of the building is constructed using a scale of 1 : 1500,
calculate the height of the model.
2D Review set
1 Express this ratio in simplest form: 1.2 m : 18 cm.
5 3
2 Find y when __y = __.
4
3 Divide $5000 in the ratio 9 : 6 : 5.
4 Joe buys a bike for $870 and later sells it for $935. Express the following as a ratio.
a cost price : selling price b profit : selling price
6 If 15 oranges cost $6.30, then the cost per orange is ____ cents.
8 On a particular day the $A is worth $US0.92. Calculate the value of $US1400 on that day.
0 40 km
b If two towns are 12.3 cm apart on a map that uses the scale above, what is the actual distance
between them?
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
NSW Syllabus references: S4 M&G Properties of geometrical figures 1, S4 M&G Properties of geometrical figures 2
Outcomes: MA4–1WM, MA4–2WM, MA4–3WM, MA4–17MG
MEASUREMENT & GEOMET RY – ACMMG200, ACMMG201, ACMMG202
P
Q
S R S R
S R C D
P Q P Q
B
P Q
S R S R
S R
C
4 Triangle ABC has been: A B
P Q
A rotated anticlockwise
about A
S R B reflected in AC C
C translated
D D rotated clockwise about A
P Q
5 When point P(3, −2) is translated 2 units right
and 4 units down, its image coordinates are:
S R
A (1, −6) B (5, 2)
C (5, −2) D (5, −6)
2 When the parallelogram PQRS is rotated
clockwise about S through 90°, the result is: 6 When rectangle ABCD is reflected in the y-axis,
A B the coordinates of the image of B are:
P Q P Q
A (6, 3) B (−6, −3)
C (−6, 3) D (−3, −6)
S R S R y
6
4
C D
P Q –6 –4 –2 2 4 6 x
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
The Diagnostic test questions refer to the Year 7 outcomes from ACMMG200, ACMMG201 and ACMMG202.
EXAMPLE 1
What transformation(s) could have been used to produce the following pairs of congruent figures?
a b c
Exercise 3A
1 What transformation(s) could have been used to produce the following pairs of congruent figures?
a b c
d e f
EXAMPLE 2
Determine whether or not the following pairs of figures are congruent. MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
a b
Copy the figures and cut them out. By attempting to superimpose them ‘Superimpose’ means to place
one figure on top of the other
by a combination of rotations, reflections and translations, the figures are: in such a way that one sits
a congruent b not congruent exactly on top of the other.
Chapter 3 Congruence 51
d e f
EXAMPLE 3
For the pair of congruent figures shown, copy the first figure, C Q R
cut it out and superimpose it on the second figure. D
a Name the matching sides and angles.
b Are the matching sides and angles equal? P
c Write a congruence statement for these two figures. A B S
a When superimposed, the matching sides are AB and QR, BC Matching sides and angles
and RS, CD and SP, DA and PQ. The matching angles are are also referred to as
corresponding sides and angles.
∠A and ∠Q, ∠B and ∠R, ∠C and ∠S, ∠D and ∠P.
b Yes
c The symbol ≡ means ‘is congruent to’. When writing a congruence statement, the vertices are
named in matching order. In this case we write quadrilateral ABCD ≡ quadrilateral QRSP
(or BCDA ≡ RSPQ or CDAB ≡ SPQR or DABC ≡ PQRS).
3 For each pair of congruent figures, copy the first figure, cut it out and superimpose it on the second figure.
i Name the matching sides and angles.
ii Are the matching sides and angles equal?
iii Write a congruence statement for the two figures.
a A P Q
b
C N M
D
L
C B R A B K
i PQ = TU ii QR = UV Q U
iii RS = VW iv SP = WT
b Are there four pairs of equal sides? P R T V
c Check by measurement and write true or false.
i ∠P = ∠T ii ∠Q = ∠U
S W
iii ∠R = ∠V iv ∠S = ∠W
d Are there four pairs of equal angles?
e Are the figures congruent?
From questions 4, 5 and 6 it can be deduced that two polygons are congruent if:
• the matching sides are equal, and
• the matching angles are equal.
A B
C D
Chapter 3 Congruence 53
Exercise 3B
1 a Using a pair of compasses and ruler, construct any two
triangles that have three pairs of equal sides and cut them 5 cm 6 cm
out. This is an example. 7 cm
5 cm
b By superimposing, determine whether or not the
triangles are congruent. 7 cm
c Compare your triangles with those of other students in 6 cm
the class. Are they congruent?
d If three sides of one triangle are equal to three sides of another triangle, are the triangles congruent?
Chapter 3 Congruence 55
EXAMPLE 1
State the congruency test used to show that the following pairs of triangles are congruent.
a 6 cm b
6 cm 9 cm 10 cm
7 cm 10 cm
9 cm 8 cm
8 cm
7 cm
c d
4 cm
50°
11 cm
40°
80° 15 cm 40° 11 cm 15 cm
80°
50°
4 cm
Exercise 3C
1 Find pairs of equal matching sides and angles and state the congruency test used to show that these pairs of
triangles are congruent. (Diagrams are not drawn to scale. All lengths given are in centimetres.)
a b
6
70° 120°
5
3 5
60° 120°
60° 70°
3 6
c 7 7 d
4
8 6 8
12 12
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
6
4
e 8 f 3 3
70° 50° 70°
8 4 4
6 6
50°
9 40°
9 8 9
9
40°
8
4
i 4 j
4 6 5
30°
30°
5 6
k l
m n
EXAMPLE 2
State why the following pairs of figures are not congruent.
a 5 cm b
5 cm
70°
6 cm 5 cm
80° 80°
6 cm 30° 30°
70°
5 cm
c d 5
80° 60°
40°
5 8
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
40°
60° 80° 8
a The 70° angle in the second triangle is not the included angle.
b The pair of equal sides is not a pair of matching sides in the triangles.
c Three pairs of equal angles do not necessarily make the triangles congruent. These triangles have the
same shape (angles) but different size.
d The sides given are not matching sides.
Chapter 3 Congruence 57
60° 10 cm
10 cm
50°
50° 70°
3 State why the following pairs of figures are not congruent. (Diagrams are not drawn to scale. All lengths
given are in centimetres.)
a b
7
7 80° 70° 70°
9
8 50° 9 50°
80°
8
c d
110° 30° 80° 80°
110° 16
40° 30° 15 16
40°
15
e 40°
f
50°
40°
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
50°
g h
2 6 2 6
7 8 8 9 1 80°
1 8 9 3 80° 8 3 8
80°
9 7 8
c 20° d
1
13
130° 15
130° 2
15 3 12 13 12
2 130° 1 3
20° 12
20°
15
13
4 Which triangles are congruent? Give a reason. (Diagrams are not drawn to scale. All given lengths are
in centimetres.)
a 9 b
8 8 9 10
10 12
8 1 3 1 2 10 3
2 11 30°
30° 30°
10 11
12 12
9
c d 4
4
1 40° 7
40° 80° 3
3 9 1 7
2
80° 9 9 40° 7
80° 2
4
e f
70° 60°
1 6 50° 10
8 3 8 1 3
80° 60°
6 2
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
80° 6 8 80° 50° 70° 50° 70°
2 10
10 60°
g 6 h
60°
60°
2
1 3
40° 5
1
2 60° 3 5
80° 6
30° 30°
80° 40°
5
6
Chapter 3 Congruence 59
EXAMPLE 4
State why the following pairs of triangles are congruent and hence find the value of the pronumerals.
(Diagrams are not drawn to scale. All lengths are in centimetres.)
a x y b α c y
40° z x 50°
40° β x
17 cm 7 cm
θ
60°
80°
30° 9 cm
a SSS. Matching angles are opposite matching sides, hence x and 60°, y and 80°, z and 40°.
b SAS. Matching sides are opposite matching angles, hence x = 17 cm, α = 30° and β = 40°
(matching angles).
c AAS. x = 7 cm, y = 9 cm (matching sides) and θ = 50° (matching angles).
5 State why the following pairs of triangles are congruent and hence find the values of the pronumerals.
(Diagrams are not drawn to scale. All lengths are in centimetres.)
a b
30°
60° z y
a
12 x
50°
50° 70°
x b
c d 35°
a
20°
8 x 6 a
55° x
7 y
b
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
e 9 f
65°
6 x
25°
y
a 8
b
x
c 10 x
45° 65° b a
i j
15
40° 65° 45°
11 11.2 y
y x
EXAMPLE 5
Prove that: A
a △ABD ≡ △CBD
b AB = CB
D B
A B
Chapter 3 Congruence 61
O
R
Q
N
S T
d i △JKL ≡ △MNL e i △PQT ≡ △RQS
ii JL = ML ii TQ = SQ
J N P S
L Q
T R
K M
C B
EXAMPLE 1
Prove that if two sides of a triangle are equal then the angles A
opposite the equal sides are equal.
C B
D
Chapter 3 Congruence 63
C B
D
C B
M
11 Complete the following proof. A
Data: ABC is an equilateral triangle.
Aim: To prove that each angle of the triangle is 60°.
Proof: ∠B = ∠___ (AB = AC)
Also ∠B = ∠___ (CB = CA)
∠A = ∠B = ∠C
C B
But ∠A + ∠B + ∠C = ___° (angle sum of a triangle)
∴ ∠A = ∠B = ∠C = ___°
D C D C
Chapter 3 Congruence 65
Terms
alternate angles coincide common side congruence congruency congruent
corresponding diagonal equilateral figure identical included angle
isosceles kite matching midpoint minimum parallelogram
perpendicular orientation proof prove reflection rhombus
rotation superimpose transformation translation
C D
7 7
C E
4 The congruency test used to show that these triangles are 50°
congruent is:
A SSS B SAS 5 60°
60° 5
C AAS D RHS
50°
Chapter 3 Congruence 67
12 The property of this quadrilateral that is not demonstrated by these transformations is:
A the diagonals bisect the angles of the quadrilateral
B the diagonals are perpendicular
C the diagonals are equal
D the diagonals bisect each other
If you have any difficulty with these questions, refer to the examples and questions in the section listed
in the table.
3A Review set
1 What are the minimum conditions necessary for:
a any two shapes to be congruent?
b any two polygons to be congruent?
c two triangles to be congruent?
c d
8 5
70°
55° 55°
60°
5 6
8 State why the following pairs of triangles are congruent and find the value of the pronumeral.
a b c
35° y 50°
50°
9
95° 15 x
45° y
35° x 10 x
z
z MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
9 PR and ST are straight lines that intersect at Q. PT = SR and ∠PTQ = ∠RSQ. Complete the proof that:
a △PQT ≡ △RQS P
In △PQT and △RQS S
PT = ______ (given)
∠PTQ = ∠RSQ (______)
Q
∠PQT = ∠RQS (______)
∴ △PQT = △RQS (______) T
b PQ = RQ (______) R
Chapter 3 Congruence 69
4 State the congruency test used to show that each pair of triangles is congruent.
a b
c d
50°
x 40° x
z y
y
3C Review set
1 By measurement, determine whether this pair of
figures is congruent.
4 State the congruency test used to show that each pair of triangles is congruent.
a b
Chapter 3 Congruence 71
11 50°
1 55° 3 75°
2
75° 55°
50° 11
11
7 State why the following pairs of triangles are congruent and find the value of the pronumeral.
a b 10 c 13
30°
x 10
110° y 14 12 11
x
40° 14 y
z
PT = RT and QT = ST. S R
Proof: In △PQT and △RST
PQ = ___ (opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal)
∠QPT = ∠___ (alternate angles and PQ || SR)
∠PQT = ∠RST (______)
∴ △PQT ≡ △RST (______)
∴ PT = ___ (matching sides of congruent triangles)
and QT = ST (______)
▶ use the terms base, power, index and ▶ raise a number to a power
exponent ▶ explain why any base raised to the
▶ apply the concepts of index laws when power of zero is equal to one
multiplying and dividing ▶ confidently interchange index laws in
▶ express answers in index form and problem solving
expanded form ▶ multiply and divide directed numbers.
5 −5 + 2 = 16 683 ÷ 7 =
2 4
A 3 B −3 C 7 D −7 A 4781 B 98 _7 C 97 _7 D 97
The Diagnostic test questions refer to the Year 7 outcomes from ACMNA182 and ACMNA183.
Number & Algebra
2
3
Index, power or exponent
Base
This is called index notation. The index, power or exponent tells us how many times the base has been repeated.
ExamplE 1
a Write 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 in index form.
b Write the answer for part a in words.
c State which number is the base and which is the index.
a 5 is repeated 6 times. ∴ 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 = 56
b 5 means ‘5 to the power of 6’.
6
Exercise 4A
1 Complete the following.
a Write 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 in index form. Index, power and exponent
2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 2□ all mean the same thing.
b Write the answer from part a in words.
____ means ‘____ to the power of _____’.
c State which number is the base and which is the index.
The base is ____ and the index is ____.
i 6×6×6×6×6×6 ii 10 × 10 × 10 × 10
b Write the answer from part a in words.
c State which number is the base and which is the exponent.
a p is repeated 4 times. ∴ p × p × p × p = p4
b p4 means p to the power of 4.
c The base is p and the index is 4.
ExamplE 3
Write the following in expanded form. Expanded form means as
a 43 b h5 a repeated product.
ExamplE 4
Use your calculator to evaluate 53.
a i 32 = 3 × 3
ii 34 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
iii 32 × 34 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
b 32 × 34 in index form = 36 The base, 3, is repeated 6 times.
c Yes, 32 × 34 = 32 + 4 = 36
Exercise 4B
1 a Write the following in expanded form.
i 52 = ___ × ___
ii 57 = ___ × ___ × ___ × ___ × ___ × ___ × ___
iii 52 × 57 = ___ × ___ × ___ × ___ × ___ × ___ × ___ × ___ × ___
b Write the answer to part iii in index form.
52 × 57 in index form = ___
c Does 52 × 57 = 52 + 7? Explain.
a 52 × 54
5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 = 52 + 4 = 56 Count the number of 5s.
b 23 × 27
2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 23 + 7 = 210 Count the number of 2s.
Example 3
a Write each in expanded form and hence find its value.
i 23 × 34 ii 67
b Is 2 × 3 = 6 = 6 ? Use working to give a reason.
3 4 3+4 7
ii 67 = 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 = 279 936
b No, as bases are different: 648 ≠ 279 936
Number & Algebra
10 a Complete the following to write in expanded form and find the value of:
i 35 × 42 = ___ × ___ × ___ × ___ × ___ × 4 × 4 = ______
ii 127 = 12 × 12 × ___ × ___ × ___ × 12 × 12 = 35 831 808
b Is 35 × 42 = 127? Use your answers in part a to explain your answer.
c Complete the statement:
You can only _____ indices if the _____ are the _____.
Example 4
Simplify the following by writing in index form.
Remember: You can add indices
a 23 × 25 × 24 b 35 × 36 × 33 if the bases are the same.
a 23 × 25 × 24 = 23 + 5 + 4 = 212 b 35 × 36 × 33 = 35 + 6 + 3 = 314
18 Summary of findings: Complete each statement and copy it into your exercise book.
Choose from these words: 1, index, letters, bases, add.
a Only ______ indices if the ______ are the same.
b Indices is the plural of the word ______.
c Bases can be numbers or ______.
d A single digit or letter has an index value of ______.
a (32)3 = (3 × 3)3
= (3 × 3) × (3 × 3) × (3 × 3) = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
= 36
b (73)5 = (7 × 7 × 7)5
= (7 × 7 × 7) × (7 × 7 × 7) × (7 × 7 × 7) × (7 × 7 × 7) × (7 × 7 × 7)
=7×7×7×7×7×7×7×7×7×7×7×7×7×7×7
= 715
Exercise 4C
1 Simplify each of the following by writing in expanded form. Record your findings in index form.
a (44)3 = (4 × ___ × ___ × 4)3
= (4 × ___ × ___ × 4) × (4 × ___ × ___ × 4) × (4 × ___ × ___ × 4)
= 4□
b (83)2 = (8 × ___ × ___)2
= (8 × ___ × ___) × (8 × ___ × ___)
= 8□
c (2 ) = (2 × 2 × 2 × ___ × ___)3
5 3
68 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 × 6
a 68 ÷ 65 = __5 = ___________________________
6 6×6×6×6×6
=6×6×6
b Index form = 63
Exercise 4D
1 Complete the following to write each in expanded form. Express your answer in index form.
4×4×4×□×□×□×□
a 47 ÷ 43 = __________________________
4×4×4
= 4□
9×9×□×□×□×□
b 96 ÷ 92 = _______________________
9×9
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
= 9□
5×5×5×5×5×□×□×□ Simplify your answers
c 58 ÷ 55 = _____________________________
5×5×5×5×5 by cancelling.
= ___□
2×2×2×2×2×2×□×□×□×□
d 210 ÷ 26 = _____________________________________
2×2×2×2×2×2
= ___□
Example 2
Answer true or false. Does 65 ÷ 23 = 32?
6×6×6×6×6
65 ÷ 23 = ________________
32 = 3 × 3 = 9
2×2×2
=3×3×3×6×6
= 972
False: 65 ÷ 23 ≠ 32 as 972 does not equal 9.
ExamplE 3
Simplify the following.
a 35 × 37 ÷ 38 b (28)3 ÷ 210 Working from left to right.
ExamplE 1
Complete the following table to find the value of 30.
35 34 33 32 31 30
243 81 27
As you read the first row of numbers, you can see that the power of the 3 is going down by one. Each
missing number in the second row can be found by dividing the number before it by 3.
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
35 34 33 32 31 30
243 243 ÷ 3 = 81 81 ÷ 3 = 27 27 ÷ 3 = 9 9÷3=3 3÷3=1
25 24 23 2□ 21 20
32 32 ÷ 2 = 16 16 ÷ ___ = ___ 8 ÷ ___ = ___ 4 ÷ ___ = ___ 2 ÷ ___ = ___
55 54 53 52 51 50
3125 625
45 44 43 42 41 40
1024 256
5 a Can you see a rule emerging? Review your answers from questions 1 to 4.
20 = ___ 100 = ___ 50 = ___ 40 = ___
Write the rule in your own words.
b Complete the rule below based on your findings from part a. Copy it into your exercise book.
Any base raised to the power of ___ is equal to ___.
Example 2
a Use the index laws to simplify 74 ÷ 74.
b By writing in expanded form, show that 74 ÷ 74 = 1.
c Hence show that 70 = 1.
3 Working from left to right, apply your knowledge of index laws to simplify the following.
a 23 × 27 × 26 b 108 ÷ 104 ÷ 103 c 47 × 43 ÷ 45 d (52)3 × 54
e (24)3 × 22 f (65)2 × 63 g (82)2 × 84 h (95)0
i (70)2 × 3 j (80)3 × 4 k (32)0 × (54)0 l (45)2 × (43)3 ÷ (46)2
m (53)2 × (52)0 ÷ (52)3 n (92)3 × (94)2 × 90 o (76)2 ÷ (73)4 × 7 p (65)4 ÷ (63)3 × (68)0
6 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 729 9
7
8
9
10
a
There is a pattern that emerges. Use the pattern to find the last two digits in the number 22015.
b 2015
Find the value of the last two digits in 22 .
c Are the answers to parts a and b equal in value? Explain if they are different.
d What is the correct answer?
ExamplE 1
Simplify the following.
a −2 × 3 b 4 × (−5) c −6 × (−3)
Exercise 4G
1 Simplify the following.
a −7 × 5 b −3 × 7 c −4 × 9 d −6 × 3
e 7 × (−4) f 8 × (−3) g 2 × (−3) h 8 × (−9)
i −11 × (−4) j −6 × (−5) k −3 × (−6) l −2 × (−7)
m 7 × (−8) n −4 × (−6) o −5 × 8 p −8 × (−8)
ExamplE 2
Simplify the following. The square of a negative
number is always positive.
a −3 × 2 × (−4) The cube of a negative number
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
Example 3
Simplify the following.
a 36 ÷ (−9) b −30 ÷ 6 c −50 ÷ (−10)
Example 4
Evaluate the following.
a 7−3×5 b 6−4×5+2
Example 5
Evaluate the following.
Number & Algebra
15 + 9 15 −5 + 8
a ______
4
b 3 + ___
c _______
3
+ 2
3
15 + 9 15 −5 + 8
a ______
4
b 3 + ___
c _______
3
+ 2
3
24 3
= ___
= 6 =3+5=8 = __
+ 2 = 1 + 2 = 3
4 3
ExamplE 6
Use your calculator to evaluate the following.
a −28 − 57 To make a number negative on
the calculator, use the ± key.
b −38 + 5 × (−19)
c −243 + 23 × (−18)
a −28 − 57 = −85
28 ± – 57 =
or DAL ± 28 – 57 =
b −38 + 5 × (−19) = −133
38 ± + 5 × 19 ± =
or DAL ± 38 + 5 × ± 19 =
c −243 + 23 × (−18) = −657
243 ± + 23 × 8 ± =
or DAL ± 243 + 23 × ± 8 =
3 Replace the vowels to make words that mean the same as ‘power’.
a _nd_x b _xp_n_nt
9 Simplify 95 ÷ 95 to prove that any number to a power divided by same number to the same power is equal
to 1. Explain your findings.
Terms
base index power exponent explain indices
simplify expanded expression multiply divide raised
3 64 means:
A 6 times 4 B 65
Number & Algebra
4 Which two words are also used to describe the term ‘index’?
A power, product B raised, equivalent
C power, exponent D exponent, base
A 80 B 40 C 416 D 200
22 8 × (−9) =
A 72 B −72 C 17 D −1
23 −12 ÷ 3 =
A −36 B −4 C 4 D 36
24 −18 ÷ (−9) =
A −2 B 2 C 27 D −27
25 ___ ÷ 2 = −6 ∴ ___ =
A 3 B −3 C 12 D −12
26 9 − 5 × 2 − 3 =
A 5 B 14 C −11 D −4
If you have any difficulty with these questions, refer to the examples and questions in the section listed
in the table.
4A Review set
1 Write the following in index form.
a 2×2×2×2 b 5×5×5×5×5×5×5
d 75 × 7 e 56 × 57 ÷ 59
10 Explain why 40 × 90 + 30 = 2.
4B Review set
1 Write the following in index form.
a 7×7×7×7×7 b 9×9×9×9×9×9×9
4C Review set
1 Write the following in index form.
a 2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2 b 10 × 10 × 10
8 Explain why h0 + m0 = 2.
A B
A 8 cm B 8.5 cm
C 9 cm D 8.4 cm
2 Estimate the length of a student’s school desk. 8 Calculate the perimeter of the shape shown.
A 60 cm B 80 cm Measurements are in cm.
C 100 cm D 120 cm 12
8
3 Estimate 23.8 cm to the nearest cm.
A 23 cm B 24 cm 6 7
C 28 cm D 25 cm 4
150 m
A $20 360 B $22 112.20
C $21 160 D $2174.40
cm
2
20.1 cm 5. A 30 units2 B 20 units2
9.7 cm 13.6 cm C 35 units2 D 25 units2
23.1 cm
Turf 90 m
4.2 cm
255 m 7.3 cm
A $28 917 B $30 982.50 A 709 cm 3
B 708 cm3
C $55 080 D $540 C 705 cm3 D 710 cm3
13 If the solid below is made from 1 cm3 cubes, 15 Calculate the volume of this composite prism.
calculate the volume of the solid.
16 cm
12 cm
5 cm
The Diagnostic test questions refer to the Stage 4 outcome ACMMG159 and Stage 3 outcome ACMMG160.
Length conversions
10 mm = 1 cm 100 cm = 1 m 1000 m = 1 km
÷ 10 ÷ 100 ÷ 1000
mm cm m km
× 10 × 100 × 1000
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
EXAMPLE 1
Convert these lengths.
a 50 mm to cm b 8.6 km to m
50
a 50 mm = ___ cm b 8.6 km = 8.6 × 1000 m
10
= 5 cm = 8600 m
Perimeter
EXAMPLE 2
Find the perimeter of each of the following figures.
a 12 cm b 24 mm c 6 cm
17 mm
9 cm 10 cm 31 mm
11 cm
36 mm
5m
6m
d e f 9 cm
5m 8 cm
3m
7 cm 18 cm
15 cm
4m
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
g h i 2 cm
3 cm
10 cm
1m
12 cm
3 A rectangular paddock 220 m by 300 m is to be fenced. Find the total length of fencing required.
2m 170 cm 4.2 m
1.8 m 1.2 m
0.8 m
3m 3m
EXAMPLE 3
The perimeter of a rectangle is 50 cm. If the length of one side is 10 cm, calculate the length of other side.
Step 2: Solve. x
10 + 10 + x + x = 50 cm or P = 50 cm
20 + 2x = 50 2 known sides = 2 × 10 = 20 cm
2x = 50 − 20 = 30 50 − 20 = 30 cm remaining
30
x = ___
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
Remaining sides are equal
2 30
= 15 cm ∴ ___ = 15 cm
2
So, the rectangle has side lengths of 10 cm and 15 cm to have a perimeter of 50 cm.
6 Determine the value of the other side in each rectangle given the perimeter and one side length.
a Perimeter = 62 m, one side = 11 cm b Perimeter = 216 cm, one side = 24 cm
c Perimeter = 96 cm, one side = 19 cm d Perimeter = 78 cm, one side = 8 cm
e Perimeter = 28.82 cm, one side = 7.8 cm f Perimeter = 41.2 cm, one side = 15.4 cm
EXAMPLE 4
Calculate the area of this square.
4.3 mm
8 cm
14 cm 19 cm
A=s×s A=s×s A =s×s
= 8 × ___ = ___ × 14 = ___ × ___
= ___ cm2 = ___ cm2 = ___ cm2
d e f
3.5 cm
11.7 cm 8.9 cm
9 Calculate the area of each square given the following side lengths.
a 3.9 cm b 2.4 mm c 8.7 m d 0.85 m
EXAMPLE 5
Calculate the area of this rectangle.
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
4.3 cm
8.6 cm
5 cm 18 m
7 cm 13 m
A=l×b A =l×b
= 7 × ___ = ___ × 13
= ___ cm2 = ___ cm2
c 4m d
12 m
4.3 cm
6.9 cm
A=l×b A =l×b
= ___ × ___ = ___ × ___
= ___ cm2 = ___ cm2
11 Find the area of each rectangle, given the length and breadth.
a length = 12 cm, breadth = 3 cm b length = 18 cm, breadth = 5 cm
c length = 16 mm, breadth = 6 mm d length = 4 m, breadth = 5 m
e length = 5 cm, breadth = 7 cm f length = 6.2 cm, breadth = 3 cm
EXAMPLE 6
Find the area of each triangle.
a b c 2.5 cm
7m 3m
7m 5 cm
12 m
a Area = _12 base × height b Area = _12 base × height c Area = _12 base × height
1 1 1
= _2 × 12 × 7 = _2 × 7 × 3 = _2 × 2.5 × 5
= 42 m2 = 10.5 m2 = 6.25 cm2
a b 4 cm c
2 cm
2 cm 5 km
5 cm
7 km
1 1 1
A = _2 b × h A = _2 b × h A = _2 b × h
1 1 1
= _2 × 5 × ___ = _2 × ___ × 2 = _2 × ___ × ___
= ___ cm2 = ___ cm2 = ___ cm2
4m 6 cm
45 m 8 cm
2 cm
32 m 5 cm
EXAMPLE 7
Find the area of this parallelogram.
5 cm
10 cm
120 mm
8 cm 50 cm
A=b×h A=b×h A =b×h
= ___ × 3 = ___ × ___ = ___ × ___
= ___ cm2 = ___ cm2 = ___ cm2
7 cm
12 cm
1 Calculate the perimeter and area of the shapes in each of the following sets to complete the table below.
Square Rectangle Triangle
Perimeter Area Perimeter Area Perimeter Area
Set 1
Set 2
Set 3
10 cm 8 cm 10 cm
6 cm
6 cm
Set 2 15 cm
7 cm
8 cm
17 cm
13 cm
10 cm
Set 3
11.4 cm
12 cm
13 cm
3.6 cm 5 cm
7.5 cm
2 If shapes have the same perimeter, do they also have the same area? Why or why not? Explain giving reasons
for your answer.
3 Construct two shapes that have the same perimeter and the same area. Give their dimensions.
y
y 2
x
y
2
2 Kite
The formula for the area of a kite is the same as that for a rhombus. Compare this derivation with your
expressions from question 1.
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
1
2y cm
y cm x cm
1
2y cm
x cm
1 1 1 1
A = _2 × x × (_2 y) + _2 × x × (_2 y)
1 1 1
= _4 xy + _4 xy = _2 xy
t
cu h +
b b
Rhombus
1
A = _2 xy
1 y
A = _2 × product of the lengths of the diagonals
x
Kite
1
A = _2 xy
1
A = _2 × product of the lengths of the diagonals y
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
x
Trapezium
1 1 a
A = _2 ah + _2 bh
1 a+b
_____
= _2 h(a + b) or A = ( 2 )h
h
A = product of half the height and the sum of the lengths of the parallel sides
or product of the height and the average of the lengths of the parallel sides
b
Note: The height is the perpendicular distance between the two parallel sides.
Sometimes it is a side, but usually it is not.
4m
8.2 cm
14 m
11.8 cm
Exercise 5B
1 Complete to find the area of each trapezium.
a 6m b c 18 cm
6 cm
7m 9 cm 3 cm 7 cm
12 cm
10 m
1 1 1
A = _2 × h × (a + b) A = _2 × h × (a + b) A = _2 × h × (a + b)
1 1 1
= _2 × ___ × (6 + ___) = _2 × 6 × (___ + ___) = _2 × ___ × (___ + ___)
= ___ m2 = ___ cm2 = ___ cm2
d 23 cm e 13 cm f
7 cm 17 cm
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
11 cm
5 cm
17 cm
32 cm 21 cm
13 cm 6 cm
11 cm
7 cm
8 km
1 1 1
A = _2 × x × y A = _2 × x × y A = _2 × x × y
1 1 1
= _2 × 8 × ___ = _2 × ___ × 1.7 = _2 × ___ × ___
= ___ cm2 = ___ m2 = ___ km2
10.8 cm 13 cm
d e f
4.2 cm 19.3 cm
10.2 11.7 cm
cm 5.4 cm
21.8 cm
EXAMPLE 3
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
5 cm
9 cm
1
Area = _2 × x × y
1
= _2 × 9 × 5 = 22.5 cm2
11.6 m
10 cm
1 1 1
A = _2 × x × y A = _2 × x × y A = _2 × x × y
1 1 1
= _2 × 10 × ___ = _2 × ___ × 7 = _2 × ___ × ___
= ___ cm2 = ___ cm2 = ___ m2
31 cm
19 cm
d e f
7 cm
19 cm 14 cm 27 cm
20 cm 42 cm
8 Calculate the area of each rhombus or kite with the diagonals x and y given.
a x = 4 cm, y = 19 cm b x = 3 m, y = 15 m c x = 9 cm, y = 8 cm
d x = 12 mm, y = 5 mm e x = 17 mm, y = 11 mm f x = 4.6 cm, y = 10.8 cm
g x = 3.1 cm, y = 18.1 cm h x = 11.6 mm, y = 6.3 mm i x = 0.9 cm, y = 7.2 cm
EXAMPLE 4
Calculate the area of the shaded region.
11 cm 7 cm
d e f
7m
9 cm
18.3 m 14 m 17 cm
12 cm
14.3 m 13.8 cm
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
14 cm
5 cm
P B
6m
15 mm
7m
d e f
15 km
3 km
11.3 m
18 m
8 km 7.5 m
8.5 m 4.1 m
EXAMPLE 6
Calculate the area of this parallelogram in:
a cm2 b m2
0.3 m MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
65 cm
14 a Calculate the area of this kite in: b Calculate the area of this rhombus in:
i cm2 ii m2 i m2 ii km2
800 m
55 cm 0.7 km
1.2 m
16 cm
8m
d Calculate the area of this parallelogram in:
i m2 ii cm2
70 cm
3.2 m
e Calculate the area of this trapezium in:
i cm2 ii m2
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
3.1 m
1.7 m
80 cm
2 This is a theoretical method for finding the perimeter of different rectangles with the same area. Again use a
rectangle that has an area of 36 cm2.
a Complete this table. The breadth can be calculated by dividing the area by the length.
Length (cm) Breadth (cm) Area (cm2) Perimeter (cm)
1 36
2 36
3 36
4 36
6 36
9 36
12 36
18 36
36 36
b What are the dimensions of the 36 cm2 rectangle with the largest perimeter?
c What are the dimensions of the 36 cm2 rectangle with the smallest perimeter?
d What name is given to this rectangle?
e It is suggested that there was no need to use values of length greater than 6 to find the rectangles with the
largest and smallest perimeters. Explain you answer.
b What are the dimensions of the 64 cm2 rectangle with the largest perimeter?
c What are the dimensions of the 64 cm2 rectangle with the smallest perimeter?
d What name is given to this rectangle?
e Only values up to 8 were used for the length to find the rectangle with the largest and smallest perimeters.
Explain why values of 16, 32 and 64 were not used.
4 Comment on the statement: ‘The rectangle of fixed area that has the smallest perimeter is the square.’
100 m 1 hectare 1 km
1m
1 cm
1 cm 1m 100 m 1 km
1 cm × 1 cm 1m×1m 100 m × 100 m 1 km × 1 km
= 1 cm2 = 1 m2 = 10 000 m2 = 1 ha = 1 km2 = 100 ha
Exercise 5C
1 Explain why:
a 1 cm × 1 cm = 1 cm2 b 1 m × 1 m = 1 m2
2 Explain why:
a 100 m × 100 m = 10 000 m2 (1 ha) b 1 km × 1 km = 1 km2
8 cm 5 cm 12 cm
7 Complete the following.
a If 64 cm2 = ___ mm2, 6400 mm2 = ___ cm2.
b If 25 cm2 = ___ mm2, 2500 mm2 = ___ cm2.
c If 144 cm2 = ___ mm2, 14 400 mm2 = ___ cm2.
d To convert from cm2 to mm2 multiply by ___.
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
8 Complete the table below for squares with the side lengths given.
Areas of squares
Side lengths m2 cm2 mm2
2m 2 × 2 = 4 m2 200 × 200 = ___ cm2 2000 × 2000 = ___ mm2
3m
4m
From the previous questions the following conversion chart can be drawn.
Area conversions
1 cm2 = 100 mm2 1 m2 = 10 000 cm2
÷ 100 ÷ 10 000
mm2 cm2 m2
× 100 × 10 000
EXAMPLE 1
Convert:
a 8 m2 to cm2 b 3 cm2 to mm2
EXAMPLE 2
Convert:
a 850 mm2 to cm2 b 250 000 cm2 to m2
m2 100 × 100 ___ × ___ 800 × 800 ___ × ___ 5000 × 5000 ___ × ___
= 10 000 m 2
= ___ m 2
= ___ m 2
= ___ m 2
= ___ m 2
= ___ m2
m2 ha
Exercise 5D
1 Find the capacity in mL of a container that has a volume of:
a 30 cm3 b 60 cm3 c 20 cm3 d 25 cm3
e 85 cm3 f 45 cm3 g 4 cm3 h 34 cm3
i 53 cm3 j 500 cm3 k 700 cm3 l 600 cm3
m 5000 cm 3
n 3000 cm 3
o 11 000 cm3 p 7.5 cm3
EXAMPLE 2
What is the volume in cm3 of a container that has a capacity of:
a 20 mL? b 63 mL? c 4000 mL?
EXAMPLE 3
What is the capacity in litres of a container that can hold:
a 5000 cm3? b 3250 cm3? c 97 820 cm3?
3 Complete to find the capacity in litres of a container that can hold the following volumes.
a 3000 cm3 = 3000 ÷1000 b 6000 cm3 = 6000 ÷___ c 2000 cm3 = ___ ÷ ___
= ___ L = ___ L = ___ L
4 Find the capacity in litres of a container that can hold the following volumes. Dividing by 1000
a 75 000 cm3 b 35 000 cm3 c 65 000 cm3 moves the decimal
point 3 places to the left.
d 4200 cm3 e 3400 cm3 f 5300 cm3
g 2535 cm3 h 3773 cm3 i 7688 cm3
5 Complete to find the volume in cm3 of a container that has a capacity of:
a 3 L = 3 × 1000 b 8 L = 8 × ___ c 7 L = ___ × ___
= __ cm3 = __ cm3 = __ cm3
EXAMPLE 5
Calculate the volume occupied by the following amounts of liquid.
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
EXAMPLE 6
Convert each to kilolitres.
a 0.007 m3 b 8.85 m3 c 1250 m3
EXAMPLE 7
For this prism find its:
a volume in cm3
b capacity in mL
c capacity in L. 12 cm
25 cm MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
8 cm
0.8 m
16 m
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
2.3 m
8m
a How many litres of water are needed to fill the
pool to a depth of 0.8 m?
b How much more water is needed to fill the pool
to a depth of 2.3 m?
c Calculate the cost of filling the pool from empty
if water costs 25.8 cents per kilolitre.
K I L O L I T R E A R H O M B U S
T H D A E R B A S E F N T B J D F
C D B H E I G H T C T O C K G I E
C X E Z P R E F I X H I E M H M I
T R A P E Z I U M I G S J I U E L
A M E A S U R E A Y I R B L Y N E
E B N W K V L L T H E E O L J S R
L L I Q U I D I E T W V N I A I T
G E A A T Y C T N M Q N Z G R O I
N N T U X A P R I S M O M R E N L
A G N W P T R E V N O C Q T A S I
T T C A L C U L A T E O I M S L L
C H C O N T A I N E R K T A P C L
E W L A R E T A L I R D A U Q U I
R P E R I M E T E R Y N R R M S M
4 Complete the following words, used in this chapter, by inserting the vowels.
sp__c__ pr__sm c__nv__ rs__ __n s__rf__c__
p__r__m__t__r v__l__m__ l__tr__ c__p__c__ty
5 Three of the words in the following list are spelt incorrectly. Find these words and write the correct spelling.
heigt lenth liquid mililitre occupy uniform MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
Terms
area base capacity centimetre conversion kilometre
kite parallelogram perimeter prism rectangle rhombus
square trapezium volume
26.4 cm
2 The area of a square is 49 cm . Its side length is:
2
A 12.25 cm B 14 cm C 7 cm D 24.5 cm
14 cm
2.9 cm
12.3 cm
10 The conversion of 7 m2 to cm2 is:
A 70 cm2 B 700 cm2
C 7000 cm2 D 70 000 cm2
If you have any difficulty with these questions, refer to the examples and questions in the sections listed
in the table.
5A Review set
1 Calculate the perimeter of each shape.
a b
5.8 cm
4.3 cm
4 Calculate the area of a parallelogram with a base of 12 cm and a height of 7.3 cm.
5 If shapes have the same perimeter, do they have the same area? Why or why not? Explain, giving reasons
for your answer.
15 cm 18 cm
23 cm
7 Find the area of these plane shapes.
a b 16.2 cm
4.1 m 6.1 cm
13 cm
6.2 m
1.8 km
0.8 m
1.3 m 4.1 m
3.2 km
10 Complete these conversions.
a 5 cm2 = ___ mm2 b 1130 cm2 = ___ m2 c 480 mm2 = ___ cm2
d 2.3 m2 = ___ cm2 e 6.88 cm2 = ___ mm2 f 2.5 m2 = ___ ha
g 40 cm3 = ___ L h 63 kL = ___ m3 i 0.02 ML = ___ m3
11 The capacity of a container is 800 mL. What is the total capacity, in litres, of six of these containers?
33.4 17.6
3 Calculate the area of each shape.
a b c
2.8 cm
14.3 cm 6.2 cm 7 cm
5.2 cm 12 cm
4 Define the terms perimeter, area and volume.
3.4 cm 1.6 m
6.9 cm
2.3 m
6 Write the formula for the area of each shape.
a square b triangle c parallelogram
3.8 cm
16 m
37 m
6.9 cm
a 2 cm2 = ___ mm2 b 300 cm2 = ___ m2 c 930 mm2 = ___ cm2
d 4.2 m2 = ___ cm2 e 33.9 cm2 = ___ mm2 f 2700 m2 = ___ ha
g 600 cm3 = ___ L h 15.3 kL = ___ m3 i 0.004 ML = ___ m3
9.6 m
3 Calculate the area of a rectangle with side lengths of 15.2 cm and 8.4 cm.
16 cm
5.1 cm
31 cm
8.8 cm
4.1 cm
8.4 cm
5.3 cm
8.9 8.71
2 Calculate the area of each shape.
a b c 18.1 cm
4.9 cm
9.4 cm
23.4 cm
8.2 cm 11.5 cm
3 How many 1 cm cubes would fit into a rectangular prism with dimensions 14 cm × 8 cm × 5 cm?
25 cm
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
C Z
d What transformation(s) could have been used to produce the following pairs of congruent figures?
i ii
8 5
70°
12 7
y 15
2.1 cm
1.8 cm 3.1 cm
3.4 cm 4.6 cm
b A square has a perimeter of 16.8 cm. What is the length of each side?
c Find the area of each shape.
i ii iii 15 cm
15 mm
6 cm
4 mm
8m
iv v vi
20 mm
8 cm m
50 m
5 cm 30 mm
10 cm
12 cm
vii 3.4 m viii ix
2.8 m 6.2 cm
5.8 m
6.4 m 8.3 cm
4.2 m
x xi xii 5.3 m
5.4 cm
3.4 cm 3.5 m
7.3 cm 7.9 m
3.4 cm
d Calculate the shaded area of each shape.
i ii 3m
CUMULATIVE REVIEW 2–5
10 cm
5m
18 cm
9m
6.5 m
e Complete the following conversions.
i 1 cm3 = ___ mm3 ii 1 m3 = ___ cm3
iii kL = ___ mL iv 1 m3 = ___ L
f Complete these conversions.
i 4 cm2 = ___ mm2 ii 120 cm2 = ___ m2
iii 340 mm2 = ___ cm2 iv 4.1 m2 = ___ cm2
v 6.32 cm2 = ___ mm2 vi 3.9 m2 = ___ ha
vii 3.9 ha = ___ m2 viii 95 cm3 = ___ L
ix 58 kL = ___ m3 x 0.05 ML = ___ m3
g A rectangular tank is used to store water. 3.1 m
i Calculate its volume in m3.
ii Calculate its capacity in litres. 4.7 m
8.4 m
h Calculate the volume of these rectangular prisms.
i ii
1.3 m
8.1 cm
0.9 m
2.1 m
6.2 cm
i A water tank is rectangular in shape and has dimensions 1.5 m by 0.5 m by 3.2 m.
i What is its volume in m3?
ii What is its capacity in litres?
j A small fish tank is in the shape of a rectangular prism
with dimensions 20.0 cm × 30.5 cm × 53.6 cm.
i Calculate the volume of the fish tank.
20.0 cm
ii What is the capacity of the tank in litres? 53.6 cm
30.5 cm
CUMULATIVE REVIEW 2–5
pm pm pm pm pm pm pm pm
PARRAMATTA dep. 3:13 3:21 3:24 3:28 3:33 3:39 3:46 3:51
Harris Park 3:14 3:34 3:47 3:52
Granville 3:16 3:23 3:26 3:36 3:41 3:49 3:54
Auburn 3:20 3:39 3:53 3:58
Lidcombe S 3:24 3:32 3:43 3:57 4:02
STRATHFIELD arr. 3:29 3:33 3:37 3:48 3:51 4:02 4:08
dep. 3:30 3:34 3:38 3:49 3:52 4:03 4:09
BURWOOD 3:31 3:39 4:10
REDFERN 3:41 3:45 3:49 3:59 4:03 4:14 4:22
Measurement & Geometry
The Diagnostic test questions refer to the Year 7 outcomes from ACMMG110 and ACMMG139.
clo
se
12 1
11
anti
The other hand is the second hand. It is pointing to 7 so 35 seconds have passed. 10 2
Thus the time shown is: ‘ten minutes and thirty-five seconds past twelve’. 9 3
8 4
12 : 10 : 35 7 6 5
Exercise 6A
1 State the time shown by each clock.
a b c d
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 5 7 5 7 5
6 6 6
The time displayed here is ‘two forty-two am’ Forty-two minutes past two is
also ‘eighteen minutes to three’..
(forty-two minutes past two in the morning). AM
2:42
Exercise 6B
1 Write each of the following times as it would appear on a digital display. Be careful! 10:50
a five minutes past seven b twelve seventeen is ‘ten to eleven’.
2 Match each digital clock to an analogue clock showing the same time.
a 07:52:04 b 12:09:36 c 04:41:52 d 01:13:21
i ii iii iv
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 5 7 5 7 6 5
6 6
3 Determine the following times. Write the answer as it would appear on a digital display.
a 15 min after 10:50 am b 17 min before 7:43 am
c 32 min after 3:54 pm d 24 min before 2:08 pm
12 1 am 2 am 3 am 4 am 5 am 6 am 7 am 8 am 9 am 10 am 11 am 12
midnight noon
1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400
12 1 pm 2 pm 3 pm 4 pm 5 pm 6 pm 7 pm 8 pm 9 pm 10 pm 11 pm 12
noon midnight
2117 9:17 pm
Exercise 6C
1 Write the following 24-hour times as analogue times (am or pm).
a 1406 b 0052 c 2002 d 0128
e 0815 f 2323 g 1918 h 1111
i 1255 j 1739 k 0634 l 2242
3 Order each set of times, which occur on the same day, from earliest to latest.
a five past seven at night, 1926, 8:31 pm, 1304
b two thirty in the morning, 8 past midnight, 9:06 am, 0805, 1715
c 1204, 11:45 pm, midday, seven twenty-three at night, 1038, 12:54 pm
Example 1
Calculate the following in 24-hour time. Convert 24-hour time to am or pm.
a 0800 + 2 _12 h Add or subtract.
Express the answer in 24-hour time.
b 1718 − 1 h 43 min
7 Using the data in the following table, state the time (am or pm) each flight arrives at Brisbane Airport.
Measurement & Geometry
Exercise 6D
1 Calculate the number of minutes between the times given below (all times are pm) and 1500 hours.
a one thirty b twelve minutes past one
c twenty-one past one d one forty-three
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
2 Calculate the number of minutes between the times given below (all times are am) and 1310 hours.
a half past eleven b eleven fifty-three
c twenty-two past eleven d forty-five minutes to midday
Example 3
Calculate the following times.
a 4 h 20 min + 2 h 53 min b 7 h 13 min − 4 h 46 min
a hours minutes
4 20 Place the hours and minutes in columns.
+ 2 53
6 73 Add the minutes and record the answer.
= 1 h 13 min Convert 73 min to 1 h 13 min.
1 13 Place this answer in the hours and minutes column.
7 13 Add the hours to obtain an answer.
∴ 4 h 20 min + 2 h 53 min = 7 h 13 min
b Convert 7 h 13 min to 6 h 73 min by taking 1 h (60 min) from 7 h.
hours minutes
6 73 Place the hours and minutes in columns.
− 4 46
2 27 Subtract the hours and minutes and record the answer.
∴ 7 h 13 min − 4 h 46 min = 2 h 27 min
Example 4
Calculate the following.
a 4 days 13 h + 3 days 22 h b 3 days 7 h − 1 day 23 h
a days hours
4 13 Place the days and hours in columns.
+ 3 22
7 35 Add the hours and record the answer.
= 1 d 11 h Convert 35 h to 1 day 11 h.
1 11 Place this answer in the days and hours column.
8 11 Add the days to obtain an answer.
∴ 4 days 13 h + 3 days 22 h = 8 days 11 h
b Convert 7 h to 31 h by taking 1 day (24 h) from 3 days giving 2 days 31 h.
days hours
2 31 Place the days and hours in columns.
− 1 23
1 8 Subtract days and hours and record the answer.
∴ 3 days 7 h − 1 day 23 h = 1 day 8 h
a Convert 2:50 pm to 24-hour time: 2:50 pm to 1450 A period of time that has passed
is known as elapsed time.
hours minutes
14 50
− 9 38
5h 12 min
∴ Time between 9:38 am and 2:50 pm is 5 h 12 min.
b Convert both to 24-hour time: 6:42 pm to 1842 and 9:25 pm to 2125
hours minutes
20 85 Convert 21 h 25 min to 20 h 85 min.
− 18 42
2 43
∴ Time between 6:42 pm and 9:25 pm is 2 h 43 min.
ExamplE 6
Calculate the elapsed time between 7:45 am Monday and 1:22 pm Wednesday of the same week.
11 Calculate the elapsed time (in days, hours, minutes) between the following.
a 4:38 pm Tuesday to 6:30 am Thursday b 0709 Saturday to 1216 Wednesday
c 0652 Monday to 2015 pm Friday d 1:46 pm Sunday to 7:25 pm Monday
e 10:17 am Wednesday to 9:38 am Saturday f 12:24 am Friday to 7:15 am Wednesday
E Using a calculator
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
Time calculations can be done on your calculator. The times are entered into the calculator in this order: hours,
minutes, seconds.
Enter the hours and press the °
' '' key. Next enter the minutes and press °
' '' again. Then finally enter the
seconds and press °
' '' a third time. If there are no hours to be entered, press 0 followed by the °
' '' key,
as the calculator records the information in the order hours, minutes, seconds.
c 6 h 25 min 50 s 6 ° ' '' 25 ° ' '' 50 ° ' '' = 6° 25′ 50′′ 6 h, 25 min, 50 s
Exercise 6E
1 Enter the following times and record the calculator display shown.
a 5h b 4h c 3 h 12 min
d 7 h 23 min e 2 h 45 min 18 s f 9 h 2 min 36 s
g 36 min h 55 s i 6 h 59 min 45 s
ExamplE 2
Use your calculator to evaluate the following.
a 4 h 15 min + 2 h 58 min b 18 min + 5 h 12 min − 3 h 15 min 20 s
a 4 ° ' '' 15 ° ' '' + 2 ° ' '' 58 ° ' '' = 7° 13′ 0′′
4 h 15 min + 2 h 58 min = 7 h 13 min 0 s
b 0 ° ' '' 18 ° ' '' + 5 ° ' '' 12 ° ' '' – 3 ° ' '' 15 ° ' '' 20 ° ' '' = 2° 14′ 40′′
18 min + 5 h 12 min − 3 h 15 min 20 s = 2 h 14 min 40 s
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
Fraction
Decimal
Minutes 60 Simplified (2 decimal places)
5
__ 1
__
5 60 12 0.08
6
__
6 60
12 □
__
60
15
__ 1
_
15 60 4 0.25
18
20
24
27
30
36
2
_
40 3 0.6 7
42
45
48
54
60
ExamplE 3
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
ExamplE 4
Use your calculator to express the following decimals as hours, minutes and seconds.
a 4.36 b 7.42 c 0.457
a 4.36 = °
' '' b 7.42 = °
' '' c 0.457 = °
' ''
= 4° 21′ 36′′ = 7° 25′ 12′′ = 0° 27′ 25.2′′
4 h 21 min 36 s 7 h 25 min 12 s 0 h 27 min 25.2 s
ExamplE 5
Round the calculator displays as stated.
a 3° 59° 15′′ to the nearest hour b 5° 34° 22′′ to the nearest minute
8 Each week Rob has six English lessons that each last 38 minutes.
a How much time does he spend in English lessons each week?
b If a term consists of 10 weeks, how much time is spent in English lessons each term?
9 A History teacher marked 220 essays in 26 hours 35 minutes. Find the average time spent marking one essay.
(To calculate the average find: time taken ÷ number of essays.)
10 If I spend 10 minutes every night writing summaries for Science, how many hours and minutes of summaries
will I have written in the month of March? (There are 31 days in March.)
F Calendars
Here are some helpful hints to remembering the number of days in each month.
Verse: Thirty days has September, April, June and November.
All the rest have thirty-one, except February, which has twenty-eight days clear, and twenty-nine
in each leap year.
Knuckles: The knuckles have 31 days.
Between the knuckles have 30 days.
Except February, which has 28 days and 29 days in each leap year.
Oc ber
er
ce r
De be
No er
mb
M ary
st
m
tob
m
Ap h
Fe y
gu
pte
ay
arc
ly
ar
ril
ve
u
ne
Au
br
Ju
nu
Se
Ju
Ja
31 31 31 31 31 31
28 30 30 31 30 30
Leap years
Leap years occur every 4 years and have 366 days (the extra day being in February). To determine if a year is
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
a leap year:
year
• Divide the year by 4. If ____ is a whole number, the year is a leap year.
4
year
• If the year is a century year, divide by 400. If ____ is a whole number, the year is a leap year.
400
For example:
For leap years the answer
Leap years Non-leap years must be whole numbers.
1988
_____ 2009
_____ Hint: Refer to number of
= 497 √ = 502.25 x days in a year.
4 4
2000
_____ = 5 1800
_____ = 4.5
√ x
400 400
1 a Without knowing the year, how can you determine whether or not the year is a leap year?
b Is this calendar a leap year?
c Australia Day is 26 January. On what day of the week does this fall?
d Christmas Day is 25 December. On what day of the week does this fall?
e How many days between 17 April and 3 June (both dates inclusive)?
f Rod went to the doctor on 4 September. If he needs to make another appointment in five weeks time, what
date is his next appointment?
g Blake booked a skiing trip to commence on 13 July. If it is now 20 April, how many weeks must be wait Measurement & Geometry
2 Calculate each person’s age as at today’s date given their date of birth.
a Tony: 14/10/1991 b Marilyn: 25/2/1996 c Chloe: 31/8/2004
d Honey: 4/5/1983 e Melissa: 11/6/1972 f Troy: 1/12/1998
train from Strathfield take to dep 3:57 4:31 5:06 5:54 6:24 6:54 7:12
get to Wynyard? Strathfield..... arr 4:02 4:36 5:11 5:59 6:29 6:59 7:18
ii How long does the 4:47 pm dep 4:03 4:37 5:12 6:00 6:30 7:00 7:23
train from Telopea take to get Central....... arr 4:17 4:50 5:26 6:14 6:44 7:14 7:36
to Central? dep 4:18 4:51 5:27 6:15 6:45 7:15 7:37
iii How long does the 6:30 pm Town Hall 4:21 4:54 5:30 6:18 6:48 7:18 7:40
train from Dundas take to Wynyard 4:24 4:57 5:33 6:20 6:50 7:20 7:42
get to Town Hall?
iv How long does the 4:21 pm train from Rosehill take to get to Strathfield?
d i Calculate the time taken for the 3:32, 4:11, 4:45, 5:23 and 5:56 Carlingford trains to travel to Wynyard.
ii Why are the times different?
149
Kingswood 10:43 11:03 11:13 11:33 11:43 12:03 12:13 12:33 12:43
PENRITH 10:46 10:49 11:06 11:16 11:36 11:46 11:49 12:06 12:16 12:36 12:46
Emu Plains 10:52 11:52
Proceeds to LTH KTO
a i How long does the 9:30 am train from North Sydney take to get to Penrith?
ii How long does the 10:02 am train from Town Hall take to get to Seven Hills?
iii How long does the 11:26 am train from Strathfield take to get to Werrington?
iv How long does the 11:52 am train from Wentworthville take to get to Riverstone?
4 Use the table on the right to answer these questions. IN THE SKY
a How many days are there between: Sunrise Sunset Moonrise Moonset
i the new moon and a full moon? TODAY
ii the 1st quarter and the 3rd quarter? 6:55 am 4:53 pm 3:53 am 3:04 pm
b Determine the elapsed time between: TOMORROW
6:56 am 4:53 pm 4:52 am 3:38 pm
i sunrise and sunset today
ii moonrise and moonset tomorrow. New moon 1st quarter Full moon 3rd quarter
0
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
on
on
on
t
t
gh
gh
9a
9a
6a
3p
6a
3p
9p
9p
6p
6p
9a
3a
3a
6a
3p
9p
6p
3a
no
no
no
ni
ni
id
id
m
m
2:30 am 8:34 am 2:40 pm 8:54 pm 3:06 am 9:10 am 3:09 pm 9:26 pm 3:45 am 9:46 am 3:39 pm 10:00 pm
0.4m 1.5 m 0.4 m 1.6 m 0.4 m 1.5 m 0.4 m 1.7 m 0.4 m 1.4 m 0.5 m 1.7 m
Tides information: • Port Stephens: + 5 min • Jervis Bay: + 8 min • Port Hacking: + 8 min
SEVEN HILLS Station 5:40 6:09 6:39 7:09 7:39 8:10 8:40 9:16 9:35 10:05 10:35 11:05 11:35 12:05 12:35 1:05 1:35
SEVEN HILLS to City 5:46 6:16 6:46 7:16 7:45 8:16 8:45 9:27 9:45 10:15 10:45 11:15 11:45 12:15 12:45 1:15 1:45
SEVEN HILLS Shops 8:13 8:44 9:17 9:39 10:06 10:36 11:09 11:39 12:09 12:39 1:09 1:39
a On Friday, Caryn decided to catch a bus from Cambridge Street to Seven Hills station.
i If she arrives at Cambridge Street at 10:23 am, how long does she have to wait for the bus to arrive?
ii At what time would she arrive at Seven Hills station?
iii How long does she have to wait for a bus to the city?
b Greg caught the 12:02 pm bus from Westpoint (Patrick Street) to Kings Langley shops.
i How long did the journey take?
H Time zones
Earth rotates from west to east about its axis causing day and night on N
Earth. Due to this rotation, when the sun rises in Sydney:
• Perth is still in darkness sun’s
• Wellington (NZ) has already had a couple of hours of sunlight. W E
rays
Earth rotates 360° in 1 day, so 360° = 24 hours
• 15° = 1 hour (360 ÷ 24 = 15)
1 S
• 1° = 4 minutes (__
15 of 60 min = 4 min)
Earth is divided into 24 times zones called meridians. These are generally based on the lines of longitude, but
variations occur as a result of following the borders of countries, states, regions or natural boundaries (often
rivers or mountains). These measurements begin at Greenwich in London (longitude 0°). The first or prime line
(meridian) is the starting point for 12 time zones west of Greenwich and 12 time zones east of Greenwich. Every
1
place within a zone uses the same time. The standard time zones are mostly measured in _2 or 1 hour units.
A simplified World Time Zones map is shown below.
World Time Zones
–11 –10 –9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9 +10 +11 +12
–5
–6 –3
–7
–5
–9 +8 +10 +12
0 +1
+2 +11
Moscow +9
–8 –7 0 +4 +6
–4
–6 –5 London Berlin
+2
Chicago Paris+1
New York Beijing
International date-line
Rome +5 +9
San Francisco Washington +8 Tokyo
Houston New Orleans Cairo New Delhi
Miami +2
+3 +512
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
Honolulu Mumbai +7
0 +1
+3 +8 +9
–5 +7
Greenwich Mean Time
Jakarta
–4
–3 +2 Cairns
+3 Brisbane
1
+8 +9 2
Johannesburg Perth +10 Auckland
Santiago Buenos Aires Adelaide Sydney
+12
–4
Example 1
If it is 12 noon in Greenwich, what is the standard time in:
a Sydney? b New York?
Example 2
Sydney is 10 hours ahead of London. If it is 6:00 pm in Sydney, what is the time in London?
Sydney London
6:00 pm 6:00 pm (−10 h)
(+10 h) 6:00 pm → 12:00 midday → 8:00 am
6h + 4h
∴ If it is 6:00 pm in Sydney, it is 8:00 am in London.
Exercise 6H
Use the World Time Zones map on the previous page to answer these questions.
1 If it is 12 noon in Greenwich, what is the standard time in:
a San Francisco? b Houston? c Perth? d Tokyo?
5 Rod flew from Sydney to London on 15 April. The flight left Sydney at 2:50 pm and took 23 hours.
a On which day did Rod arrive in London?
b At what time did Rod arrive in London?
a Chicago is −6 and Tokyo is +9, so Tokyo is +15 hours ahead of Chicago. 3 pm Tuesday + 15 h
3 pm + 9 hours = midnight Wednesday = 3 pm + 9 h + 6 h
8 A live broadcast commences at 7 pm Wednesday local time in Miami. At what time will it start in:
a Perth? b Auckland? c Washington? d Rome? Measurement & Geometry
2 Write a one-page report explaining the purpose of the International Date Line.
2 Complete the following table, which compares standard times in the three cities.
San Francisco London Sydney
12 noon (Monday)
2 pm
4 pm
.
.
.
12 noon (Tuesday)
3 The directors in the three cities wish to organise a three-way teleconference. What would be a convenient
time to hold the conference?
Darwin
Pine Creek
Cairns
Townsville
Rockhampton
Alice Springs
Brisbane
Kalgoorlie
Perth Cobar
Canberra Sydney
Adelaide
Melbourne
Mt Gambia
Hobart
Use the Australian Time Zones map to answer questions 9 and 10.
9 If it is 2:00 pm in Melbourne, what is the time in:
a Perth? b Sydney? c Hobart?
d Cairns? e Alice Springs? f Adelaide?
4 Complete the following table to compare times in these cities during the months when daylight
saving operates.
5 A plane leaves Adelaide at 8 am, Adelaide daylight saving time, and flies to Hobart. The flight time is 1 _12 h.
At what time will the plane arrive in Hobart?
Tasmania
12 If it is 4:00 pm in Darwin during daylight saving time, what is the time in:
a Perth? b Hobart? c Adelaide? d Sydney?
Terms
24-hour time analogue clock calendar convert
daylight saving time degrees degrees, minutes, seconds digital display
elapsed time Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) International Date Line leap year
prime meridian time zone timetable World Time Zones
18 At what time does the 3:34 pm train from Harris Park arrive at Milsons Point?
A 4:02 pm B 4:12 pm C 4:15 pm D 4:27 pm
19 Sarah caught the 3:21 pm train from Parramatta. How long did it take her to reach Town Hall?
A 30 min B 25 min C 27 min D 29 min
22 San Francisco is 8 hours behind London. If it is 11:09 am in London, what time is it in San Francisco?
A 7:09 pm B 4:51 am C 7:51 am D 3:09 am
24 Tokyo is 9 h ahead of London. If it is 4:35 am on Saturday 4 April in Tokyo, what time and day is it in London?
A 1:35 pm Saturday 4 April B 7:35 pm Friday 3 April
C 1:35 am Friday 3 April D 7:35 am Saturday 4 April
25 Perth is 3 h behind Sydney during daylight saving time. If I left Sydney at 7:23 am and arrived in Perth 4 _12 h
later, at what time would I arrive in Perth (local time)?
A 11:53 am B 2:53 am C 8:53 am D 3:53 am
If you have any difficulty with these questions, refer to the examples and questions in the sections listed
in the table.
6A Review set
1 Write ‘four fifteen in the afternoon’ as it would appear on a digital display.
5 If Sergio caught the bus at 7.52 am, at what time did he arrive at work if the bus trip took 42 min?
6 High tide is at 6:23 am and low tide is at 10:03 am. Find the time difference between high tide and low tide.
9 Calculate the elapsed time between 3:27 pm Monday and 7:20 am Tuesday.
11 Calculate the elapsed time between 0620 hours Tuesday and 1340 hours Friday.
12 Use the World Time Zones map on page 153 to find the local time in Houston when it is 4:30 pm in Greenwich.
13 Use the Australian Time Zones map on page 156 to find the local time in Perth when it is 6 pm in Melbourne.
5 Alex watched the late night movie from 9:45 pm until 12:08 am.
a How long was the late night movie?
b If 37 min of this time was spent on commercials, calculate the actual length of the movie.
6 The sun rises at 5:17 am and sets at 7:38 pm. Calculate the hours and minutes of daylight.
10 Calculate the elapsed time between 2144 hours Monday and 0325 hours Saturday.
11 Use the World Time Zones map on page 153 to find the local time in Jakarta when it is 5 pm in Miami.
6C Review set
1 State the time shown on each clock.
a b
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
4 Calculate the ‘shelf life’ of a product purchased on 18/6/15 by referring to these ‘best-by’ dates.
a 21/3/16 b 12/10/16
10 Ben sprained his ankle on 3 August. It was 24 days before he could walk without limping. On what date did
he walk without limping?
11 Use the World Time Zones map on page 153 to find the local time in Greenwich when it is 3:27 pm in Perth.
12 Use the Australian Time Zones map on page 156 to find the local time in Adelaide when it is 3 am in Perth.
6D Review set
1 State the time shown on each clock.
a b
12 1 12 1
11 11
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
5 Brad caught the 11:48 am train from Penrith to Sydney. He arrived at 12:36 pm. How long did the journey
take him?
9 Calculate the ‘shelf life’ of a product purchased on 25/8/15 by referring to these ‘best-by’ dates.
a 21/3/16 b 18/5/16
Measurement & Geometry
10 Jemima saw the doctor on 18 March. If she must make another appointment in 6 weeks time, what is the date
of her next appointment?
11 Ace caught the 11:48 pm train from Penrith to Sydney. If he arrived at Central at 12:36 pm, how long did the
journey take?
12 Use the World Time Zones map on page 153 to find the local time in Buenos Aires when it is 6 pm in Rome.
NSW Syllabus references: S4 N&A Fractions, decimals and percentages, S4 N&A Financial mathematics
Outcomes: mA4-1Wm, mA4-2Wm, mA4-3Wm, mA4-5NA, mA4-6NA
Number & AlgebrA – ACmNA187, ACmNA189
The Diagnostic test questions refer to the Year 7 outcomes from ACMNA157 and ACMNA158.
Number & Algebra
$300 = $100 + $100 + $100 so 2.5% of $300 is $2.50 + $2.50 + $2.50 = $7.50
So 2.5% of $300 is $7.50.
b Use this method to find:
i 2.5% of $300 ii 5.5% of $200 iii 6.5% of $400 iv 3.5% of $1000
5 This method can be used to find the percentage of any amount. Find 5.2% of $340.
a To find 5.2% means 5.2 for every 100 or $5.20 for every $100.
If there is $5.20 for every $100, there must be $0.52 for every $10, so 4 × 0.52 = $2.08 for $40.
This can be shown in a table.
ExamplE 1
Express each percentage as a fraction in simplest form.
a 23% b 65% c 190% d 7_12 %
65
23
a 23% = ___
100 b 65% = ____ = __
13
20
100
Remember how to
190 (2 × 7) + 1
c 190% = ____ d 7_12 % = __________ change to improper
100 200 fractions.
90 9 15
____ 3
= 1___ __
100 = 1 10 = = __
200 40
Exercise 7A
1 Express each percentage as a fraction in simplest form.
a 51% b 89% c 47% d 61% e 97%
f 42% g 65% h 75% i 18% j 45%
k 50% l 36% m 54% n 98% o 66%
ExamplE 2
Express each percentage as a decimal.
a 16% b 225%
16
a 16% = ____ = 16 ÷ 100 = 0.16 When ÷ by 100, move the
100
decimal point 2 places to the left.
225
b 225% = ____ = 225 ÷ 100 = 2.25 Fill any empty places with zeros.
100
7 Express each fraction as a percentage correct to 2 decimal places. (Use your calculator.)
6 12 15 17
a __
11 b __
13 c _ 78 d _ 59 e __
16 f __
19
8 Complete the table by writing equivalent fractions, decimals and percentages on each line.
Fraction Decimal Percentage
a 0.4
7
b __
10
c 20%
d 0.05
_ 4
e 5
f 37%
g 7.08
3
h 1 _5
i 0.6%
j 82%
k 11.002
__ 3
l 8
Number & Algebra
B Percentages of quantities
To express one quantity as a percentage of another:
• change both quantities to the same unit (if necessary)
first quantity
• write _____________ × 100%.
second quantity
ExamplE 1
Express the first quantity as a percentage of the second quantity.
a 38 cm, 40 cm b 42 cm, 1.2 m c 2 weeks, 20 days
Exercise 7B
1 Express the first quantity as a percentage of the second quantity.
a $6, $15 b 10 km, 50 km c 4 h, 25 h
d 18 min, 50 min e 70 m, 125 m f $88, $440
g 60 L, 200 L h 27 kg, 50 kg i 54 min, 75 min
j 25 h, 100 h k 32 L, 64 L l 45 m, 180 m
20 40 25
a 20% of 40 m = ____ × ___ b 12_12 % = ____
100 1 200
800 25 40
= ____ 12_2 % of $40 = ____ × ___
1
100 200 1
1000
=8m = _____
200
=5m
3 Calculate:
a 45% of $260 b 64% of 500 L c 75% of $240
d 17% of 50 e 12% of 64 kg f 18% of 80 m
g 62_12 % of $320 h 66_23 % of 180 m i 32% of 308 kg
j 72% of 210 L k 21% of $544 l 13% of $126
C Percentage change
Two methods can be used to increase or decrease an amount by a percentage. To increase means to add
to the original amount.
Method 1 To decrease means to subtract
To calculate the percentage of the amount: from the original amount.
new amount = old amount + increase
new amount = old amount − decrease
Method 2
Find the percentage of the amount once you have increased or decreased the percentage.
ExamplE 1
Using method 1:
a increase $50 by 70% b decrease $50 by 70%
First find 70% of $50. Remember to find the new amount first, then
Number & AlgebrA
70
____ add or subtract it from the original amount.
0.70 × 50 = $35 × 50 = $35
or
100
a New amount = old amount + increase b New amount = old amount − decrease
= $50 + $35 = $50 − $35
= $85 = $15
Example 2
a Find the percentage of an amount that is needed to increase the amount by 88%.
b Find the percentage of an amount that is needed to decrease the amount by 14%.
4 Find the percentage of an amount that is needed to increase the amount by:
a 11% b 38% c 55% d 92% e 68%
f 86% g 39% h 107% i 156% j 213%
5 Find the percentage of an amount that is needed to decrease the amount by:
a 9% b 15% c 18% d 23% e 32%
f 47% g 66% h 51% i 95% j 78%
Example 3
Using method 2:
a increase $50 by 70% b decrease $50 by 70%
10 In an analysis of the Rugby League grand final the following statistics were gathered.
Aspect Winning team Losing team
Time in possession (min) 48 32
Line breaks 15 11
Completed sets 18 12
Tackles 235 303
2 Compare the guidelines for your favourite breakfast cereal with the values for this cereal.
3 Another cereal has 8 g of sugar per serving. Calculate the % DI of sugar from one serve of this other cereal.
How does this compare with the guidelines above?
4 Compare the % DI for sugar, sodium and fat of other packaged foods.
ExamplE 1
Find the percentage increase.
a $120 to $150 b $48 to $216
1
30 7
168
= ____ × 100% = ____ × 100%
4
120 2
48
100 700
= ____ = ____
4 2
= 25% = 350%
∴ $120 to $150 is a 25% increase. ∴ $48 to $216 is a 350% increase.
Example 2
Find the percentage decrease.
a 80 L to 60 L b 72 kg to 36 kg
a 80 L to 32 L b 200 m to 120 m c 90 km to 27 km
d $105 to $63 e 16 t to 4 t f $560 to $420
g 800 km to 200 km h 54 m to 27 m i 35 t to 7 t
$67
$43
$27
a For each size TV, calculate the percentage saving per year if the 6-star rating TV is used rather than the
1
2 _2 star rating TV.
b Calculate the percentage saving from the most costly to the least costly TV.
6 The table shows the cost of various forms of lighting. The annual cost is based on 3 hours per day with
electricity charged at 25 cents/kWh.
ExamplE 1
Find 100% of a quantity if:
a 23% is $78.20 b 46.5% is 186 kg
Exercise 7E
1 Find 100% of a quantity if:
a 10% is 82 m b 23% is 483 g c 78% is 733.2 km
d 49% is 110.25 e 12.9% is 29.67 g f 5.08% is $2.54
g 2_12 % is 125 mL h 38_14 % is 19 125 kg i 125% is $3.40
176
15%
OFF
Save
off 32 % 1
2 OFF
$37.50 S ave 1 5 4
$ PAY $148: 50
Example 2
a The original price of a TV is increased by
30% to $323.70. Calculate the original price.
b A car is reduced by 30% to $7000. Calculate
the original price.
a 130% is $323.70
323.70
1% is ______
130
323.70
100% is ______
× 100 = $249
130
∴ The original price was $249.
b 30% reduction so $7000 is 70%
of the original price.
7000
1% is _____
70
7000
100% is _____
× 100 = $10 000
70
∴ The original price was $10 000.
Exercise 7F
1 Define the following terms.
a cost price b selling price
c profit d loss
c selling price = $975 cost price = $482 profit = ____ − ____ = ____
ExamplE 1
A television purchased for $1000 was later sold for $650.
a Calculate the loss.
b Express the loss as a percentage of the cost price.
6 A car purchased for $60 000 is later sold for $45 000.
a Calculate the loss.
b Express the loss as a percentage of the cost price correct to 1 decimal place.
7 A motorcycle was purchased for $24 000. If it was sold for $16 000, calculate the loss as a percentage of
the cost price.
ExamplE 2
A vase purchased for $80 was later sold for $480.
a Calculate the profit.
b Express the profit as a percentage of the cost price.
Number & AlgebrA
ExamplE 3
a A car with a cost price of $5200 is sold at a profit of 15%. Calculate the selling price.
b A computer with a cost price of $715 is sold at a loss of 27%. Calculate the selling price.
ExamplE 4
A chair is sold for $319. This is a profit of 45%.
Calculate the cost price of the chair.
145% is $319
319
1% is ____
145
319
100% is ____ × 100 = $220
145
∴ The cost price was $220.
Example 5
A video game console was sold for $132. This was a loss of 40%. Calculate the cost price.
14 a A car was purchased for $8000 and later sold for $8400.
i Calculate the profit. ii Express the profit as a percentage of the cost price.
b A motorcycle was purchased for $22 000 and later sold for $17 500.
i Calculate the loss. ii Express the loss as a percentage of the cost price.
c A boat with cost price of $3800 is sold at a profit of 12%.
i Calculate the profit. ii Calculate the selling price.
d A computer with a cost price of $1200 is sold at a loss of 35%.
i Calculate the loss. ii Calculate the selling price.
e A clock is sold for $276. This is a profit of 32%.
i Calculate the cost price of the clock. ii Calculate the profit.
f A smart phone was sold for $210. This was a loss of 45%.
i Calculate the cost price. ii Calculate the loss.
181
16 A car is purchased for $5200 and later sold for a profit of 28%. The person who sold the car wants to buy it
back and is told the price to buy it back must give the new seller a profit of 15%. How much does it cost to
buy the car back?
ExamplE 1
a Calculate the GST and the price including GST of a camera with a listed price excluding GST of $710.
b Calculate the price including GST of a mobile phone with a listed price excluding GST of $299.
= $781
b Price including GST = list price + 10% of the list price
= 110% of the list price
= 1.10 × $299
= $328.90
2 Calculate the price including GST on the following items with listed prices that exclude GST.
a car battery $95 b ticket to Rugby Final $225 c bottle of wine $17
d printer repairs $336 e electrician’s bill $457 f bicycle $399
Example 2
A TV is advertised with a listed price of $899, price including GST.
a Calculate the GST included on the price.
b Calculate the pre-GST price.
The simple method for calculating the GST in these situations is called the ‘GST rule of thumb’:
GST = price including GST ÷ 11
$899
a GST = _____
11
= $81.73 to the nearest cent
b Pre-GST price = $899 − $81.73
= $817.27
3 For the following items with listed prices that include GST,
use the GST rule of thumb to calculate:
i the GST included in the price of each item
ii the pre-GST price.
a TV $1189
b lounge suite $4970
c BBQ chicken $10.89
d perfume $148
e dress $124
Number & Algebra
6 Complete the following to find the values of these amounts when they are increased by 10%.
a $150: $150 × 110% = $150 × 1.1 = $___
b $220: $220 × 110% = $220 × ___ = $___
c $370: $370 × 110% = $___ × ___ = $___
d $400: $400 × 110% = $___ × ___ = $___
7 Use the answers from question 6 and decrease each amount by 10%.
a $165 × 90% = $165 × 0.9 = $___
b $___ × 90% = $___ × 0.9 = $___
c $___ × 90% = $___ × 0.9 = $___
d $___ × 90% = $___ × 0.9 = $___
8 a What do you notice about the amounts obtained in the last column of questions 6 and 7?
b Is the following statement true or false?
When an amount is increased by a percentage, and the new amount is then decreased by the same
percentage, the result is the original amount.
c Explain the reasoning for your findings.
Australia has a GST of 10%. Other countries have similar taxes, sometimes called a VAT or value added tax,
of different percentage amounts. The 10% used in Australia means the calculations are simpler than for the
percentages used in other countries. The rule of thumb that can be used for 10% cannot be used for any other
amount.
This investigation examines the VAT of some other countries, which are listed in the table.
Complete the following calculations in Australian dollars. For example, to find the VAT on a sports bag priced
at $A75 in France, calculate 20% of $75 as the VAT rate in France is 20%. The answer is $A15.
To calculate the amount of VAT included in the cost of a mobile phone priced at $A199 in South Africa, the
unitary method must be used, as the VAT is not 10% and the rule of thumb only works for tax rates of 10%.
The VAT rate in South Africa is 14% so:
114% is $A199
199
So 1% is ____
114
199
Then 14% is ____
× 14 as the VAT rate is 14%.
114
The VAT amount is $A24.44.
4 Use the unitary method to find the amount of VAT included in the cost of a smart phone priced at $A625 in
these countries.
a Belgium b Germany c South Africa d New Zealand
5 Use the unitary method to find the amount of VAT included in a plane fare quoted at $A322 in these
countries:
a Italy b Luxemburg c Ireland d Switzerland
6 Use the unitary method to find the amount of VAT included in the cost of a tablet computer priced at $A299
in these countries.
a New Zealand b France c Switzerland d Netherlands
7 A camera is priced at $A347 in Germany. The price includes VAT. Calculate the cost of the same camera
Number & Algebra
8 A carry-on airline bag is priced at $A99 in Ireland. The price includes VAT. Calculate the cost of the same
bag including VAT if purchased in:
a Belgium b Germany c South Africa d Italy.
Jane Ianniello, Roy Morgan Research International Director of Tourism, Travel & Leisure, stated:
‘An increasing percentage of Australians are participating in online social media. The good news for the
Australian tourism industry is that people participating in online social media are more likely than the
average Australian to take holidays, both domestic and overseas. They are also more likely to provide advice
to their friends and family about holiday and travel, so they are potentially useful advocates for a tourism
destination. To this end social media represents a real opportunity to the tourism industry.’
This information highlights the positive impacts that social media can have for the tourism industry.
1 Do you think that the statistical information is sufficient to support the claims that social media positively
impacts upon the tourism industry? Explain your answer.
2 Why do you think social media has become such a powerful force in today’s modern economy? It may
be helpful to ask your classmates what types of social media they access, when, how often and for what
purpose. How do you think the figures above would have changed since 2010?
4 In class debate that: Social media enables us as consumers to make informed choices. Run a series of debates
regarding the impact of social media in our lives. Tourism is only one area. Undoubtedly you will be able to
look at the many areas of our everyday life that are impacted both positively and negatively by the forces of
social media.
3 Express 82 L as a percentage of 90 L.
A 0.91% B 9.1% C 91.1% D 911.1%
10 The original price of a laptop is increased by 35% to $1146.15. What was the original price?
A $3274.71 B $1146.15 C $849 D $401.15
12 Brendan and Tiarne purchased a house in 2007 for $430 000. They sold it in 2013 for $572 000. Express
Number & Algebra
13 A car with cost price of $6000 is sold at a loss of 45%. What is the selling price?
A $2700 B $3300 C $8700 D $9300
15 An item valued at $675 needs to have 10% GST added. What is the selling price inclusive of GST?
A $607.50 B $668.25 C $742.50 D $67.50
16 A watch is advertised at $199 including GST. What was the pre-GST cost of the watch?
A $19.90 B $179.10 C $18.09 D 180.91
If you have any difficulty with these questions, refer to the examples and questions in the section listed in
the table.
7A Review set
1 Find 15% of 200 kg.
5 The amount of water in a tank increases from 80 L to 135 L. What is the percentage increase?
8 The price of a bicycle is increased by 60% to $638.40. Calculate the original price.
9 An antique gun purchased for $1200 was later sold for $2900.
a Calculate the profit.
b Express the profit as a percentage of the cost price.
including GST.
a Calculate the GST.
b Calculate the pre-GST price.
6 Daniel earns $720 per week. He spends 46% of his income on rent and household expenditure, 22% on
entertainment and the remainder is placed in a savings account. Calculate the amount of money Daniel
allocates each week to:
a rent and household expenditure b entertainment c savings
8 Decrease 14 m by 8%.
9 Joe purchases bananas for 20c each. If he sells them at an increased price of 160%, what is the selling price
of a banana?
11 A tennis racquet was sold for $135. This was a profit of 43%. Calculate the cost price.
7C Review set
1 Express 4.2 kg as a percentage of 800 g.
2 Express 64 L as a percentage of 80 L.
4 Increase 84 m by 6%.
7 The price of a concert ticket is increased by 140% to $124.60. Calculate the original price.
8 A signed West Tigers jumper purchased for $800 was sold for $2000.
a Calculate the profit.
b Express the profit as a percentage of the cost price.
10 Craig purchased a mountain bike for $1800. He later sold it for $1332. Express the loss as a percentage of
the cost price.
7D Review set
1 Express 4.5 m as a percentage of 120 cm.
5 Over a period of time the value of a house increased by 15% to $564 000. Find the original value of the
house, to the nearest dollar.
9 A brochure advertises jackets for 30% off the original price. Calculate the original cost if the sale price
is $455.
10 The price of a concert ticket is increased by 74% to $374.10. Calculate the original price.
11 A radio-controlled plane with a cost price of $349 is sold at a loss of 23%. Calculate the selling price.
12 A collector card was sold for $475. This was a profit of 35%. Calculate the cost price.
14 Calculate the selling price of an item valued at $95 if 10% GST must be added.
Number & Algebra
A 53 cm B 5.3 cm
C 0.53 cm D 5300 cm 25.2 cm
A 71.1 cm B 69.3 cm
3 43.2 cm is equal to:
A 4.32 mm B 432 mm C 73.8 cm D 64.1 cm
C 0.432 mm D 4320 mm
14 The area of this square is:
4 7 m is equal to: A 36 cm
B 36 cm2 6 cm
A 70 cm B 7000 cm
C 0.7 cm D 700 cm C 24 cm
D 24 cm2 6 cm
5 4 m 65 cm is equal to:
A 46.5 cm B 465 cm 15 The area of this
C 4650 cm D 4.65 cm rectangle is:
A 35 cm 5 cm
6 3.25 m is equal to:
B 35 cm2
A 32.5 cm B 3.25 cm
C 12 cm2 7 cm
C 325 cm D 3250 cm
D 24 cm2
7 157 mm is equal to:
A 15.7 cm B 1.57 cm 16 The area of this triangle is:
C 1570 cm D 15 700 cm A 28 cm
B 28 cm2
8 5.439 km is equal to: C 15 cm
7 cm
9 12 500 m is equal to: 17 The geometrical name that best describes the
shape of a matchbox is:
A 125 km B 12.5 km
C 1.25 km D 12 500 000 km A square prism
B sphere
10 Estimate 23.8 cm to the nearest cm. C rectangular pyramid
A 23 cm B 24 cm D rectangular prism
C 28 cm D 25 cm
18 The solids that have been
11 0.43 km is equal to:
Measurement & Geometry
The Diagnostic test questions refer to the Year 7 outcomes from ACMMG136, ACMMG159 and ACMMG161.
arc
Chord ch
ord An interval joining two points on the circumference,
but not passing through the centre
Minor segment The smaller of the two regions inside a circle bounded
by the circle and a chord
Major segment The larger of the two regions inside a circle bounded
by the circle and a chord
Exercise 8A
1 Name the features shown in purple for each of these circles.
a b c d
e f g h
i j k l
Measurement & Geometry
C
D
E
ExamplE 1
What fraction of a circle is represented by the sectors below? A full revolution
a b measures 360°.
40° 120°
40° 1 120° 1
a The sector represents ____ = __ b The sector represents ____ = __
360° 9 360° 3
Calculator:
1 1
40 a_bc 360 = shows 1⎦9 = __ 120 a_bc 360 = shows 1⎦3 = __
9 3
e f g h
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
240°
45° 320°
80°
i j k l
135°
24°
144° 270°
c $1 d $2
3 Use the information from questions 1 and 2 to complete the following table.
Coins Circumference, C Diameter, d C÷d
10c
20c
$1
$2
4 The following diagrams show how to use a piece of string to trace the perimeter of a circle to measure the
circumference. A ruler can be used to measure the diameter.
Step 1: Trace around the perimeter with string.
d e
5 Complete the following table by filling in the third column. Round your answers correct to 1 decimal place.
Circumference Diameter C÷d Circumference Diameter C÷d
a 6.3 cm 2 cm f 4.7 cm 1.5 cm
b 22.0 cm 7 cm g 7.2 cm 2.3 cm
c 28.3 cm 9 cm h 18.2 cm 5.8 cm
d 15.7 cm 5 cm i 29.5 cm 9.4 cm
e 34.6 cm 11 cm j 33.3 cm 10.6 cm
circumference (C)
6 From questions 3, 4 and 5, what have you discovered about _______________?
diameter (d)
Pi (π)
C
You should have discovered that __ ≈ 3.1.
d
The actual value of this ratio is 3.141 596 265 4…, a decimal that continues forever. It is referred to as pi and is
given the symbol π, which is a letter from the Greek alphabet. Pi is an irrational number, meaning that an exact
value in decimal or fraction form cannot be given, so approximations are used.
Approximations for π are listed in the table below.
22 is 3.14 accurate to
__
Fraction Decimal Calculator 7
2 decimal places.
1 22
3_7 or __
7 3.14 (2 decimal places) π EXP
To calculate the circumference of a circle use: Or, as the diameter is twice the radius use: MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
C = πd C = 2πr
d r
7 There have been many approximations for π throughout history. Compare those given below to the correct
value of π.
25
___ 339
____
19 century bce Babylonians 9 century bce Yajnavalkys
8 108
377
____ 3927
_____
2nd century ce Ptolemy 263 ce Liu Hui
120 1250
B Circumference of a circle
The perimeter of a circle is the distance around its boundary. The perimeter of a circle is called the
circumference. From Investigation 2, C = πd or C = 2πr.
ExamplE 1
Determine the circumference of each circle to the level of accuracy stated.
a exact value b correct to 2 decimal places
6 cm 4.5 cm
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
d e f
21.3 cm 10.6 cm
8.4 cm
2 Calculate the circumference of each circle, giving both the exact answer and the answer correct to
2 decimal places.
a b c
9 cm 13 cm
20 cm
d e f
17.2 cm
11.1 cm
4.6 cm
50 5 240 2
a Fraction of circumference = ____ = ___ b Fraction of circumference = ____ = __
360 36 360 3
5 2
Length of arc = ___ × 2πr Length of arc = __ × 2πr
36 3
5 2
= ___ × 2 × π × 8 = __ × 2 × π × 4
36 3
20π 16π
= ____ = 6.98 cm = ____ = 16.76 cm
9 3
Calculator:
5 a_bc 36 × 2 × π × 8 = 2 a_bc 3 × 2 × π × 4 =
5 Calculate the length of these arcs. Give both the exact answer and the answer correct to 2 decimal places.
a 9 cm b 6 cm c O
120° 7 cm
O 60° 80° O
d e f
8 cm
5 cm 210° 290°
O
O O
12 cm
ExamplE 3
Calculate the perimeter of each figure correct to 1 decimal place.
a b Include the
straight sides in the
40° perimeter too.
5 cm
2 cm
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
g h i
5.7 cm 3.6 cm
8.2 cm 5.7 cm
12 cm
j k 2.6 cm l
3.2 cm
5.4 cm
270° 1.8 cm
8.7 cm
0.8 km
3.2 km
b How many complete laps would be
required for the cyclist to travel: Measurement & Geometry
i 100 km?
ii 175 km?
iii 234 km?
2 km 1.95 km
2.7 km
2.8 km
ExamplE 1
The circumference of a circle is 60 cm. What is its:
a diameter to 1 decimal place? b radius to 1 decimal place?
d
a C=π×d b r = __
2
∴ 60 = π × d 19.098 593 …
60 = ____________
d = ___
π
2
= 9.549 …
≈ 19.1 cm Remember that the radius
≈ 9.5 cm is half the diameter.
Calculator:
60 ÷ π = 19.098 593 …
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
Exercise 8C
1 Using the circumference given for each circle, determine, correct to 1 decimal place, the:
i diameter ii radius.
a 15 cm b 37 cm c 85 cm d 100 cm
e 131 cm f 175 cm g 40 cm h 9.4 cm
i 12.7 cm j 188.5 cm k 282.7 cm l 43.9 cm
π×r
Measurement & Geometry
(half the circumference)
Circumference = 2 × π × r
The length of the rectangle is half the circumference and the width of the rectangle is approximately the radius.
Complete the following.
Area of a rectangle: A = length × breadth
Area of the circle cut-outs: A = ____ × ____ = πr2
∴ Area of a circle with radius r units: A = ____
Note: The more sectors the circle is cut into, the better the rectangle, but the dimensions remain the same!
ExamplE 1
Calculate the area of these circles correct to 1 decimal place.
a b
7 cm 11 cm
a A = πr2 b A = πr2
11
=π×7 2
= π × 5.52 (as r = __
2 = 5.5)
= 49π ≈ 95.0 cm2
≈ 153.9 cm2
Calculator:
π × 7 x2 = π × 5.5 x2 =
Exercise 8D
1 Calculate the exact area of each circle in terms of π.
a b c
9 cm
5 cm
15 cm
d e f
10 cm 13 cm 7 cm
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
3 Measure the diameter of each circle. Calculate the area of each correct to 1 decimal place.
a b c
ExamplE 2
For this shape given, determine:
A right angle is 90°.
a the fraction of a circle that is drawn
5.7 cm
b the area to the nearest whole cm2.
90°
a Fraction of circle = ____ b A = _14 of a whole circle
360°
1 1
= _4 of a circle = _4 πr2
1
= _4 × π × 5.72
= 25.517…
Calculator: ≈ 26 cm2
90 a_bc 360 = 1 a_bc 4 × π × 5.7 x2 =
1
= _4 × π × ___2
= ___ ≈ 11 cm2
5 Determine the fraction of a circle that is drawn, then calculate the area to the nearest cm2.
a b c 8.1 cm
4.5 cm
2.3 cm
120°
a Fraction of circle = ____
b A = _ 13 of a whole circle
360°
1 1
= _ 3 of a circle = _ 3 πr2
1
= _3 × π × 9.12
= 86.718 …
≈ 87 cm2
6 Complete to calculate the area of part of a circle with radius 7.4 cm and an angle of 150°.
150° □
a Fraction of circle = ____
b A = ___
of a whole circle
□° 12
□ □
= ___ of a circle = ___ × π × r □
12 12
□
= ___ × π × (__)2
12
= ___ ≈ 72 cm2
7 Determine what fraction of a circle is drawn, then calculate the area to the nearest cm2.
a b c
240°
45° 3 cm
4 cm
11 cm
d e f
2.9 cm
135° 210°
60°
4.2 cm 7.5 cm
g h i
15.1 cm 8.8 cm
30°
72° 12.3 cm
Measurement & Geometry
8 Determine the area of the following composite shapes correct to 1 decimal place.
a b c
5 cm
3 cm
18.4 cm
12.4 cm
6 cm
d e f
4.2 cm
10 cm
6 cm
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
8 cm
4.9 cm
11.2 cm
g h i
4 cm
11 cm
6.2 cm
10.2 cm
8.5 cm
5 cm
11 cm
r = 2.5 and R = 5.5
b
7 cm
16 cm
r = 3.5 and R = 8
a Area of shaded region = area of big circle − area of small circle Remember to find the radius.
= πR2 − πr2
= π × 5.52 − π × 2.52
≈ 95.033 − 19.635
= 75.398
≈ 75.4 cm2
b Area of shaded region = area of big semicircle − area of small semicircle
πR2 πr2
= ____
− ___
2 2
82
3.52
= π × − π × ____
__
2 2
≈ 100.531 − 19.242
= 81.289
≈ 81.3 cm2
7 cm 3 cm
Measurement & Geometry
2.9 cm
7.9 cm
14 cm 5 cm
d e f
4.8 cm
8 cm 5 cm 10.3 cm
4 cm
3 cm
14.7 cm
4.5 m
correct to 1 decimal place. Pool 12.5 m
b Calculate the paved area correct to 1 decimal place.
c Calculate the cost of paving if paving costs $45.00 10.5 m
per square metre.
20 m
layers, and
ii count the number of cubic units used to construct
the prism by referring to the diagram.
d Are both answers from part c the same?
Cross-section
So a formula to determine volume can be derived. The number of cubic units in any prism
Volume = area of the base (cross-section) × height of the prism = the number of cubic units in the base
× the number of layers.
ExamplE 1
45 cm
V = πr2h
= π × 15.32 × 45
= 33 093.694 ≈ 33 094 cm3
Calculator: π × 15.3 x2 × 45 =
Exercise 8E
1 Complete to calculate the volume of the cylinder to the nearest cm3.
V = π__2h
7.3 cm
= π × ___2 × 12.4 12.4 cm
= ___
≈ 2076 cm3
9
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
15
60
c d
11.5
33 8.6 43.8
12.3 cm
18.6 cm
V = πr2h d = 18.6 cm
= π × (9.3) × 12.3
2
∴ r = 18.6 ÷ 2
= 3342.11… = 9.3 cm
= 3342 cm3
4 Calculate the volume of each cylinder to the nearest cm3. All dimensions are in centimetres.
a b c d
9.3 31.6
53.7 53.5
36.2 41.2
16.4 12.6
5 Calculate the volume of each cylinder to the nearest cm3. All dimensions are in centimetres.
a b c d
3 14 18.6 22.4
12 44 52.7 39.6
6 Use the dimensions below to calculate the volumes of these cylinders correct to 1 decimal place.
a r = 5 cm, h = 12.2 cm b d = 13 cm, h = 26 cm c r = 6.4 cm, h= 15.9 cm Measurement & Geometry
d d = 9 cm, h= 42 cm e d = 37.4 cm, h= 150 cm f r = 14.6 cm, h = 80 cm
7 Which cylinder (A or B) in each pair has the greater volume? All dimensions are in centimetres.
a 5 b
3 B
A 3 B
A 15 12
5
8.2
7.7
13 cm
9 cm
5.6 cm
21 cm 25 cm
16 cm
4.2 cm
d e 3.3 cm f 4 cm
7 cm 14 cm
32 cm 11.3 cm
16 cm
22.2 cm 5.7 cm 25 cm
a b c 72.5 cm
36.9 cm
84.6 cm 108 cm
52.4 cm
21 cm
11 A cylindrical tank has a base radius of 2.8 m and a height of 3.1 m. Find the capacity of the tank in kilolitres.
(1 m3 = 1 kL)
1 Write another three stanzas for this poem The Racing Bike, which has been started for you.
2 What is personification? Explain how it has been used in the first stanza of the poem.
4 Write a poem of your own choice. Select a topic associated with a circular shape, for example, wheels,
patterns, pie charts, circles. Incorporate into your poem two examples of any of the following:
metaphor, simile, assonance, alliteration, personification
Terms
arc area centre chord circle circumference cylinder
diameter perimeter pi (π) radius sector segment semicircle
tangent volume
π × 41.6
3 Evaluate ________
cm correct to 1 decimal place.
2
A 130.7 cm B 65.3 cm C 194.6 cm D 261.4 cm
4 Calculate the circumference of a circle correct to 1 decimal place if the diameter is 4.8 cm.
A 15.1 cm B 30.2 cm C 7.6 cm D 21.3 cm
5 Calculate the circumference of a circle correct to 1 decimal place if the radius is 12.05 cm.
A 44.1 cm B 78.5 cm C 37.9 cm D 75.7 cm
9 The circumference of a circle is 477.5 cm. Calculate its radius to the nearest whole number.
A 70 cm B 76 cm C 82 cm D 85 cm
10 Calculate the area of a circle to the nearest cm2 given that the radius is 9.02 cm.
A 28 cm2 B 89 cm2 C 266 cm2 D 256 cm2
14.1 cm
(1 cm3 = 1 mL)
A 1L B 2L 8 cm
C 3L D 4L
If you have any difficulty with these questions, refer to the examples and questions in the sections listed
in the table.
3 Write the formula for the circumference of a circle when given the diameter.
4 Calculate the circumference of a circle with a diameter of 13.9 cm, correct to 1 decimal place.
5 Write the formula for the circumference of a circle when given the radius.
6 Calculate the circumference of a circle with a radius of 5.72 cm, correct to 2 decimal places.
12.3 cm
47 cm
8B Review set
1 Name the feature shown in purple on each circle.
a b
m
4.8 cm
c
.3
10
3 Calculate the perimeter of each shape correct to 2 decimal places.
a b
11.3 cm
8.2 cm
5 cm
cm
7.9 cm
.6
14
5 Calculate the area of these shapes correct to 2 decimal places.
a 9 cm b
7.
cm
5 cm 5 cm
1
cm
.7
12
15 cm
7.7 cm
18 cm
104 cm
16 cm
48 cm
Measurement & Geometry
8C Review set
1 Name the feature shown in purple on each circle.
a b
335°
3 Calculate the length of each arc in question 2 correct to 1 decimal place given:
i r = 4.2 cm ii r = 8.3 cm
4 Calculate the area of each sector in question 2 to the nearest cm2 given:
i r = 6 cm ii r = 11.2 cm
6 The minute hand of a clock is 12.3 cm long. How far, correct to 1 decimal place, will the tip of the hand
travel in:
a 1 hour? b 1 day?
7 i
Calculate the volume of each cylinder to the nearest cm3.
ii Calculate the capacity of each cylinder in litres.
a b 9.9 cm
24 cm
45 cm
33.4 cm
8D Review set
1 Measure the diameter of each circle then calculate the circumference to the nearest cm.
a b
Measurement & Geometry
45°
17 cm 6 cm
13 cm
8 cm 8 cm
9 cm
3.6 cm 3.6 cm
20 cm
6.2 cm
40° 24.1 cm
4.1 m
NSW Syllabus references: S4 S&P Data collection and representation, S4 S&P Single variable data analysis
Outcomes: MA4-1WM, MA4-2WM, MA4-3WM, MA3-18SP, MA4-19SP, MA4-20SP
STATISTICS & PROBABILIT Y – ACMSP206, ACMSP207, ACMSP284, ACMSP293
3 If Jenny wanted to find out the most popular 11 The mean is closest to:
sport in Year 8, she would use primary data. A 4 B 20 C 21 D 22
A true B false
12 The mode is:
4 If Kyle wanted to determine the mean age of A 4 B 20 C 21 D 22
Year 8 students in NSW he would use primary
data. 13 The range is:
A true B false A 4 B 20 C 21 D 22
The Diagnostic test questions refer to the Year 7 outcomes from ACMSP169 and ACMSP171.
EXAMPLE 1
Classify these variables as categorical,
discrete numerical or continuous
numerical.
a The gender of children in a family
b The heights of Year 8 students
c The number of heads when two
coins are tossed
d The rating scale for the responses to
a questionnaire given as 1 = dislike,
2 = neutral, 3 = like
e The energy ratings of refrigerators
given a 1-star, 2-star or 3-star ratings
a Gender can be sorted into the categories male or female. It is a categorical variable.
b Height is the result of measuring. It is a continuous numerical variable.
c The number of heads when two coins are tossed is the result of counting. It is a discrete numerical
variable.
d Even though the ratings on the scale are numbers, they are the categories into which the responses can be
sorted. It is a categorical variable.
e Each rating is a description of the efficiency of the refrigerator or names the categories into which the
efficiency can be sorted. Energy rating is a categorical variable.
B Collecting data
When collecting data it is necessary to determine from whom, or what, the information is to be collected.
The target population is the entire group of people or objects from which the information is to be gathered.
For example, if we wanted information about the most popular colours of new cars sold in a particular year,
the target population would be all new cards sold in that year. If we wanted information about the type of road
accidents in a given town, the population would be all road accidents in that town.
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
EXAMPLE 1
What or who would be the target population if we wanted to collect information about:
a the number of siblings of the students in a Year 8 class?
b the quality ratings of new dishwashers?
EXAMPLE 2
Would a census, sample or observation be used to collect data on:
a the life of batteries?
b the most popular brand of toothpaste?
c the causes of road accidents in New South Wales?
d the direction of travel of vehicles through an intersection?
a Sample: If every battery produced was tested there would not be any left for sale.
b Sample: It would be impractical to interview everyone.
c Census: Information about every accident would need to be analysed.
d Observation.
Exercise 9B
1 What or who would be the target population if we wanted to collect information about:
a the most popular make of new cars?
b changes to the school uniform?
c the price of houses?
d the success of a new treatment for ticks and fleas on dogs?
e the suitability of a new bus timetable on a particular route?
4 Most modern scientific calculators have a random number generator. On Casio calculators this function key
is labelled RAN#.
By pressing SHIFT (RAN#) = the calculator produces a random number from 0 to 0.999, for
example 0.397.
To obtain a random number from 1 to 30, multiply the result by 30 and round up to the next digit.
0.397 × 30 = 11.82 = 12 (rounded up).
To obtain a random number from 1 to 27, multiply by 27, etc.
a Generate 5 random numbers from 1 to 30 (inclusive) using a calculator.
b List the names of the students whose numbers have been generated.
5 a Divide the number of students in the class by 5 and round up to the nearest whole number, for example
28 ÷ 5 = 5.6 (or 6 rounded up).
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
b Select every 6th name from the class list. (You may need to loop back to the start of the list to get the
5th random number.) This is called a systematic random sample.
Exercise 9C
Use the data in the table below to answer the following questions.
Student Age (years, Number of
Name number months) children in family Height (cm) Hair colour
Tom 01 14 y 7 m 2 168 black
Francis 02 13 y 9 m 1 156 brown
Adelle 03 13 y 11 m 2 158 blond
Ali 04 13 y 10 m 3 163 black
Daniel 05 14 y 2 m 1 164 red
George 06 13 y 11 m 4 159 brown
Greta 07 14 y 5 m 2 162 brown
John 08 14 y 4 m 2 165 black
Harry 09 13 y 11 m 3 164 blond
Isabella 10 14 y 8 m 3 159 brown
Noah 11 13 y 11 m 1 167 blond
Kylie 12 14 y 10 m 2 155 black
Sylvia 13 14 y 5 m 4 152 brown
Abdul 14 14 y 6 m 2 164 black
Jenny 15 13 y 11 m 2 158 red
Louise 16 14 y 8 m 1 159 blond
Matt 17 13 y 11 m 3 162 black
Harley 18 13 y 9 m 2 165 brown
Ken 19 14 y 6 m 3 161 brown
Jacqueline 20 14 y 3 m 2 160 black
Maria 21 13 y 10 m 2 157 brown
Penny 22 13 y 7 m 3 158 blond
Zac 23 13 y 10 m 1 163 blond PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
Vera 24 14 y 1 m 2 150 black
Rima 25 14 y 6 m 5 156 black
Kenji 26 13 y 8 m 2 169 black
Bill 27 14 y 2 m 3 168 blond
An Dien 28 13 y 6 m 2 152 black
Samantha 29 13 y 11 m 3 158 brown
Najit 30 14 y 0 m 2 160 black
Class mean 14 y 1 m 2.3 160.4
3 a i Select any student at random. (Close your eyes and place the tip of your pencil anywhere on the list.)
ii Starting at this student, select every 5th student in the list until you have randomly selected 6 students.
(You may need to loop back to the start of the list.)
iii Calculate the mean height of these students.
b i Select any student at random.
ii Starting at this student, select every 3rd student in the list until you have randomly selected
10 students.
iii Calculate the height of these 10 students.
c Which sample is better at estimating the mean height of the class?
EXAMPLE 1
Suggest any possible bias in each of these samples.
a a phone survey on Monday morning
b a survey of people taken at a bus terminal
c a survey at a darts competition
d five people tested with a new drug to cure cancer
a The sample would be biased towards people who are at home on Monday morning. It does not include
people who are at work or carrying out some other activity such as shopping.
b The survey would be biased towards people who use the bus terminal. It does not include people who
use other methods of transport.
c The survey would be biased towards people who attend darts competitions. For example, there would
probably be more males than females.
d The sample is not big enough to make a valid conclusion.
Exercise 9D
1 Suggest any possible bias in each of the following samples.
a a phone survey on Friday night
b voting intentions taken at a Labor Party political rally
c responses to a survey conducted by email
d survey of people in the Star bank
e questionnaire given to people selected from the electoral roll
f opinions collected on a street corner
g opinions of five vets testing ‘Fleagone’ spray
2 Comment on any possible bias in the following situations.
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
a A survey on household spending is needed. You take a random sample from the electoral roll of a Sydney
harbour-side suburb.
b A study on the hazards of smoking is carried out by a tobacco company.
c The results of a study done 15 years ago found that second-hand cigarette smoke is not hazardous.
d A company executive’s report of sales found that sales had doubled in a week.
e A survey of the number of people who can touch their toes is done with students from a gymnastics class.
f To study the health of birds in an area, food is used to attract them to traps.
g You want to learn the opinions of parents in your school district regarding adult literacy education. You
send out an invitation to parents to attend an information meeting.
EXAMPLE 1
For each set of scores, find the:
i mean ii median iii mode iv range.
a 21, 18, 22, 16, 19, 16 b Score Frequency
7 2
8 5
9 6
10 8
11 4
Frequency
6 4 9 6
0
6 7 8 9 10
Score
EXAMPLE 1
Identify any clusters, outliers or gaps in the following sets of data.
a Monthly rainfall: 25 mm, 16 mm, 6 mm, 27 mm, 28 mm, 96 mm
b Stem Leaf c Mistakes in a spelling test
2 2 6 6
3 2 7
Frequency
4 0 5 9 4
5 0 1 1 2 3 4 4 7 7 7 8 8 9
2
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
6 1 3 3
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Number of mistakes
12
Frequency
3 4 5 6 7 8 8
Number
4
0
5 6 7 8 9 10
Score
EXAMPLE 1
a Find the mean, median, mode and range of each set of scores.
i 3, 5, 5, 7, 9 ii 3, 5, 5, 7, 90
b Draw a dot plot for each set of data and mark the position of the mean, median and mode.
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
c Compare and discuss the use of the mean, median and mode as measures of central tendency for these
data sets.
d Discuss the use of range as a measure of spread.
29 110
a i Mean = ___
5
= 5.8 ii Mean = ____
5
= 22
Median = 5 Median = 5
Mode = 5 Mode = 5
Range = 6 Range = 87
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Score
Median
ii Mode
Mean
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Median Score
c In the first data set, the mean, median and mode are all central and typical values of the scores. Any are
appropriate as a measure of central tendency.
In the second data set, the mean is no longer a central value as it is larger than 4 of the 5 scores and is
not typical of the value of any of the scores. It is not appropriate to use as a measure of central tendency.
The two sets of data are the same except for the last score.
As the mean is calculated using the value of every score, it is greatly affected by outliers. When the 9 in
the first set is replaced by 90, much larger than the other scores, the mean changes significantly from
5.8 to 22. The mean is not an appropriate measure of central tendency if the data has an outlier.
Note: The median and mode remain unchanged despite the An outlier is sometimes
presence of the outlier in the second set of data and are appropriate caused by an error in
to use as measures of central tendency. measurement or recording.
Exercise 9G
1 a Find the mean, median and mode of the scores in each data set.
i 7, 9, 9, 10, 12 ii 7, 9, 9, 10, 80
b Draw a dot plot for each set of data and mark the position of the mean, median and mode.
c Compare and discuss the use of the mean, median and mode as measures of central tendency for these
data sets.
d Discuss the use of the range as a measure of spread.
2 Comment on the use of the mean as a measure of central tendency for these data sets.
a Score Frequency b Score Frequency
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
12 4 31 4
13 3 32 6
14 7 33 8
15 5 34 7
16 2 35 5
136 1
iv In this case the outlier could be the result of one of the students having an exceptionally high
mechanical aptitude compared with the others, so the outlier should be included in the reporting even
though, by including it, the mean is not a central or typical value.
Note: The median is the best measure of central tendency with or without the outlier included.
Each case needs to be justified on the basis of the data collected. An outlier may be caused by instrument
error or malfunction, or by a recording or transcription error and so it may be justifiable to ignore it when
reporting measures of central tendency. However, an outlier could also be the result of natural deviation, in
which case the data may need to be investigated more closely.
EXAMPLE 3
a Find the mean, median and mode of these scores.
i 3, 3, 3, 4, 6, 9, 9 ii 3, 4, 5, 6, 9
b Draw a dot plot for each set of data and mark the position of the mean, median and mode.
c Compare and discuss the use of the mean, median and mode as measures of central tendency for these
data sets.
37 27
a i Mean = ___
7
= 5.3 (1 decimal place) ii Mean = ___
5
= 5.4
Median = 4 Median = 5
Mode = 3 There is no mode.
b i Mode ii
Median
Median Mean
Mean
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Score Score
c In the first data set, the mode occurs at the end of the data set. It is not a central value. The mean or
median would be the most appropriate measure of central tendency.
Note: There are situations when the mode is important even if it is not a central value. For example, the
most common size of shoe would be of importance to a manufacturer of shoes.
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
In the second data set, there is no mode. The mean or median would be the most appropriate measure of
central tendency.
EXAMPLE 4
a Find the mean, median and mode of these scores.
i 1, 4, 5, 8, 8, 8, 8 ii 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 7, 7
b Draw a dot plot for each set of data and mark the position of the mean, median and mode.
c Compare and discuss the use of the mean, median and mode as measures of central tendency for these
data sets.
42 33
a i Mean = ___
7
ii Mean = ___
9
=6 = 3.7 (1 decimal place)
Median = 8 Median = 2
Mode = 8 Mode = 2
b i Mode ii Mode
Mean
Mean
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Score 2 3 4 5 6 7
Median Score
Median
c For both data sets, the median and the mode occur at the end of the data set; that is, they are not central
values. The mean would be the most appropriate measure of central tendency to use for this pattern of data.
8 Comment on the use of the median as a measure of central tendency for these data sets.
a Score Frequency b Score Frequency c Score Frequency
13 9 5 5 46 1
14 2 6 9 47 3
15 3 7 12 48 4
16 2 8 10 49 5
17 1 9 4 50 16
12 The prices of cars sold by a dealer one weekend were $6900, $18 900, $26 100, $19 990, $21 000.
a The dealer claims that the average price of cars he sells is $18 578. Which measure of central tendency
has he used for his ‘average’?
b Is this measure appropriate to represent the prices of the cars he sells? Give a reason.
c Which measure do you think is the most representative of the data? Give a reason.
235
Exercise 9H
The number of mistakes made by 100 students in a spelling test is shown below. (No student made more than
9 mistakes.)
48047 45381 33232 35178 46971 75879 31457 22016 08694 58112
96170 91910 28868 52251 99727 32681 90071 98873 79846 50953
Consider samples of size 20 taken from this population.
1 a Complete the frequency distribution table shown for the first group of 20 students
(start at the first number 4 and work from left to right). Note that this is not
a random sample.
Number of mistakes Tally Frequency
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
b Find the mean, median, mode and range of the number of mistakes made by this sample of students.
a Which of these measures (mean, median and mode) varies the most between samples?
b Which of these measures varies the least?
9 a Determine the mean, median and mode for the whole population.
b Compare these with the sample statistics. Discuss.
699
Mean = ____ = 3.5 (1 decimal place)
200
a Proportion of 6s in
1st group of 5 last group of 5 11th group of 5 20th group of 5 29th group of 5
2
__ 1
__ 0
__ 0
__ 1
__
= 40% = 20% = 0% = 0% = 20%
5 5 5 5 5
Exercise 9I
1 Consider the proportion of 6s in some samples of size 10 for the data given in the introduction to this section.
a Complete the following table.
Proportion of 6s in
1st group of 10 Last group of 10 7th group of 10 12th group of 10 17th group of 10
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
3 Consider the data given in the introduction to this section and questions 1 and 2 above. For what sample size
of this population do you seem to get the most sample proportions close to the population proportion?
EXAMPLE 2
Combine the information from the 5 samples in Example 1 into one of size 25. Is the proportion of 6s in
this sample a good estimate of the population proportion?
4 Combine the information from the 5 samples in question 1 into one of size 50. Complete the following to
find if the proportion of 6s in this sample a good estimate of the population proportion.
□+□+□+□+□ □
Proportion of 6s = _____________________ = ___
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 50
= ___%
5 Combine the information from the 5 samples in question 2 into one of size 100. Is the proportion of 6s in this
sample a good estimate of the population proportion?
6 Using the information gathered in the above questions, comment on how the size of a sample affects the
estimate of the population proportion.
Mean 3 + 4 + 6 + 6 + 4 ______________
______________ 3 + 1 + 6 + 4 + 3 ______________
6 + 3 + 5 + 1 + 4 ______________
5 + 3 + 1 + 4 + 2 ______________
2+1+6+2+1
5 5 5 5 5
= 4.6 = 3.4 = 3.8 =3 = 2.4
7 Consider the means of samples of size 10 and compare this with the population mean.
a Complete the following table.
Sample 1st 10 Last 10 5th 10 14th 10 17th 10
□
___ □
___ □
___ □
___ □
___
Mean = ___ = ___ = ___ = ___ = ___
10 10 10 10 10
9 Consider Example 3 and questions 7 and 8 above. For what sample size of this population do you seem to
get the most sample means close to the population mean?
EXAMPLE 4
Use the information in Example 3 as listed in the table below.
a Find the mean of the sample means for the first:
i 3 samples ii 4 samples iii 5 samples
b Is the mean of the sample means in part a approximately the same as the population mean?
Summary
From the previous exercises you should have discovered that the proportions and means in samples from the
same population vary. In general:
• the larger the sample size the closer the sample proportion is to the population proportion
• the larger the sample size the closer the sample mean is to the population mean
• as the number of samples increases, the mean of the sample means gets closer to the mean of the population.
242
Sample 1 2 3
Sample mean
ii Use the information in this table to find a better estimate of the mean run length for tails if a coin
is tossed a large number of times.
iii Explain why the answer to part ii is a better estimate.
c Theoretically, when a coin is tossed a large number of times, the expected mean run length of tails is 2.
Compare the answers above with this theoretical value and discuss this with your class.
EXAMPLE 1
A biologist captures a random sample of 120 fish from a lake. Each fish is tagged and released back into the
lake. A week later another random sample of 80 fish is captured and it is found that 6 of them have tags.
a If we let N represent the total number of fish in the lake, write down an expression for the fraction of
tagged fish in the lake.
b Write down the fraction of tagged fish in the second sample.
c Assuming that the fraction of tagged fish in the second sample is the same as the fraction of tagged fish
in the lake, estimate the total population of fish in the lake at the time of tagging.
120 6
a ____
N
b ___
80
120 ___6
c ____
N
=
80
N 80
____ = ___ Invert both sides of the equation. To invert means to turn
120 6
both sides upside down.
N
____ 80
× 120 = ___ × 120 Multiply both sides by 120.
120 6
N = 1600 ∴ There were approximately 1600 fish in the lake at the time of tagging.
Exercise 9J
1 A biologist captures a random sample of 200 fish from a dam, tags them and releases them back into the
dam. A week later another random sample of 90 fish is captured and it is found that 12 of them have tags.
Complete the following to estimate the fish population at the time of tagging.
□
a If we let N represent the total number of fish in the lake, an expression for the fraction of tagged fish = __
N
.
□
b The fraction of tagged fish in the second sample = ___.
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
90
c Assume that the fraction of tagged fish in the second sample is the same as the fraction of tagged fish in
the lake.
□ ___
__ □
=
N 90
N ___
__ 90
= Inverting both sides of the equation.
□ □
N
__ 90
× ___ = ___ × ___ Multiplying both sides by ___.
□ □
N = ___
3 A scientist captures 60 mice from a forest, puts leg bands on them and releases them back into the forest.
A week later he captures a second sample of 50 mice and finds that 3 have leg bands.
a If we let N represent the total number of mice, write down an expression for the fraction of tagged mice
in the forest.
b Write down the fraction of tagged mice in the second sample.
c Assuming that the fraction of tagged mice in the second sample is the same as the fraction of tagged mice
in the forest, write an equation and solve it to estimate the total population of mice.
4 A scientist at a trout farm takes 200 trout from a pond, tags them and releases them back into the pond. A
week later he catches 100 trout and finds that 5 of them are tagged. Estimate the number of trout in the pond.
5 A researcher investigating the kangaroo population in a particular area catches and tags a random sample
of 40 kangaroos before releasing them back into the same area. A week later he catches another sample of
40 kangaroos and finds that 8 of them are tagged. Estimate the number of kangaroos in this area.
6 To estimate the number of deer in a national park, a ranger captures 30 deer, tags them and releases them
back into the park. Six months later she returns and captures 20 deer in each of three different areas of the
park. The number of tagged animals in each sample is shown in the table.
Sample Number tagged Population estimate
1 3
2 1
3 2
a Estimate the total population of deer in the Park using each of the 3 samples taken. .
b Using the mean of these three samples, estimate the population of deer in the Park.
c If the three samples are combined to form one sample, that is, we assume that the number found tagged is
6 out of 60, what will be the population estimate?
d Which of these estimates do you think is the most reliable? Discuss with your class.
e Discuss any factors that might make this method unreliable.
Investigate, discuss and identify issues that make it difficult to obtain representative data from either primary or
secondary sources. What constraints limit the collection of data or result in unreliable data; for example, lack of
proximity to the data collection area, lack of access to digital technologies or cultural sensitivities?
You can simulate the capture-recapture technique as follows:
Place a large (unknown) number of toothpicks in a bowl. Take out a small number (say 10) and mark (tag) each
with a marker pen. Put the marked toothpicks back in the bowl and mix them thoroughly. Then take a handful of
the toothpicks from the bowl and determine what fraction of the sample is marked. Use this fraction to estimate
the number of toothpicks in the bowl. Repeat the simulation by marking 20 toothpicks. Check your estimates by
actually counting the number of toothpicks in the bowl.
2 Complete the following statements using the words from the list given below. (Some words are used more
than once.)
population, proportions, larger, increases, means, larger, closer, sample, mean, vary
From the preceding exercises you should have discovered that _____ and _____ in samples vary. In
general, the _____ the sample size the _____ the _____ proportion is to the _____ proportion. Also the
_____ the sample size the _____ the sample _____ is to the _____ mean and as the number of samples
_____, the mean of the _____ means gets closer to the _____ of the population.
3 In a school of 920 students there are six Year 8 classes with 30 students in each. Use the following questions
to help you describe how you would use sampling to find the mean height of Year 8 students in this school.
a What facts do you know from the information in the question?
b What information given do you not need?
c What does the problem want you to find?
d What strategies will you use to solve the problem?
When you have finished, explain and justify your method to the class.
Terms
accuracy ascending average bias categorical
census central tendency characteristic continuous cluster
data defective descending discrete extreme
faulty mean median measure modal
mode nominal numerical outlier observation
population prediction primary properties proportion
qualitative quantitative random sample range representative
sample secondary systematic random sample variable
4 ‘All the retailers of TV sets’ would be the target population if we wanted to collect information about:
A the most popular television show B the most popular make of television set
C the number of people who watch television D the most popular sports
5 To collect data on the age of people in your local area, you would use:
A a census B a sample
C observation D an experiment
9 In which of the data sets in question 8 is the median not a central score?
10 Six cards are drawn from a pack and the suit of each card is recorded.
spade, heart, club, spade, diamond, spade
Which of the following measures cannot be found for this data?
A mode B frequency of spades
C proportion of diamonds D mean
11 The price of home units sold by a real estate agent one month are listed.
$296 000, $297 000, $345 000, $386 000 and $622 000
Which of the following is the most appropriate measure of central tendency to represent this data?
A mean B mode C median D range
Which of the above sample sizes will give the best estimate of the proportion of defective items in the
population?
A 50 B 100 C 200 D 500
15 A park ranger captures, tags and releases 20 wallabies in a national park. A week later 35 wallabies are
captured and 4 are found to be tagged. The number of wallabies in the park is estimated to be:
A 35 B 700 C 175 D 350
If you have any difficulty with these questions, refer to the examples and questions in the section listed
in the table.
9A Review set
1 Classify the following variables as categorical, discrete numerical or continuous numerical.
a number of children in a family b weights of Year 8 students
c number of tails when 3 coins are tossed d prices of cars in a sales yard
e the rating scale for the responses to a questionnaire given as 1 = dislike, 2 = neutral, 3 = like
7 For the sets of data given below, which of the mean, median or mode is not a central value of the data?
a 6, 8, 9, 9, 11, 94 b 3, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 c 1, 4, 5, 6, 6, 6, 6
8 The sexes of a group of 5 students chosen at random from a Year 8 class are M F F M F.
For this data, find, where possible, the:
a mean b mode c median.
9 The weights (kg) of seven 1-year-old puppies of the same breed were recorded as shown below.
13, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 88
a For the given weights, find the mean, median and mode.
b Identify the outlier.
c Ignore the outlier and calculate the mean, median and mode.
d Should the outlier be included when reporting the mean, median and mode for this data.
9B Review set
1 Classify the following variables as categorical, discrete numerical or continuous numerical.
a income of factory workers b occupations of employed people
c types of coins in a purse d daily humidity
e the energy star ratings of air conditioners
2 What or who would be the target population if we wanted to collect information about:
a the sports played by Year 8 students? b the selling price of homes in a suburb?
4 Explain how to choose a random sample of 5 students from a class of 30 students using a telephone book.
6 Which of the measures mean, median, mode and range is distorted by an outlier?
8 The times, to the nearest minute, that 10 students, chosen at random, spent waiting for a school bus are given.
19, 20, 29, 28, 29, 18, 20, 27, 19, 29
a Find the mean, median and mode of these times.
b Discuss the appropriateness of each of these measures to represent this data.
9 A small company has 9 employees. Their annual incomes are listed below.
7 warehouse workers $46 000 each
Warehouse supervisor $65 000
Owner/manager $184 000
a Calculate the mean, median and mode of the annual income for this company.
b Discuss the appropriateness of each of these measures to represent this data.
9C Review set
1 Classify the following variables as categorical, discrete numerical or continuous numerical.
a area of blocks of land b number of milk cows on farms
c country of birth d attitude to TV show
e time to complete assignment
2 What or who would be the target population if we wanted to collect information about:
a the price of new cars? b family income of school parents?
claims.
a 9 out of 10 dentists recommend Brite
toothpaste.
b A study commissioned by the Hotels
Association showed that consuming 3
standard drinks a day was beneficial to
a person’s health.
0
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
Score
7 The makes of car owned by the mothers of 10 students chosen at random were Toyota, Mazda, Toyota,
Subaru, Ford, VW, Mazda, Toyota, Hyundai, Daihatsu. Find, where possible, the mean, mode and median
for this data.
9D Review set
1 Classify the following variables as categorical, discrete numerical or continuous numerical.
a number of hours of study b religion of students c length of metal bars
d cost of cars e type of employment (full-time, part-time, casual)
2 What or who would be the target population if we wanted to collect information about:
a the main activity of farms in a region? b the quality of bicycle helmets?
251
4 Explain how to choose a random sample of 5 students from a class of 30 students using a systematic random
sample.
7 The weights of the forwards in a Year 8 rugby team were measured and recorded, to the nearest kilogram, as:
52, 49, 51, 53, 151, 48, 50, 51
a Identify the outlier.
b Calculate the mean, median, mode and range.
i Include the outlier. ii Exclude the outlier.
c Should the outlier be included when reporting the mean, median, mode and range for this data? Give a
reason for your answer.
8 The lengths of time (minutes) that a consultant spent on the phone for her first 10 calls of the day are given.
2, 5, 4, 1, 3, 2, 55, 3, 4, 1
a Identify the outlier.
b Calculate the mean, median, mode and range.
i Include the outlier. ii Exclude the outlier.
c Should the outlier by included when reporting the mean, median, mode and range for this data? Give a
reason for your answer.
5 7
6 2
7 1
8 2
9 3
b For which of these sets of data is the mean, median or mode not a central value of the data?
2 8 + 7 equals: 11 59 − 25 equals:
A 1 B 15 C 17 D 19 A 24 B 34 C 83 D 26
The Diagnostic test questions refer to the Year 7 outcomes from ACMNA123, ACMNA149 and ACMNA150.
Measurement & Geometry
Corner
Line of one side
Take hold of knots at arrows Make rope taut of building
This triangle is, in fact, the simplest right-angled triangle with sides of integer length. You could make your own
knotted rope to test this.
Right-angled triangles are frequently observed in real-life situations, as shown below.
c Hypotenuse
Short sides a (the longest side)
(a and b)
C b A
b2 b
Exercise 10A
1 Measure each of the sides of these right-angled triangles and complete a table like the one below.
a b c a
c
a
c
a
b b
c
d e a f
c c
a a
c b
b b
Measurement & Geometry
_______
a b a2 b2 a2 + b2 √a2 + b2 c
: : : : : : :
: : : : : : :
2 Draw three right-angled triangles of your own and add their side lengths to the table.
r d e
p l n
q f
d z e f
t
x
v u v
y
u
w
g t h i l
h
g k
u s m
4 Using Pythagoras’ theorem, write the relationship between the lengths of the sides of the right-angled
triangles in question 3.
Example 1
Write Pythagoras’ theorem for the given triangle. R
a Use side names.
b Use lower case letters for sides opposite given angles.
S T
5 Use Pythagoras’ theorem to express the equation for these right-angled triangles in two different ways.
a A C b P R c M
Q
L N
B
ExamplE 1
Determine if each triangle is right-angled by using Pythagoras’ theorem.
a b 8 cm
13 cm
5 cm
12 cm 9 cm
12 cm
a a2 + b2 = 122 + 52 b a2 + b2 = 82 + 92
= 144 + 25 = 64 + 81
The longest side or
= 169 = 145 measurement is used
and c = 132
2
and c 2 = 122 for the hypotenuse,
= 169 = 144 which is side c.
∴ The triangle is right-angled. ∴ The triangle is not right-angled.
Calculator:
12 x2 + 5 x2 = 169 8 x2 + 9 x2 = 145
13 x2 = 169 12 x2 = 144
Exercise 10B
1 The following figures are not drawn accurately. Which of the triangles is a right-angled triangle? Show all
your working.
a 4 cm b c
13 mm
9m
2 cm 3m
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
12 mm
3 cm
5 mm 7m
d e f 17 cm
12 cm 5 km
7 cm 3 km
15 cm
8 cm
14 cm 7 km
2 Use Pythagoras’ theorem to determine if triangles with these side lengths are right-angled.
a 3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm b 7 cm, 9 cm and 12 cm
c 11 cm, 13 cm and 18 cm d 21 cm, 28 cm and 35 cm
Any Pythagorean triad can be used to create other Pythagorean triads. One way of doing this is to multiply each
of the three numbers by the same number. So (3, 4, 5) becomes (6, 8, 10) by multiplying each number by 2.
A spreadsheet program may be used to generate tables of Pythagorean triads. Here is an example.
A B C D E F
1 Pythagorean triples based on 3, 4, 5 triad
2 n 3n 4n 5n Sum of sides squared Longest side squared
3 1 3 4 5 25 25
4 2 6 8 10 100 100
5 3 9 12 15 225 225
6 4 12 16 20 400 400
7 5 15 20 25 625 625
8 6 18 24 30 900 900
1 Create your own tables using a spreadsheet and the Pythagorean triads (5, 12, 13), (7, 24, 25) and (8, 15, 17).
Exercise 10C
1 Use the x2 key on your calculator to evaluate the following.
a 32 b 42 c 102 d 82
e 112 f 172 g 152 h 222
i 0.6 2
j 0.5 2
k 1.82 l 2.32
m 4.92 n 5.22 o 6.832 p 9.542
3 Use the √ key and FIX function on your calculator The word ‘surd’ is the name for square root
numbers that do not work out exactly.
to round the following as stated.
a Round ___
correct to 1 decimal place.__ ___ ___
i √18 ii √7 iii √23 iv √82
b Round correct
____
to 2 decimal places.
____ ____ ____
i √215 ii √386 iii √436 iv √721
c Round ___
correct to 3 decimal places.
___ ____ ____
i √0.7 ii √1.9 iii √2.85 iv √6.04
d Round correct to 4 decimal places.
_____ _____ _____ ______
i √12.93 ii √8.062 iii √156.4 iv √387.69
__ __
4 √2 = 1.414__213__ 562 and
__
√3 = 1.732 050 808 correct to 9 decimal places.
a Write √5 , √6 and √7 correct to 9 decimal places.
Decimal numbers that are both
b Do __
any of your answers terminate or recur? non-terminating and non-recurring
c Is √4 irrational? Explain. are called irrational numbers.
ExamplE 1
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
9 cm 6.1 cm
144 + 81 = x 2 121 + 25 = y 2
∴ 225 = x 2 ∴ 146 = y 2
____ ____
225 = x
√ ∴y =√ 146
____
∴ x = 15 The hypotenuse is √ 146 cm (surd form).
The hypotenuse is 15 cm.
c a2 + b2 = c 2
4.2 + 6.12 = w 2
2
Notice that when calculating the ‘unknown’
17.64 + 37.21 = w 2 side, the answer may be a whole number,
expressed as a surd or as a decimal correct
∴ 54.85 = w 2
_____ to a certain number of decimal places.
54.85 = w
√
∴ w = 7.4
The hypotenuse is 7.4 cm (1 decimal place).
5 Use Pythagoras’ theorem to calculate the length of the hypotenuse. (All answers are integers.)
a b 4 cm c
x
10 cm x
3 cm 8 cm
x
24 cm
6 cm
d e f 24 cm
90 mm 120 mm x
27 cm 7 cm
x
x
36 cm
g x h x i 30 m
12 mm 24 cm 40 m
18 cm
16 mm x
___
6 Calculate the length of the hypotenuse expressing your answer in surd (√W ) form.
a 8 mm b 13 cm c
Measurement & Geometry
15 cm x
17 cm
11 mm
x
x
29 cm
d e f 18 mm
x 8 cm 4 cm
9 mm 14 mm
x x
3 mm
7 cm 14 m
27 m
7 Find the length of the hypotenuse in each right-angled triangle correct to 1 decimal place.
a 3 cm b c
x
2 cm
x
4 km
x 4 cm 10 cm
5 km
d 6.2 cm e f 12.6 cm
x
4.3 cm 2.2 cm
4 cm x
x
15.9 cm
g h 11.2 cm i 25.1 cm
x
15.6 cm 12.04 cm
x x
8.8 cm
10.9 cm
8 Find, correct to 3 decimal places, the length of the hypotenuse in each of these isosceles triangles.
a b 1 cm c
5 cm
3 cm
Example 2
Calculate the value of x in the diagram correct to 1 decimal place. x
6.4 m
3.5 m
Measurement & Geometry
6.2 m
4 cm
9 cm 23 cm
d 6.3 cm e p f 11.6 cm
cm
8.5
.3 q 24.6 cm
10
cm
f 17.4 cm
1.2 m
11 A ship sails 18 km due south and then 36 km due west. How far is N
the ship from its starting point correct to 1 decimal place?
W E
x
18 km
36 km
1.4 m
2.3 m
15.3 km
J
10.6 km
x
ExamplE 1
square root at the end.
Calculate the value of the pronumeral y that marks one of the shorter sides to the level of accuracy stated.
a b surd form c correct to 1 decimal place
5 cm 4.7 cm
13 cm 26 cm
8 cm
y
y y
9.6 cm
a a2 = c 2 − b2 b a2 = c 2 − b2 c a2 = c 2 − b2
y = 13 − 5
2 2 2
y = 26 − 8
2 2 2
y 2 = 9.62 − 4.72
= 169 − 25 = 676 − 64 = 92.16 − 22.09
= 144
____
= 612
____
= 70.07
_____
∴ y = √144 ∴ y = √612 cm (surd form) ∴ y = √70.07
= 12 cm = 8.4 cm (1 decimal place)
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
Exercise 10D
1 Find the value of the pronumeral in each triangle. All answers are integers.
a n b c w
20 cm
9 cm 16 cm
15 cm 15 m
25 m
40 cm 21 cm
g h 26 mm i
16 mm 30 mm
34 mm 18 mm
10 mm
m
k x
___
2 Find the length of the unknown short side giving your answer as a surd (√W ).
a 13 cm b 5 cm c
23 mm
8 mm
6 cm y
7 cm
s
x
d 15 m e 20 m f l
a 26 m 47 m 31 m
19 m b
g h 70 mm i 21 cm
82 mm 56 mm h
k
95 mm
63 cm
p
3 Find the length of the unknown short side correct to 1 decimal place.
a b c
8.3 cm 3.4 cm
11.5 cm 15.9 cm
4.6 cm x
g y
9.2 cm
d 13.7 cm e f
22.8 m
19.4 m
Measurement & Geometry
d w
k
21.1 cm 40.6 m
30.2 m
g h i 95.6 mm
54.5 mm
72.6 mm 38.7 mm
47.1 mm 68.8 mm b
p
a
25.5 cm 9.2 cm
cm
x 14.1 cm
.3
19 18 cm
27.4 cm
f
d e f
15.2 cm h
42.6 cm
8.6 cm p 17 cm
12.5 cm
w
31.7 cm
g 18.2 cm h 3.2 cm i
10.5 cm 16.8 cm
22.6 cm
10.2 cm a 15.4 cm
19 cm
23.1 cm p
y
1.9 m
6 The diagram shows that a ship sails 34 nautical miles from its Ship
19
port. It then sails 19 nautical miles due east, so that it is directly
north of the port. How far is the ship from the port? x
34
Port
266
8 For this triangle, use the dimensions given to find the length
of the altitude of the triangle from the apex to the base to the
nearest millimetre.
8.7 cm
x
9 cm
27 m
Exercise 10E
Give your answers to 2 decimal places as necessary.
1 Find the length of a diagonal of a 12 cm by 12 cm square. MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
3 What is the longest length of iron rod that can be placed on the floor of a 4 m by 5 m garden shed?
4 A gate has height 1.2 m and diagonal 2.3 m. How wide is the gate?
6 cm
4 km x
7 A ship sails 9 km north then 11 km east. How far is the ship from its N
starting point?
11 km
9 km x
W E
2.7 m
10 A cone has height 17 cm and radius 12 cm. Calculate the slant height.
17 cm
x
12 cm
11 A cone has slant height of 7 cm and the diameter of its base is 6 cm.
Find the height of the cone given that the cone is symmetrical.
7 cm
Measurement & Geometry
6 cm
22 m
18 m
1.2 cm
4.2 cm
35 cm
17 Two posts are 7.2 m tall and 9.6 m tall and 11 m apart on level
ground. Calculate the length of string required to stretch from the
top of one post to the top of the other. 9.6 m
7.2 m
11 m
Example 1
Find the perimeter of this plane figure to the nearest centimetre. 50 cm
45 cm
Measurement & Geometry
82 cm
38 cm
14 cm 17 cm
8 cm
70 cm
30 cm
13 cm
d e 36 cm 67 cm f
25 cm 33 cm 27 cm
31 cm
19 cm
50 cm 30 cm
g h i 21 cm
28 cm 39 cm
72 cm 25 cm 45 cm
16 cm 32 cm
54 cm
45 cm
Example 2
A surveyor makes the following measurements of a field.
By using Pythagoras’ theorem to find the missing side 45 m
39 m
lengths, calculate the perimeter.
23 m
34 m
58 m
13 m
32 m
Split the figure into a number of triangles and a trapezium and write the dimensions on each known side.
Write a letter on each side that needs to be calculated.
a2 = 452 + 622 a
= 5869
_____
∴ a = √5869 = 76.6 39 39
+ 45
23 45
b = 45 + 47
2 2 2 =
Measurement & Geometry
62
= 4234 b
_____ c 23
∴ b = √4234 = 65.1 +
34
58 = 34
c2 = 392 + 582 57 +
13
58 =
= 4885 47
_____
∴ c = √4885 = 69.9 13
e2 = 322 + 132 32
32
= 1193 e
_____ d
∴ e = √1193 = 34.5
19 A surveyor makes the following measurements of a field. Use Pythagoras’ theorem to find the missing side
lengths and calculate the perimeter.
a b c
23 m 17
m 17 m 35 m 51 m
m 15 m
35 72 m
20 m 12 m
18 m 48 m
m 84 m
28 24 m
d m e f
43 m 63 14 m 12 m m
15 m
15 m m 28
23 11 m
m 9m 12 m 6 m 13 m 5m
m
57 41
38 m 8m 15 m
27 m 15 m
Extension
Example 3
Find the distance AB correct to 2 decimal places.
a 9m b A
4m 8.2 m
27.6 m
12 m B
13.9 m
A B
A B
a2 + b2 = c 2 a2 + b2 = c 2
9 + 8 = x 22.1 + 27.62 = x 2
2 2 2 2
81 + 64 = x 2 488.41 + 761.76 = x 2
x 2 = 145
____
x 2 = 1250.17
_______
∴x =√ 145 = 12.04 ∴x=√ 1250.17 = 35.36
AB is 12.04 m (2 decimal places) AB is 35.36 m (2 decimal places)
22 A ship sails 38.2 km due south then turns directly east and sails a N
further 22.5 km. From this point it is decided that the ship is to sail
W E
a further 67.4 km due south and then finally sail directly east for a
further 50.9 km. Calculate the ship’s distance from its original starting 38.2
point correct to 1 decimal place. x
22.5
67.4
S 50.9
Measurement & Geometry
23 A ship sails 68.2 km due east then turns directly north and N
sails a further 51.8 km. From this point the ship sails a further
113.2 km east and then turns directly north and sails 98.5 km.
98.5
Calculate the ship’s distance from its original starting point x
correct to 1 decimal place. 113.2
51.8
W E
68.2
4 The solution to the equation x2 = 49 is a number that when multiplied by itself gives 49. What are the
two answers?
6 Are there always two solutions for x2 = c where c is a number? Consider when x > 0 and when x < 0.
ExamplE 1
Solve these equations.
a x2 = 25 b x2 = 169
Exercise 10F
1 Solve these quadratic equations.
a x2 = 9 b x2 = 16 c x2 = 64 d x2 = 144
e x2 = 49 f x2 = 121 g x2 = 36 h x2 = 81
i x2 = 100 j x2 = 4 k x2 = 225 l x2 = 289 MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
ExamplE 2
Solve these equations.
a x2 = 10 b x2 = 43
a x2 = 10 ___ b x2 = 43 ___
x = ±√10 x = ±√43
= ±3.16 (2 decimal places) = ±6.56 (2 decimal places)
Extension
Example 3
Solve these equations.
a 5x2 = 80 b 3x2 = 75
Extension
Example 4
Solve these equations.
a 9x2 = 25 b 81x2 = 49
a 9x2 = 25 b 81x2 = 49
9x2 25
___ 81x2 49
= ___ ____ = ___
9 9 81 81
25 49
x2 = ___
x2 = ___
9 ___ 81 ___
√
25 √
___
49
x = ± ____ __ x = ± ____
√
9 √
81
5 7
= ± __ = ± __
Measurement & Geometry
3 9
a 3x2 = 21 b 5x2 = 12
3x2
21 5x2 12
___ = ___
___ = ___
3 3 5 5
___ 12
x2 = 7 x2 =
5 ___
√
__ 12
x = ±√7 x = ± ___
5
= ±2.65 (2 decimal places) = ±1.55 (2 decimal places)
5 Explain
__
how you would modify the above method to calculate:
__
a √7 b √k
b a Figure 2
Figure 1
Now complete a square as in Figure 3. The original square and the b a
Area is a2
final square are equal in size. (Both have sides of length a + b.) a
Finally remove the four triangles from both Figure 1 and Figure 3.
The remaining areas are equal.
Area is b2 b
Hence, a2 + b2 = c 2.
Figure 3
4 Into what other areas did the Pythagorean school of thought apply?
5 What benefits were derived from Pythagoras’ teachings? Recall that even before Pythagoras, the
3–4–5 triangle was used to construct
6 In your own words, explain the proof of Pythagoras’ theorem. right-angled corners for buildings.
7 Research a famous mathematician. Write a two-page report on the contributions and discoveries of the
mathematician of your choice.
Terms
diagonal hypotenuse Pythagoras’ theorem Pythagorean triad right-angled triangle
side square number square root surd triangle
D
3 Which of the triangles with sides listed is not right-angled?
A 6 cm, 8 cm, 10 cm B 10 cm, 24 cm, 26 cm
C 5 cm, 12 cm, 13 cm D 9 cm, 12 cm, 18 cm
14 cm
6.8 cm
x
7 The length of the side marked x is closest to:
A 193.44 cm B 13.9 cm
C 505.94 cm D 22.5 cm 18.7 cm
x
12.5 cm
8 The value of y in the diagram is closest to:
A 40.2 B 26.6
22.7 cm
C 28.66 D 14.5 y
35 cm
12 cm
10 The value of y is closest to:
A 19.80 B 16.55 C 13.3 D 14
If you have any difficulty with these questions, refer to the examples and questions in the sections listed
in the table.
r N
7 cm
12 cm 13 cm
5 cm
16.2 cm
x
6.4 cm
6 Find the value of the pronumeral in each of the following correct to 1 decimal place.
a b p
7 cm
18 cm
11.2 cm
36.4 cm
x
7 Calculate the length of the diagonal of a square with side length 25 cm correct to 2 decimal places.
8 Solve x2 = 144.
R S
13 cm
12 cm
W E
x
12.3 km
Measurement & Geometry
4.6 km
11.8 cm
3 Evaluate:
a 52 b 182 c 11.62
2.4 cm 16.3 cm
11.9 cm
y
x
6 cm
8 cm
Measurement & Geometry
B
8 Solve x2 = 17. Give your answer in exact form.
q
t
X Z
2 Is the triangle with sides 5.6 cm, 8.3 cm and 12.9 cm right-angled? Explain.
3 Evaluate:
___ ____ ____
a √49 b √144 c √225
68.3 cm 4.1 m
6 Find the distance AB in the following figures. (Hint: It is necessary to draw an additional line.)
a 25 cm b B
6 cm 2.7 km
B 22.3 km
32 cm 5.6 km
7 A ship sails 72 nautical miles north, turns west and sails 48 nautical miles and then turns due south and sails
a further 15 nautical miles. (1 nautical mile = 1 NM)
Measurement & Geometry
8 Find the length of a side of a square with a diagonal length of 10 cm, giving the answer correct to
1 decimal place.
v vi vii viii
ix x xi xii
b Write the formula for the circumference of a circle when given the diameter.
c Calculate the circumference of a circle with a diameter of 15.7 cm, correct to 1 decimal place.
d Write the formula for the circumference of a circle when given the radius.
e Calculate the circumference of a circle with a radius of 8.63 cm, correct to 2 decimal places.
f Calculate the circumference and area of a circle of radius 3.2 m. Answer correct to 1 decimal place.
g What fraction of a circle is represented by each sector?
i ii
4.1 cm
325° 108° 8.5 cm
h Calculate the arc length and area of the sectors in part g correct to 1 decimal place.
i Calculate the area and perimeter of this shape
correct to 2 decimal places.
5.
4 cm 4 cm
7
cm
8 cm
.3
k For these cylindrical tanks, calculate the volume to the nearest cm3, and capacity to the nearest litre.
i ii 8.3 cm
11 cm
38 cm
28.4 cm
3.8 m
0.8 m
2.1 m
4 a Define these statistical terms.
i census ii sample iii nominal variable
b Classify these variables as categorical (nominal), discrete numerical or continuous numerical.
i hair colour ii height
iii temperature iv number of apples on a tree
c Classify the following variables as categorical, discrete numerical or continuous numerical.
i income of factory workers ii occupations of employed people
iii types of coins in a purse iv daily humidity
iv the energy star ratings of air conditioners
d Would a census or a sample be used to investigate the number of people who use a particular brand of
toothpaste? Why?
e State the advantages and disadvantages of using a census to collect information.
f Who or what would be the target population if we wanted to collect data about:
i the sports played by Year 8 students? ii the quality of bicycle helmets?
g i Draw a frequency distribution table for these scores.
9, 10, 6, 11, 8, 7, 7, 8, 6, 2, 9, 7, 3, 9, 7, 3, 7, 5, 10, 5, 8, 5, 10, 3, 7, 6, 10, 11, 11, 2
ii How many scores were 9 or more?
iii Draw a dot plot for these scores.
h Draw a stem-and-leaf plot for these scores.
35, 34, 17, 27, 50, 39, 38, 31, 21, 31, 39, 34, 40, 20, 37, 34, 21, 34, 33, 42
5 a For the scores 23, 25, 24, 23, 26, 29, 23, 21 find the:
i mean ii median iii mode iv range.
b For the scores in this frequency distribution, find the: Score Frequency
i mean ii median
19 11
iii mode iv range.
20 23
21 15
22 6
23 5
24 1
CUMULATIVE Review 6–10
c For the scores in this stem-and-leaf plot, find the: Stem Leaves
i mean ii median 8 2 3 4 9
9 1 1 1 6 8 8
iii mode iv range.
10 1 2 5 7 7 9 9
11 1 1 2 3 7 8
12 1 4 4 4 4 5 7
11.9 cm
d Is the triangle with sides 8 cm, 10 cm and 13 cm right-angled? Explain why or why not.
e Calculate the length of the diagonal of a square of side length 18 cm. Give the answer correct to
1 decimal place.
f A ship sails 84 km north, then turns west and sails 62 km. How far is the ship from its starting point?
g Find the values of x and y in this quadrilateral.
6 cm
x
5 cm
7 cm
h Find the distance AB in the following figures. (Hint: It is necessary to draw an additional line.)
i 25 cm ii B
CUMULATIVE Review 6–10
6 cm 3.1 km
B 22.3 km
29 cm 5.6 km
A
A
i Solve x = 121.
2
NSW Syllabus references: S4 N&A Algebraic techniques 1, S4 N&A Algebraic techniques 2 (parts)
Outcomes: MA4-1WM, MA4-2WM, MA4-3WM, MA4-8NA
NUMBER & ALGEBRA – ACMNA190, ACMNA191, ACMNA192
The Diagnostic test questions refer to the Year 7 outcomes from ACMNA190, ACMNA191 and ACMNA192.
Number & Algebra
a If k represents the number of marbles in a cup, then 4k or 4 × k = number of marbles in 4 cups and
6k or 6 × k = number of marbles in 6 cups.
Thus 4k + 6k = number of marbles in (4 + 6) cups = 10 × k or 10k.
b If w represents the number of marbles in a box, then 7w or 7 × w = number of marbles in 7 boxes and
3w or 3 × w = number of marbles in 3 boxes.
Thus 7w − 3w = number of marbles in (7 − 3) boxes = 4 × w or 4w.
c If k represents the number of marbles in a cup and if w represents the number of marbles in a box, then
4k + 7w = number of marbles in 4 cups plus the number of marbles in 7 boxes.
Because the units (cups and boxes) are different, we cannot simplify this algebraic expression.
Note: Algebraic terms with the same pronumeral (same unit) are called like terms. Like algebraic terms can be
added or subtracted.
Algebraic terms with different pronumerals (different units) are called unlike terms. Unlike terms cannot be
added or subtracted. For example:
• 5a, 14a and 23a are like terms (same pronumeral a)
• 5a and 14a 2 are unlike terms (different pronumeral forms, a and a 2)
• 5p, 14a 2q and 73d are unlike terms (different pronumerals p, a 2q, d)
ExamplE 2
Simplify where possible.
a 7x + 3x b 9w − 3w c 7x + 9w
d 8y − y e 6k + 7
a 7x + 3x = 7 × x + 3 × x
= (7 + 3) × x
= 10 × x = 10x
b 9w − 3w = 9 × w − 3 × w
= (9 − 3) × w
= 6 × w = 6w
c 7x + 9w cannot be simplified as 7x and 9w are unlike terms.
d 8y − y = 8 × y − 1 × y
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
= (8 − 1) × y
= 7 × y = 7y
e 6k + 7 cannot be simplified as 6k and 7 are unlike terms.
Example 3
Simplify the following.
a 8n − 11n b −3b + 7b c −4x 2 − 5x 2
Example 4
Number & Algebra
Example 6
Simplify by collecting like terms.
a 8 + 4z − 10 b −2w − 9t − 5w c −6x − 3y + 2x
a 8 + 4z − 10 = 4z + 8 − 10 or 8 + 4z − 10 = −2 + 4z
= 4z − 2 = 4z − 2
b −2w − 9t − 5w = −2w − 5w − 9t or −2w − 9t − 5w = −9t − 2w − 5w
= −7w − 9t = −9t − 7w
c −6x − 3y + 2x = −6x + 2x − 3y
= −4x − 3y (or −3y − 4x)
Number & Algebra
a 9x + 7 − 3x + 10 = 9x − 3x + 7 + 10 b 5a + 7b − 3a + 2b = 5a − 3a + 7b + 2b
= 6x + 17 = 2a + 9b
c 3p × s = 3 × p × s = 3ps (leave out the multiplication sign between the numbers and pronumerals)
d 5 × 2k = 5 × 2 × k (split into numerical and pronumeral parts)
= 10 × k = 10k
e 3p × 2s = 3 × p × 2 × s (split into numerical and pronumeral parts)
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
Exercise 11B
1 Complete the following to simplify.
a 5t × w = ___ × ___ × w = ___ b 4 × 3m = 4 × ___ × ___ = ___
c 7y × 2 = ___ × y × ___ d 3p 2 × 7q = ___ × p 2 × ___ × q
= ___ × ___ × y = ___ = ___ × ___ × p 2 × q = ___
e 2ab × 3a = ___ × a × b × ___ × a
= ___ × ___ × a × a × b = ___
Example 2
Simplify the following. Remember: When multiplying two integers:
a −5 × 3t If the signs are the same, the answer is positive.
If the signs are different, the answer is negative.
b −2m × −3n
a −5 × 3t = −5 × 3 × t
b −2m × −3n = −2 × m × −3 × n
= −15t = −2 × −3 × m × n
= 6mn
ExamplE 1
Simplify the following.
5f 8xy
a 5x ÷ 10 b 21x ÷ 7x c ___
15f
d ___
6y
5x 21x 5f 5f 1 1
8xy 8x y4 1
a 5x ÷ 10 = ___ b 21x ÷ 7x = ____
7x
c ___ = ____ d ___ = _____
10 15f 3 1
15 f 6y 2 1
6y
1
5x 3
21 x
1
1 4x
= ___ = _____ = __ = ___
2
10 7x
1 1 3 3
x
= __ =3
2
Exercise 11C
1 Complete the following to simplify.
10y □ □
a 10y ÷ 15 = ____
□
b 8m ÷ 12m = ____ c 6x ÷ 8xy = ___
12m 8xy
2y □ □
= ___ = __ = ___
□ 3 4y
ExamplE 2
Simplify the following. Remember: When dividing two integers:
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
−xy 40ac −16x 2y If the signs are the same, the result is positive.
a ____
−y b ______
−10ac
c _______
−8x If the signs are different, the result is negative.
3w + 15 = 3 × 2 + 15
= ___ + 15 = ___
ExamplE 1
Expand these expressions.
a 4(p + 1) b 12(5 − r)
a 4(p + 1) = 4 × p + 4 × 1 b 12(5 − r) = 12 × 5 − 12 × r
= 4p + 4 = 60 − 12r
Exercise 11D
1 Complete the following to expand the expressions.
a 5(d + 4) = ___ × d + ___ × 4
= ___ + ___
b 4(y − 3) = ___ × y − ___ × 3
= ___ − ___
c 3(6 − m) = ___ × 6 − ___ × m
= ___ − ___
d 2(q + 7) = 2 × ___ + 2 × ___
= ___ + ___
e 6(b − 2) = 6 × ___ − 6 × ___
= ___ − ___
ExamplE 2
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
Example 3
Expand the following expressions.
a x(x + 2) b y(z − x)
a x(x + 2) = x × x + x × 2
b y(z − x) = y × z − y × x
= x 2 + 2x = yz − xy
Example 4
Simplify the following expressions.
a 3x(x − 5) b 5m(2n + 6m)
Extension
Example 7
Expand and simplify by collecting like terms.
a 5(x + 3) − 4(x − 7) b 9m(m + 7n) − 3m(2n + 3m)
ExamplE 1
Find the HCF of 18 and 24.
Exercise 11E
1 a Complete the following to find the HCF of 12 and 20.
The factors of 12 are _________.
The factors of 20 are _________.
The common factors of 12 and 20 are _________.
The HCF of 12 and 20 is ___.
b Complete the following to find the HCF of 16 and 24.
The factors of 16 are _________.
The factors of 24 are _________.
The common factors of 16 and 24 are _________.
The HCF of 16 and 24 is ___.
ExamplE 2
Determine the HCF of these algebraic terms.
a 18x and 24 b 16k and 8m
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
ExamplE 1
Factorise the following.
a 5×y+5×3 b 7 × 3p − 7 × 2q
a 5×y+5×3 b 7 × 3p − 7 × 2q
= 5 × (y + 3) or 5(y + 3) = 7 × (3p − 2q) or 7(3p − 2q)
Exercise 11F
1 Complete the following.
a 4 × k + 4 × 3 = ___ × (k + 3) or ___(k + 3)
b 5 × a + 5 × b = ___ × (a + b) or ___(a + b)
c 3 × 2k − 3 × 5m = ___ × (2k − 5m) or___
d 8 × 3p − 8 × 2q = ___ × (3p − 2q) or ___
e 6 × a 2 + 6 × d = ___ × (a 2 + d) or ___
f 5 × t + 5 × 4 = 5 × (___ + ___) or ___
g 4 × b + 4 × c = 4 × (___ + ___) or ___
h 3 × 4m + 3 × 5n = 3 × (___ + ___) or ___
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
Example 3
Number & Algebra
a Step 1: Find the highest negative common factor of the numerical parts of each term:
HCF of −3 and 6 = −3
Example 4
Factorise the following.
a ab + bc b x2 + x
Example 5
Factorise these expressions.
a ab + 3b b x 2 + 4x
Example 6
Factorise the following expressions.
a 4xy + 6xz b 8x 2 − 12x
a Step 1: The factors of 4xy are 1, 2, 4, x, 2x, 4x, y, 2y, 4y, xy, 2xy, 4xy.
The factors of 6xz are 1, 2, 3, 6, x, 2x, 3x, 6x, z, 2z, 3z, 6z, xz, 2xz, 3xz, 6xz.
Hence the HCF of 4xy and 6xz is 2x
We can simplify this process by combining the HCF of 4 and 6 (= 2) with the HCF of xy and xz (= x)
to give HCF of 4xy and 6xz = 2x.
Step 2 4xy = 2x × 2y and 6xz = 2x × 3z
Hence 4xy + 6xz = 2x × 2y + 2x × 3z
= 2x × (2y + 3z)
= 2x(2y + 3z)
b Step 1 The HCF of 8 and 12 is 4.
The HCF of x 2 and x is x.
Hence the HCF of 8x 2 and 12x is 4x
Step 2 8x 2 = 4x × 2x and 12x = 4x × 3
Hence 8x 2 − 12x = 4x × 2x − 4x × 3
= 4x × (2x − 3)
= 4x(2x − 3)
G Word problems
An important part of solving word problems in algebra is to be able to translate certain key words into
mathematical operations. A list of some words and the corresponding mathematical operation is shown in the
table below.
ExamplE 1
Write algebraic expressions for each statement. Simplify where possible.
a the sum of 5k and 3m b 2w more than 9w c 4x increased by 6x
Exercise 11G
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
Example 3
Write algebraic expressions for each statement. Simplify where possible.
a the product of 5k and 3m b 4a increased by a factor of 3
Example 4
Write algebraic expressions for each statement. Simplify where possible.
a the quotient of 4x and 3y b 7t out of 9t
4x
a The quotient of 20 and 5 is 20 ÷ 5 = 4, hence the quotient of 4x and 3y is 4x ÷ 3y = ___
.
3y
6 3 7t 7
b 6 out of 8 is __
= __
, hence 7t out of 9t is __
= __
.
Number & Algebra
8 4 9t 9
8 Write an algebraic expression for (and simplify Length Breadth Perimeter Area
where possible) the perimeter and area of a
rectangle given its length and breadth in the table. a b
3x 2y
4 z+2
y x−2
a+3 7
9 Write an algebraic expression for (and simplify where possible) the speed of a car that travels
a x kilometres in 3 hours b 120 km in y hours
c 10a kilometres in 5 hours d 24mn kilometres in 6n hours
Number & Algebra
2 Illustrate three different sets of grouping symbols used in Mathematics and list their names.
3 Three of the words in the following list are spelt incorrectly. Find these words and write the correct spelling.
numericle, distributive, symbal, remainder, simplify, algebrake
Terms
algebra algebraic common distributive law expand
factor factorising grouping symbols highest common factor
like terms pronumeral numerical remainder unlike terms
2 5k − k =
A 4 B 5 C 4kk D 4k
3 3w − 5 + 4w − 1 =
A 7w − 6 B 7w − 4 C −w − 6 D −w − 4
4 10p + 15 + 6p − 20 =
A 16p − 7 B 16p + 5 C 16p − 35 D 16p − 5
5 −4x × −5y =
A −20xy B 45xy C 20xy D 9xy
6 8 ÷ 2k =
4 1 k
A 4k B __
k
C ___
4k
D __
4
If you have any difficulty with these questions, refer to the examples and questions in the section listed in
the table.
2 Simplify:
a 4x × 5y b −2p × 7 c −3a × 6b
3 Simplify:
8h g 12a 14w 6a
a ___
2
b ___
3g
c ____
4a
d _____
21vw
e ____
9ab
4 Expand:
a 3(5m + 3) b 2a(3a − 4b) c −5(k − 6)
2 Simplify:
a 5k × 4m b −3d × 5c c −2m × −3n
3 Simplify:
9y a 10x 9ab 10xy
a ___
3
b ___
5a
c ____
5x
d ____
12a
e ____
10y
4 Expand:
a 4(5x + 7) b 3a(5a − 2b) c −5(2m − 3)
2 Simplify:
a 5r × 3s b 4g × −3 c −4p × −4q
3 Simplify:
6y w 10a 12p 8ab
a ___
2
b ___
3w
c ____
2a
d _____
15pq
e ____
12b
2 Simplify:
a 7p × 5 b −3a × 9b c −4x × 3y × −5z
3 Simplify:
8k 3a 10 −5z −12k
a ___
2
b ___
a c ___
4x
d _____
15wz
e _______
−4kmn
4 Expand:
a 6(2a − 3) b −4x(5x + 7) c −3ab(2ab − 7a)
The Diagnostic test questions refer to the Year 7 outcomes from ACMSP167 and ACMSP168.
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
EXAMPLE 1
A spinner is divided into 4 equal portions coloured red, blue, green and red
green
yellow. If the spinner is spun, find the probability that it lands on:
a red b green c blue or yellow yellow blue
Exercise 12A
1 A bag contains 1 red (R), 1 blue (B), 1 green (G), 1 yellow (Y) and 1 white (W) marble. One marble is
chosen at random from the bag. Complete to find the following probabilities.
S = {_____} Number of possible equally likely outcomes = _____
a Probability that the marble is red:
Favourable outcomes = {_____} Number of favourable outcomes = _____
P(R) = _____
b Probability that the marble is green:
Favourable outcomes = {_____} Number of favourable outcomes = _____
P(G) = _____
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
3 The numbers 0, 1, 2, 3, … 9 are written on 10 cards. The cards are shuffled and one is selected at random.
Find the probability that it shows:
a 3 b 9 c 3 or 9
d an even number e an odd number f a number > 6
g a multiple of 4
4 The numbers 1, 2, 3, …7 are written on cards. The cards are shuffled and one is selected at random. Find
the probability that it is:
a 4 b 5 c 4 or 5
d an even number e an odd number f a number > 4
5 The letters of the alphabet are written on cards. The cards are shuffled and one is selected at random. Find
the probability that the letter shown is:
a K b Z c K or Z
d a vowel e a consonant f a letter of the word RANDOM
EXAMPLE 2
A hat contains 3 red, 4 blue and 5 green tickets. If one ticket is chosen at random, what is the probability
that it is:
a red? b blue? c red or blue? d green? e blue or green?
S = {R, R, R, B, B, B, B, G, G, G, G, G}
Number of possible equally likely outcomes = 12
a Favourable outcomes = {R, R, R} Number of favourable outcomes = 3
3
__ 1
_
P(R) = 12 = 4
b Favourable outcomes = {B, B, B, B} Number of favourable outcomes = 4
4
__ 1
_
P(B) = 12 = 3
c Favourable outcomes = {R, R, R, B, B, B, B} Number of favourable outcomes = 7
7
__
P(R or B) = 12
d Favourable outcomes = {G, G, G, G, G} Number of favourable outcomes = 5
5
__
P(G) = 12
e Favourable outcomes = {B, B, B, B, G, G, G, G, G} Number of favourable outcomes = 9
9 3
P(B or G) = __ _
12 = 4
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
6 A bag contains 5 blue and 2 red marbles. One marble is drawn at random. Complete to find the following
probabilities.
S = {_____}
Number of possible equally likely outcomes = ___
a Probability that the marble is blue:
Favourable outcomes = {_____}
Number of favourable outcomes = ___
P(B) = ___
7 A purse contains two 5-cent coins, three 10-cent coins, four 20-coins and one 50-cent coin. A coin is chosen
at random from this purse. Find the probability that the value of the coin is:
a 10 cents b 20 cents c 10 cents or 20 cents
d 5 cents e 5 cents or 10 cents f more than 10 cents.
8 One hundred tickets are sold in a raffle. What is the probability of winning the raffle if you buy:
a 1 ticket? b 2 tickets? c 5 tickets? d 10 tickets?
9 A card is selected at random from a normal playing pack of 52 cards. Find the probability that it is:
a the king of clubs b a king c a spade
d black e a red 7 f a jack or a queen.
13 A spinner is divided into four equal parts coloured red, yellow, green and blue. When the spinner is spun,
what is the probability that it lands on:
a purple? b red or yellow or green or blue?
15 A bag contains 1 red, 1 blue and 1 green marble. A marble is selected at random from this bag. Write down
an event E for which:
a P(E) = 0 b P(E) = 1
16 Jack calculated the answer to a probability question in a test to be _43 . Explain why Jack’s answer was wrong.
3 A spinner has four equal-sized segments coloured blue, purple, red and yellow.
The spinner is spun once.
a List the sample space. red
blue
b What is the probability of the outcome blue, purple, red or yellow?
c What is: yellow purple
i P(blue)? ii P(purple)?
iii P(red)? iv P(yellow)?
d Add the probabilities from part c. What do you notice? Explain.
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
4 Complete:
The sum of the probabilities of all possible outcomes of a single experiment is _______.
EXAMPLE 1
A bag contains red, blue and green marbles. When one marble is chosen at random from the bag, the
7 4
probability that it is red is __ __
19 and the probability that it is blue is 19 . What is the probability that it is green?
Exercise 12B
1 A bag contains black, white and orange counters. If a counter is chosen at random from this bag, the
6 2
probability that it is black is __ __
13 and the probability that it is white is 13 . Complete the following to calculate
the probability that the counter is orange.
P(black) + P(white) + P(orange) = ____
6
__ 2
13 + __
13 + P(orange) = ____
____ + P(orange) = ____
P(orange) = ____ − ____
= ____
3 A spinner consists of pink, blue and green sections. If the spinner is spun the probability that it will stop on
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
1 1
blue is _2 and the probability that it will stop on green is _3 . Find the probability that it will stop on pink.
4 When three coins are tossed, the possible outcomes are 3 heads, exactly 2 heads, exactly 1 head or no heads.
1 3
If the probability of 3 heads is _8 , the probability of exactly 1 head is _8 and the probability of getting no heads
1
is _8 . Calculate the probability of getting exactly 2 heads.
5 A purse contains 5-cent, 10-cent, 20-cent and 50-cent coins. When a coin is chosen at random from this
1 1
purse, the probability of getting a 5-cent coin is _5 , the probability of getting a 10-cent coin is _3 and the
1
probability of getting a 50-cent coin is __
10 . Calculate the probability of getting a 20-cent coin.
EXAMPLE 1
When a normal six-sided die is thrown, what is the complement of the event:
a throwing 2?
b throwing 1 or 2?
c throwing an even number?
a S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}. Let A be the event ‘throwing a 2’; then A = {2}. Write the event as a set of
The complement of A is the set of outcomes that are in S but are not in A. outcomes, even if there is
Complement of A = {1, 3, 4, 5, 6} only one outcome in the set.
The complement of A is the event ‘throwing a 1, 3, 4, 5 or 6’ or ‘not throwing a 2’.
b S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}. Let B be the event ‘throwing a 1 or 2’; then B = {1, 2}.
The complement of B is the set of outcomes that are in S but are not in B.
Complement of B = {3, 4, 5, 6}
The complement of B is the event ‘throwing a 3 or 4 or 5 or 6’ or ‘not throwing a 1 or 2’ or ‘throwing a
number greater than 2’.
c S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}. Let C be the event ‘throwing an even number’; then C = {2, 4, 6}.
The complement of C is the set of outcomes that are in S but are not in C.
Complement of C = {1, 3, 5}
The complement of C is the event ‘throwing a 1, 3 or 5’ or ‘not throwing an even number’ or ‘throwing
an odd number’.
Exercise 12C
1 A normal die is thrown. Complete the following to find the complement of each event given.
a Throwing a 6
S = {_______}. Let A be the event ‘throwing a 6’; then A = {_______}.
The complement of A is the set of outcomes that are in S but are not in A.
Complement of A= {_______}
The complement of A is the event ‘_______’ or ‘_______’ or ‘_______’.
b Throwing a 5 or 6
S = {_______}. Let B be the event ‘throwing a 5 or 6’; then B = {_______}.
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
The complement of B is the set of outcomes that are in S but are not in B.
Complement of B = {_______}
The complement of B is the event ‘_______’ or ‘_______’ or ‘_______’.
c Throwing an odd number
S = {_______}. Let C be the event ‘throwing an odd number’; then C = {_______}.
The complement of C is the set of outcomes that are in S but are not in C.
Complement of C = {_______}
The complement of C is the event ‘_______’ or ‘_______’ or ‘_______’.
3 The numbers 1 to 9 are written on cards and one card is chosen at random. Find the complement of these
event.
a choosing 7 b choosing 1 or 7
c choosing an even number d choosing a number greater than 4
EXAMPLE 2
a A student is chosen from a class consisting of boys and girls. What is the complement of the event
‘choosing a boy’?
b A marble is chosen from a bag containing black and yellow marbles .What is the complement of the
event ‘selecting a black marble’?
a The complement of the event ‘choosing a boy’ is ‘not choosing a boy’ or ‘choosing a girl’.
b The complement of the event ‘selecting a black marble’ is ‘not selecting a black marble’ or ‘selecting a
yellow marble’.
321
EXAMPLE 1
1
When two coins are tossed, the probability of getting 2 heads is __4 . What is the probability of not getting
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
From Example 1 we can see that P(E) + P(not E) = 1 is equivalent to P(not E) = 1 − P(E).
5
3 When a lolly is selected at random from a bag, the probability that it is red is __
13 . What is the probability that
the lolly is not red?
4 The letters of a word are written on cards and placed in a hat. When a card is chosen at random from this hat,
2
the probability that the letter is M is __7 . What is the probability that the letter is not M?
10 A bag contains 6 red, 9 blue and 8 white marbles. One marble is chosen at random from the bag. Find these
probabilities.
a P(red) b P(not red) c P(not blue) d P(not white)
EXAMPLE 1
A die is rolled. State whether events A and B are mutually exclusive or non-mutually exclusive.
a A is the event a 2 and B is the event a 3.
b A is the event a 2 and B is the event an even number.
c A is the event a 2 and B is the event a number bigger than 4.
d A is the event a number less than 5 and B is the event a number bigger than 2.
a A = {2}, B = {3}. Both A and B cannot happen at the same time. A and B are mutually exclusive.
b A = {2), B = {2, 4, 6}. Both A and B can happen at the same time (the outcome rolling a 2).
A and B are non-mutually exclusive.
c A = {2}, B = {5, 6}. Both A and B cannot happen at the same time. A and B are mutually exclusive.
d A = {1, 2, 3, 4}, B = {3, 4, 5, 6}. Both A and B can happen at the same time (the outcomes 3 or 4).
A and B are non-mutually exclusive.
Exercise 12E
1 A die is rolled. Complete the following to determine whether the events A and B are mutually exclusive or
non-mutually exclusive.
a A is the event a 5: A = {____}. B is the event a 6: B = {____}.
Hence the events A and B are mutually exclusive/non-mutually exclusive.
b A is the event a 5: A = {____}. B is the event an odd number: B = {____}.
Hence the events A and B are mutually exclusive/non-mutually exclusive.
c A is the event an even number: A = {____}. B is the event an odd number: B = {____}.
Hence the events A and B are mutually exclusive/non-mutually exclusive.
d A is the event a multiple of 3: A = {____}. B is the event an even number: B = {____}.
Hence the events A and B are mutually exclusive/non-mutually exclusive.
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
2 A card is selected at random from a normal playing pack. State whether the following events A and B are
mutually exclusive or non-mutually exclusive.
a A is the event a king. B is the event an ace.
b A is the event a king. B is the event a red card.
c A is the event a 10, B is the event a queen.
d A is the event a jack, B is the event a black card.
e A is the event a 7, B is the event a diamond.
f A is the event a club, B is the event a red card.
g A is the event a black card, B is the event an ace.
4 A pair of dice are rolled at the same time. State whether the following events are mutually exclusive or non-
mutually exclusive.
a getting a total of 6, getting a double b getting a total of 9, getting a double
F Compound events
A compound event is an event that can be expressed as a combination of simple events.
EXAMPLE 1
A normal six-sided die is thrown. Match each statement in the left-hand column with its equivalent in
the right-hand column.
a throwing a 4, 5 or 6 A throwing at least 3
b throwing a 1, 2, 3 or 4 B throwing at most 5
c throwing a 3, 4, 5 or 6 C throwing at most 4
d throwing a 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 D throwing at least 4
Exercise 12F
1 A normal six-sided die is thrown. Complete the following.
a Throwing 4, 5 or 6 is equivalent to throwing at least ___.
b Throwing a 1, 2 or 3 is equivalent to throwing at most ___.
c Throwing a 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 is equivalent to throwing at least ___.
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
4 When two children are born, the sample space for the order of birth is S = {bb (boy followed by boy),
bg (boy followed by a girl), gb (girl followed by a boy), gg (girl followed by a girl)}.
List the outcomes for each event.
a at most 1 boy b at least 1 boy c at least 1 girl d at most 1 girl
5 When two coins are tossed, the sample space is S = {HH, HT, TH, TT}. List the outcomes for each event.
a at least 1 tail b at most 1 tail c at least 1 head d at most 1 head
6 A spinner has three equal parts numbered 1, 2 and 3. When this spinner is spun twice the sample space is:
S = {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (3, 1), (3, 2), (3, 3)}. List the outcomes for these events.
a at least one 3 b at most one 3
EXAMPLE 2
A card is chosen at random from a normal 52-card
playing pack. List the outcomes in these events.
a choosing a jack and a red card
b choosing a club and a picture card.
a Let A be the event ‘a jack’ and let B be the event ‘a red card’.
A = {J of hearts, J of diamonds, J of spades, J of clubs}
B = {2, 3, 4…, J, Q, K, A of hearts, 2, 3, 4…, J, Q, K, A of diamonds}
The event ‘A and B’ is the set of outcomes that have the attributes of both A and B; that is, the outcomes
that are ‘a jack and a red card’.
Hence event ‘A and B’ = {J of hearts, J of diamonds}
b Let X be the event ‘a club’ and let Y be the event ‘a picture card’.
X = {2, 3, 4…, J, Q, K, A of clubs}
Y = {J, Q, K of hearts, J, Q, K of diamonds, J, Q, K of spades, J, Q, K of clubs}
The event ‘X and Y’ is the set of outcomes that are ‘a club and a picture card’.
Hence event ‘X and Y’ = {J, Q, K of clubs}.
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
7 A card is selected at random from a normal playing pack. List the outcomes in these events.
a selecting a card that is a 10 and a heart
b selecting a card that is a 10 and a red card
c selecting a card that is black and a king
d selecting a card that is a club and even numbered
e selecting a card that is red and odd numbered
f selecting a card that is black and a picture card
a The event ‘A and B’ = { } as a number cannot be both odd and even. The set { } has no outcomes
These are mutually exclusive events. and is known as an empty set.
EXAMPLE 4
a A card is selected at random from a pack. A is the event ‘a red card’, B is the event ‘a black card’.
i List the outcomes for the event ‘A and B’.
ii Does the event ‘A or B’ need a qualifier?
b A card is selected at random from a pack. A is the event ‘a red card’, B is the event ‘an ace’.
i List the outcomes for ‘A and B’.
ii Does the event ‘A or B’ need a qualifier?
c A person is chosen at random from a group. A is the event ‘male’ and B is the event ‘left-handed’.
Does the event ‘A or B’ need a qualifier?
a i A and B = { }
ii No. The events are mutually exclusive so the event
‘A or B’ = set of outcomes in A + set of outcomes for B.
b i A and B = {ace of hearts, ace of diamonds}
ii The events A and B are non-mutually exclusive, so the event ‘A or B’ needs a qualifier to indicate
whether the outcomes for both events (ace of hearts, ace of diamonds) are included or excluded.
c If there are no left-handed males in the group then a qualifier is not necessary as the events are mutually
exclusive. If there are left-handed males in the group then a qualifier is needed to indicate whether the
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
10 A card is selected at random from a normal playing pack. X is the event ‘a diamond’ and Y is the event
‘a king’. List the outcomes for these events.
a X b not X c Y
d X and Y e X or Y or both f X or Y but not both
G Venn diagrams
The outcomes of an event can be represented using a Venn diagram.
The sample space is represented by the region or points inside a rectangle. S
For example, if a die is rolled, S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}. 1 2 3
These outcomes are written inside a rectangle, labelled S, as shown.
4 5 6
even number’.
3 5
The outcomes {1, 2, 4, 6}, which are within the combined areas of both
circles, including the intersection of the circles, are numbers that are
‘a number < 3’ or ‘an even number’ or both (less than 3 and even).
The event ‘A or B or both’ is an ‘inclusive or’ event because it includes ‘both A and B’.
The outcomes {3, 5} do not lie within either circle. These are the numbers that are neither ‘less than 3’
nor ‘even’.
a These are all the outcomes inside the rectangle. Hence S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}.
b These are all the outcomes inside circle A. Hence A = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9}.
c These are all the outcomes outside circle A (complement of the event A). Hence ‘not A’ = {2, 4, 6, 8}.
d These are all the outcomes inside circle B. Hence B = {3, 6, 9}.
e These are all the outcomes outside circle B (complement of the event B). Hence ‘not B’ = {1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8}.
f These are all the outcomes in the intersection of the two circles. Hence ‘A and B’ = {3, 9}.
g i These are all the outcomes within both circles, including the intersection.
Hence ‘A or B or both’ = {1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 9}
ii It is an ‘inclusive or’ event.
h i These are all the outcomes within both circles, but excluding the intersection.
Hence ‘A or B but not both’ = {1, 5, 6, 7}.
ii It is an ‘exclusive or’ event.
i These are all the outcomes outside the two circles. Hence ‘neither A nor B’ = {2, 4, 8}.
Exercise 12G
1 Numbers are written on cards, the cards are shuffled and one is
S 5
selected at random. The outcomes for this experiment and events A A B
and B are shown in the Venn diagram. Complete the following. 2 6 7
a The sample space S = {_____} (outcomes inside the rectangle) 4 8 9
b Event A = {_____} (outcomes inside the circle A)
c Event ‘not A’ = {_____} (outcomes outside the circle A) 0 1 3
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
4 The letters of the word EQUATION are written on cards and placed
S
in a hat. One card is drawn at random. X is the event ‘a vowel’ and X Y
Y is the event ‘a letter of the word NOTE’. The outcomes for this A E N
experiment and events X and Y are shown in the Venn diagram. Use O
I U T
the diagram to list the outcomes for the following events.
Q
a a vowel
b not a vowel
c a letter of the word NOTE d not a letter of the word NOTE
e a vowel and a letter of the word NOTE f a vowel or a letter of the word NOTE or both
g a vowel or a letter of the word NOTE but not both h neither a vowel nor a letter of the word NOTE
i a vowel but not a letter of the word NOTE j a letter of the word NOTE but not a vowel
the experiment and events A and B are shown in the Venn diagram. Jen
Peter
Matt Sue
a List the sample space. Jack
Nick
b List the set of outcomes for the following events.
i has blond hair Kate Michael
ii does not have blond hair
iii has blue eyes iv does not have blue eyes
v has blond hair and blue eyes vi has blond hair or blue eyes or both
vii has blond hair or blue eyes but not both viii has neither blond hair nor blue eyes
ix has blond hair but not blue eyes x has blue eyes but not blond hair
EXAMPLE 3
This Venn diagram shows the sports played by a class of students. How many students:
a are in the class?
S
b play tennis and soccer? Tennis Soccer
c play tennis?
d play soccer? 6 5 9
e play tennis or soccer or both?
f play tennis or soccer but not both? 10
g play neither tennis nor soccer?
h play tennis but not soccer?
i play soccer but not tennis?
a Number in class = 6 + 5 + 9 + 10 = 30
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
EXAMPLE 4
In a class of 30 students, 16 have black hair, 11 have brown eyes
S
and 7 have both black hair and brown eyes. X Y
a Complete the Venn diagram representing this information,
x w y
where X is the event ‘black hair’ and Y is the event ‘brown eyes’.
Note that the number of students, not the individual students, is
shown in each region of the diagram. z
b How many students:
i do not have black hair? ii do not have brown eyes?
iii have black hair or brown eyes or both? iv have black hair or brown eyes but not both?
v have neither black hair nor brown eyes? vi have black hair but not brown eyes?
vii have brown eyes but not black hair?
a There are 7 students with both black hair and brown eyes so w = 7.
S
This number is placed in the intersection of the circles. X Y
There is a total of 16 students with black hair so x + 7 = 16.
9 7 4
∴x=9
There is a total of 11 students with brown eyes so y + 7 = 11.
∴y=4 10
There is a total of 30 students in the class so x + w + y + z = 30.
9 + 7 + 4 + z = 30 ∴ z = 10
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
11 In a group of 19 people waiting at a bus stop one morning, 13 people had an umbrella, 4 people had a
raincoat and 3 people had both an umbrella and a raincoat.
a Draw a Venn diagram to represent this information, using U for the event ‘has an umbrella’ and R for the
event ‘has a raincoat’.
b How many people in this group:
i do not have an umbrella? ii do not have a raincoat?
iii have an umbrella or a raincoat or both? iv have an umbrella or a raincoat but not both?
v have neither an umbrella nor a raincoat? vi have an umbrella but not a raincoat?
vii have a raincoat but not an umbrella?
EXAMPLE 1
The table shows the data collected from a survey of a Year 8 class.
Left-handed Right-handed
Male 2 14 16
Female 1 13 14
3 27 30
Exercise 12H
1 The information in the table was collected from
Heavy Light
a group of athletes.
Use the table to find the number of people who are: Tall 8 9 17
a in the group of athletes Short 3 10 13
b tall
11 19 30
c short
d heavy e light
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
3 The table shows data collected from a group Black hair Not black hair
of students. How many students have:
a black hair? Brown eyes 11 6 17
b brown eyes? Not brown eyes 5 8 13
c black hair and brown eyes? 16 14 30
d black hair or brown eyes or both?
e black hair or brown eyes but not both? f neither black hair nor brown eyes?
g black hair but not brown eyes? h brown eyes but not black hair?
4 The table shows the results of a survey of the way Bus Not bus
a group of employees get to work each day.
a Complete the table by finding the missing Train 8 v 11
numbers. Not train y 5 z
7 100 people were surveyed about their smoking and Drink Do not drink
drinking habits. It was found that 19 people smoked
cigarettes, 13 both smoked and drank alcohol and Smoke
15 people neither smoked nor drank alcohol. Do not smoke
a Put this information in a table like the one
shown and find the missing numbers.
b How many people:
i drink alcohol? ii do not drink alcohol?
iii do not smoke? iv smoke or drink or both?
v smoke or drink but not both? vi drink but do not smoke?
vii smoke but do not drink?
EXAMPLE 2
Information was collected from a group of students about the
S
subjects that they studied. The number of students studying H G
history (H) or geography (G) is shown in the Venn diagram.
13 5 9
Represent the information in the Venn diagram in a two-way table
like the one shown.
4
History Not history
Geography
Not geography
9 The people sitting in a café were surveyed about which newspaper they S
read. The number who read The Australian and The Daily Telegraph is The The Daily
Australian Telegraph
shown in the Venn diagram.
6 3 8
2
a Represent this information in a two-way table like the one
shown below.
Read Do not read
The Australian The Australian
Read The Daily Telegraph
Do not read The Daily Telegraph
339
3 The Venn diagram shows the events A and B in the sample space S.
S
Describe in words the region where you would find the following set A B
of outcomes.
a favourable to event A
b the complement of A
c favourable to events A and B
d favourable to events A or B or both
e favourable to events A or B but not both
Terms
certain common complement complementary events equally likely
excluding exclusive or divisible favourable impossible including
inclusive or intersection outcome possible probability random
sample space shuffled theoretical Venn diagram
2 The letters of the word DISTRIBUTION are written on cards and one card is selected at random. The
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
4 When calculating the probability of choosing at random an apple from a bag of fruit, which of the following
answers could not be correct?
3
__ 11
__
A 0 B 11 C 3 D 0.3
43
6 The probability that a particular set of traffic lights is green is __
73 . The probability that the light will not be
green is:
30
__ 30
__ 43
__ 1
_
A 43 B 73 C 30 D 2
7 If a marble is chosen from a bag containing red, blue, green and white marbles, the complement of the event
‘choosing a red marble’ is:
A choosing a blue marble B choosing a blue or green marble
C choosing a blue or white marble D choosing a blue or green or white marble.
4
8 The probability of choosing a red disc from a box is __
23 . The probability of not drawing a red disc from the
box is:
4
__ 4 19
__ 23
__
A 23 B −__
23
C 23 D 4
9 A card is selected at random from a normal 52-card playing pack. Which of the following events are
mutually exclusive?
A getting a queen, getting a red card B getting a club, getting picture card
C getting a king, getting an ace D getting a red 9, getting a diamond
10 The numbers 1 to 9 are written on cards and one card is selected at random. The event ‘at least a 6’ is
equivalent to:
A 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 B 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 C 6, 7, 8 or 9 D 7, 8 or 9
11 This table shows the possible results, including the order, 1st child
when two children are born. The outcomes for the event
‘at most one boy’ are: Boy Girl
A {bg, gb} B {bg, gb, bb} Boy bb gb
2nd child
C {bg, gb, gg} D {bg, gb, bb, gg} Girl bg gg
14 The number of people who have brown hair or green eyes but not both is:
A 1 B 3 C 5 D 6
16 The number of students who passed mathematics but not science is:
A 2 B 4 C 33 D 26
y
The values of x and y are:
A 3, 7 B 14, 7 C 3, 18 D 14, 18
If you have any difficulty with these questions, refer to the examples and questions in the section listed in
the table.
4 Red, blue and green tickets are placed in a hat. If one ticket is chosen at random from this hat, the probability
1 2
that it is red is _2 and the probability that it is blue is _5 . Calculate the probability that it is green.
6 The letters of a word are written on cards and the cards placed in a hat. When a card is chosen at random
2
from this hat, the probability that it is the letter E is _5 . What is the probability that it is not the letter E?
7 A coin is tossed twice. The table shows all the possible outcomes. 1st toss
a S = {_____}
H T
b Use the table to list the outcomes for the event:
i a head and a tail, in any order ii not two heads H HH TH
2nd toss
iii at least one head iv at most one head T HT TT
8 The numbers 1 to 9 are written on cards, the cards are shuffled and one card is selected at random. State
whether the following events are mutually exclusive or non-mutually exclusive.
a selecting an even number, selecting a number > 4
b selecting an even number, selecting a multiple of 3
c selecting a number > 4, selecting a number < 4
d selecting a number > 3, selecting a number > 6
9 Numbers are written on cards, the cards are shuffled and one card is
S
selected at random. The outcomes for this experiment and events A A B
and B are shown in the Venn diagram. 6 2 1
a What is the number of possible outcomes for this experiment? 8
4
3
b List the outcomes for the following events.
i A ii not A 5 7 9
iii B iv not B
v A but not B vi B but not A
vii A and B viii A or B or both
ix A or B but not both x neither A nor B
10 3 8
9
a Transfer this information to a two-way table like the one below.
Study Indonesian Do not study Indonesian
Study Japanese
Do not study Japanese
2 A letter is chosen at random from the letters of the word MISSISSIPPI. Find the probability that the letter
chosen is:
a M b P c I d S e K
3 A spinner is divided into three equal parts coloured red, blue and green. Write down an event E for which:
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
a P(E) = 0 b P(E) = 1
4 When two coins are tossed the possible outcomes are exactly 2 heads, exactly 1 head or zero heads. Given
1 1
that the probability of zero heads is _4 and the probability of exactly 1 head is _2 , calculate the probability of
getting exactly 2 heads.
5 A bag contains red, blue and green marbles. A marble is selected at random. Write down the complement of
each event.
a a blue marble b a red or blue marble c not a blue marble
7 The numbers 1 to 9 are written on cards and one card is selected. List the outcomes for these events.
a at least 7 b at most 5
8 State with reasons whether the qualifiers ‘or both’ and ‘but not both’ are needed for the event ‘A or B’ if,
when a die is rolled:
a A is the event ‘an odd number’, B is the event ‘an even number’
b A is the event ‘a number < 4’, B is the event ‘a number > 2’.
11 The table shows the information collected from a group of people. PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
Have blond hair Do not have blond hair
Have blue eyes x y 13
Do not have blue eyes 4 z 15
11 17 28
2 A card is selected at random from a normal playing pack of 52 cards. Find the probability that it is:
a the ace of spades b a king c a red 7 d a diamond
e black f red or black g a green 19
3 The numbers 1 to 5 are written on cards, the cards are shuffled and one is chosen at random. Write down an
event E for which:
a P(E) = 0 b P(E) = 1
4 A purse contains 5-cent, 10-cent, 20-cent and 50-cent coins. When a coin is chosen at random from this
1 2
purse, the probability of getting a 5-cent coin is _8 , the probability of getting a 10-cent coin is _5 and the
1
probability of getting a 50-cent coin is __
10 . Calculate the probability of getting a 20-cent coin.
5 A card is selected at random from a normal playing pack. What is the complement of the event:
a a red card? b a spade? c an ace?
9
6 On a roulette wheel, the probability that the ball will stop in a black slot is __
17 . What is the probability that it
will not stop in a black slot?
7 A normal six-sided die is rolled. Write down two events A and B that are:
PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
8 A card is chosen from a normal playing pack. List the outcomes for these events.
a a red card and a jack b a spade and a picture card
9 State with reasons if the qualifiers ‘or both’, ‘but not both’ are needed for the event ‘A or B’ given that a
student is chosen from a class of boys and girls and A is the event ‘a boy’, B is the event ‘has red hair’.
11 In a class of 30 students, 13 students study history, 15 study geography and 7 study both history and
geography. Construct a Venn diagram to show this information. Let H be the event ‘studies history’ and G
the event ‘studies geography’.
12 a Represent the information in question 11 in a two-way table like the one below.
Study History Do not study History
Study Geography
Do not study Geography
2 The letters of the word PROBABILITY are written on cards and one is chosen at random. Find the PROBABILITY & STATISTICS
probability that the letter is:
a B b I c R
d B or I e a vowel f K
3 A spinner is divided into three equal segments coloured red, blue and green. The spinner is spun. Write down
an event E for which:
a P(E) = 1 b P(E) = 0
5 A card is selected at random from a normal playing pack. Write down the complement of each event.
a a red card b a diamond
6 When a chocolate is selected at random from a box, the probability that it is a dark chocolate is 0.4. What is
the probability that it is not a dark chocolate?
8 A normal six-sided die is thrown. List the outcomes for each event.
a a number > 3 b at least 3 c a number < 3 d at most 3
10 The two-way table shows the number of students in a class who study French and German.
Study French Do not study French
Study German 3 w 11
Do not study German x 13 19
y 21 z
A 5m + 35 B 5m + 7 A m − 8n B 8m − n
C m + 35 D 5m2 + 57 C 8(m − n) D 8(n + m)
The Diagnostic test questions refer to the Year 7 outcomes from ACMNA194.
Exercise 13A
1 By inspection, find the value of the pronumeral in each equation.
a x + 8 = 10 b x+4=8 c x+1=5 d y−3=5
e y−1=7 f y−4=6 g m÷5=2 h m÷3=3
i m÷4=2 j 4p = 8 k 3p = 9 l 2p = 10
Example 1 shows how concrete materials can also be used to derive a solution for an equation. From the
example you can see that what you do to one side, you must also do to the other side.
EXAMPLE 1
Find the value of x in the equation x + 4 = 6 using LHS = RHS
this illustration. x+4 = 6
c x+3 = 4 d x+1 = 7
EXAMPLE 2
How many marbles are contained in each cup?
=
2 cups + 3 marbles = 11 marbles
+ =
2 packets of biscuits + 5 biscuits = 21 biscuits
2b + 5 = 21
d How many lollies in each box?
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
+ =
3 boxes of lollies + 3 lollies = 27 lollies
3l + 3 = 27
EXAMPLE 1
Use the operation shown on the arrow in the flowchart to build an algebraic expression.
+5 –5
a x b x
×5 ÷5
c x d x
+5 –5
a x x+5 b x x–5
×5 ÷5 x
c x 5x d x 5
Exercise 13B
1 Complete the following algebraic expressions.
+7 +2 +9
a x b x c x
–3 –1 –7
d x e x f x
×8 × −4 ×5
g x h x i x
÷6 ÷2 ÷ 11
j x k x l x
EXAMPLE 2
Use the combination of operations shown to build algebraic expressions.
×2 +5 ×4 ÷7
a x b x 4x
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
×5 ÷8 –2 ×3 –5 ÷4
c x d x
×2 +5 ×4 ÷7 4x
a x 2x 2x + 5 b x 4x
7
×5 ÷8 5x –2 5x ×3 –5
3x – 5 ÷4 3x – 5
c x 5x –2 d x 3x
8 8 4
×5 +2 ÷3 x –8
c x 5x d x
3
÷ (−7) x +5 ÷ 10 x –4
e x
−7
f x
10
×2 +7 ÷6 ×5 −9 ÷2
g x 2x 2x + 7 h x 5x 5x − 9
× (−4) −1 ÷7 ×6 −5 ×2
i x −4x −4x − 1 j x 6x 6x − 5
×2 +7 × (−5)
k x 2x 2x + 7
× (−8) +1 × (−3) ÷4
l x −8x −8x + 1 −3(−8x + 1)
EXAMPLE 3
Use arrows to show how the following expressions have been built from the pronumeral x.
−4(x + 2)
a 7x b −3x + 4 c _________
3
×7 × (−3) +4
a x 7x b x −3x −3x + 4
+2 × (−4) ÷3 −4(x + 2)
c x x+2 −4(x + 2)
3
3 Use arrows to show how the following expressions were built from the pronumeral x.
a 3x b x+5 c x−8 d −6x e x−9
x
__ x
f 2
g x + 10 h ___
−4
i 5x + 12 j −3x − 1
x
___ x x−8 x + 10 5x − 2
k −4
+2 l __5 + 9 m _____
7
n ______
13
o ______
9
3x + 7
______
p 10
q 4(x − 6) r −5(x + 3) s 9(2x + 7) t −6(4x − 6)
3(x − 6)
________ −9(x + 2) 7(3x − 5) −4(2x − 8) 5(x + 1)
u 5
v _________
11
w _________
10
x __________
13
y ________
−3
When solving equations, we need to reverse the steps or So addition and subtraction are inverse
do the inverse of the operations to find the value of the operations. Multiplication and division
are also inverse operations.
single pronumeral.
EXAMPLE 4
Write the inverse operation to get back to x.
x
a x+5 b x−5 c 5x d __5
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
−5 +5
a x+5 x b x−5 x
Inverse of + 5 is − 5. Inverse of − 5 is + 5.
c 5x ÷5
x d 5x × 5 x
Inverse of × 5 is ÷ 5. Inverse of ÷ 5 is × 5.
c x+9 x d x−5 x
e x−3 x f x − 11 x
g 2x x h −9x x
7x x x
i j x
10
x x
k x l x
3 −4
m 6x + 2 6x x n −3x − 1 −3x x
o 7x + 10 7x x x x
p –8 5
x
5
x x x x
q 2+ 3
x r +1 x
3 11 11
s 3x + 2 3x + 2 3x x t 11 + 2x 11 + 2x x
2x
9 8
5 Show each step required to get from the following expressions back to x.
x
a 12x b x−8 c x + 11 d __5
−3x
e 4x − 10 f −9x g ____
7
h 15 − 8x
2x x x
i −x + 1 j 3 + ___
5
k __4 − 1 l 5 − __
2
x−9 10 − x 11 − 4x 3x + 6
m _____
4
n ______
2
o _______
7
p ______
5
q 2(x + 14) r −3(x − 18) s −2(2x + 6) t 9(3x − 1)
7(x + 4) −4(x − 8) 4(5x + 7) −3(2x − 9)
u ________
5
v _________
9
w _________
7
x __________
11
Now that we understand how to build expressions and can do inverse operations on expressions to get back to a
single pronumeral, we can solve equations using backtracking techniques.
EXAMPLE 5
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
Solve 4x − 3 = 17 by backtracking.
C Maintaining balance
The balance of an equation can be likened to the balance of a set of scales. Changing one side of the equation
without doing the same to the other will upset the balance.
To maintain the balance, the same operation must be carried
out on each side of the equation.
Original
The following diagrams show that balance is maintained if each side of the equation or scale is treated in the
same way.
Add 1 Subtract 4
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
Multiply by 2 Divide by 3
EXAMPLE 1
Solve the following one-step equations by using inverse operations to balance the scales.
R
a n + 7 = 13 b p−5=2 c 3x = 27 d __ = 8
6
R
__ × 6 = 8 × 6 Multiply both sides by 6.
6
R = 48
R 48
Check: LHS = __ = ___ = 8
6 6
∴ LHS = RHS
EXAMPLE 2
Solve the following one-step equations involving negative integers.
a 7 − y = −5 b −2k = 8 c x − (−3) = 11
a 7 − y = −5
7 − y − 7 = −5 − 7 Subtract 7 from both sides.
−y = −12
(−y) × −1 = (−12) × −1 Multiply both sides by −1.
y = 12
Check: LHS = 7 − y = 7 − 12 = −5
∴ LHS = RHS
b −2k = 8
−2k ___
____ 8
= Divide both sides by −2.
−2 −2
k = −4
Check: LHS = −2k = −2 × −4 = 8
∴ LHS = RHS Remember:
c x − (−3) = 11 There is a 1 outside the brackets.
x − 1(−3) = 11 A negative number multiplied by a negative
x + 3 = 11 number results in a positive number.
i
j g − 6 = −6 k l − (−1) = 4 l −3 − k = 10
m 10w = −3 n 7h = −5 o 4q = −7
p −5m = 40 q −3d = 18 r −2n = −20
b e r
s __4 = −2 t __3 = −5 u __6 = −6
−d −k v
v ___ = 10 w ___ = 4 x ___
−5
=7
2 8
3 Substitute to determine whether the value of the pronumeral given is a solution to the equation.
a q + 15 = 33; q = 18 b w + 29 = 44; w = 15
c 10 + k = 52; k = 32 d 42 + r = 50; r = −6
e m − 18 = 7; m = 28 f d − 23 = 11; d = 34
g 32 − n = 41; n = 9 h 28 − k = 16; k = −12
i 9b = 162; b = 14 j 7a = 49; a = 7
3
_
k −4l = 3; l = − 4 l −5p = 80; p = 16
c t
m __5 = 12; c = 60 n __4 = −_12 ; t = −2
y x
o ___
13
= −3; y = 39 p ___
21
= −8; x = −168
EXAMPLE 4
Solve the following two-step equations.
a 4a + 8 = 20 b 5 − 2q = 14
a 4a + 8 = 20
4a + 8 − 8 = 20 − 8 Subtract 8 from both sides.
4a = 12
4a 12
___ = ___ Divide both sides by 4.
4 4
a=3
Check: LHS = 4a + 8
= 4 × 3 + 8 = 20
When you check your answer you
∴ LHS = RHS must show that the left-hand side is
b 5 − 2q = 14 equal to the right-hand side.
5 − 2q − 5 = 14 − 5 Subtract 5 from both sides.
−2q = 9
−2q ___
____ 9
= Divide both sides by −2.
−2 −2
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
1
q = −4_2
Check: LHS = 5 − 2q
1
= 5 − 2 × − 4_2 = 5 + 9 = 14
∴ LHS = RHS
EXAMPLE 5
Solve the following two-step equations.
3x 2
a ___
4
=8 b −__5 y = 11
3x
___
a =8
4
3x
4 × ___ = 8 × 4 Multiply both sides by 4. Multiply each side of the
4
equation by the denominator.
3x = 32
3x ___
___ 32
= Divide both sides by 3.
3 3
2
x = 10_3
3x
Check: LHS = ___
4
2 32
10_3 3 × __ 32
= 3 × ____= ______ = ___ = 8
3
4 4 4
∴ LHS = RHS
2
b −__ y = 11
5
2
5 × −__y = 11 × 5 Multiply both sides by 5.
5
∴ −2y = 55
−2y ___
____ 55
= Divide both sides by −2.
−2 −2
1
y = −27_2
2
Check: LHS = −__ y
5
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
2 2 55
= −__ × −27_2 = −__ × −___ = 11
1
5 5 2
∴ LHS = RHS
EXAMPLE 6
Solve the following equations.
p−6 2d + 8
a _____ = 5 b ______
3
=7
4
p−6
_____
a =5 Notice that there are two
4
parts to these equations.
p−6
4 × _____ = 5 × 4 Multiply both sides by 4.
4
p − 6 = 20
p − 6 + 6 = 20 + 6 Add 6 to both sides.
∴ p = 26
p − 6 26 − 6 20
Check: LHS = _____ = ______ = ___ = 5
4 4 4
∴ LHS = RHS
2d + 8
______
b =7
3
2d + 8
3 × ______ = 7 × 3 Multiply both sides by 3.
3
2d + 8 = 21
2d + 8 − 8 = 21 − 8 Subtract 8 from both sides.
2d = 13
2d 13
___ = ___ Divide both sides by 2.
2 2
1
∴ d = 6_2
_ 1
2d + 8 2 × 6 2 + 8 13 + 8 21
Check: LHS = ______ = __________ = ______ = ___ = 7
3 3 3 3
∴ LHS = RHS
4 6 2 4
5n + 8 5k − 1 7c − 3 9w − 3
i ______
3
= 11 j ______
9
=6 k ______
6
=3 l _______
5
= 12
d+9 3m − 7 5 − 2d 7 − 3d
m _____
5
= −3 n _______
8
= −2 o ______
7
= −3 p ______
5
= −7
3x + 1 5x − 11 8 − 3x 4p − 5
q ______
−5
= 10 r _______
−4
= −1 s ______
5
= −2 t ______
−3
= −5
1 Use one-to-one matching as the technique for solving the equations below. Show all your working.
a 5x + 4 = 4x + 7 b 8p + 9 = 7p + 2
c 9m − 6 = 8m − 4 d 10d − 11 = 9d + 5
e 6d + 4 = 5d − 6 (Hint: 4 − 10 = −6) f 5x + 8 = 4x − 12 (Hint: 8 − 20 = −12)
g 7a + 3 = 6a − 7 h 12y − 10 = 11y + 5
i 3h − 6 = 2h − 5 j 11 − 8p = 10 − 9p
k 2g − 14 = g + 6 l 5 − 11w = −4w − 6
2 Does one-to-one matching work for all equations? Try to solve the following equations using the technique
of one-to-one matching.
3x − 5 ______
2x − 6
a ______
2
= b 7x − 8 = 3x + 12
3
3 What are the difficulties experienced when using this strategy to solve equations?
When solving equations with pronumerals on both sides of the equals sign, it is important to collect:
• the pronumerals on one side
• the numerals on the other side.
This is done by adding or subtracting pronumerals and numbers, as shown in Example 1.
a 4x + 7 = 6x + 3
4x + 7 − 6x = 6x + 3 − 6x Subtract 6x from both sides.
−2x + 7 = 3
−2x + 7 − 7 = 3 − 7 Subtract 7 from both sides.
−2x = −4
−2x ___
____ −4
= Divide both sides by −2.
−2 −2
x =2
Check: Substitute x = 2 into 4x + 7 = 6x + 3
4×2+7 =6×2+3
15 = 15 ∴ LHS = RHS
b 7y − 2 = 13 + 4y
7y − 2 − 4y = 13 + 4y − 4y Subtract 4y from both sides.
3y − 2 = 13
3y − 2 + 2 = 13 + 2 Add 2 to both sides.
3y = 15
3y ___
___ 15
= Divide both sides by 3.
3 3
y=5
Check: Substitute y = 5 into 7y − 2 = 13 + 4y.
7 × 5 − 2 = 13 + 4 × 5
33 = 33 ∴ LHS = RHS
Exercise 13D
1 Solve the following equations showing all steps.
a 5a + 8 = 3 + 6a b 3q + 11 = 3 + 4q c 6b + 10 = 16 + 4b
d 9y + 2 = 10y − 5 e 2f + 9 = 3f − 15 f h + 7 = 4h − 5
g 3−x=x+7 h 3d − 4 = 5d + 2 i 4 − 2r = 3 − r
j 5w + 2 = 2w + 14 k 3s + 7 = 11 − s l 5 + y = 8 − 2y
m 2x − 3 = x + 6 n 5b − 9 = 1 + 6b o 3j − 5 = 7 − j
p 5 + 2p = 11 − p q 3d − 5 = 5d + 9 r 2a + 5 = 9 − 2a
EXAMPLE 2
Substitute to determine whether the value of x given is a solution to the equation.
a 2x − 5 = 10 − 3x; x = 3 b 5x + 2 = 2x − 7; x = 2
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
a LHS = 2x − 5 b LHS = 5x + 2
=2×3−5=1 = 5 × 2 + 2 = 12
RHS = 10 − 3x RHS = 2x − 7
= 10 − 3 × 3 = 1 = 2 × 2 − 7 = −3
∴ LHS = RHS ∴ LHS ≠ RHS
So, x = 3 is a solution. So, x = 2 is not a solution.
3 Solve the following equations. Check your answer by substituting the solution into the equation.
a 8x + 7 = 4x − 2 b d − 3 = 5d + 7 c 3 + q = 17 + 4q
d 15 − 3c = 2 − c e 11w − 7 = 5w + 12 f 3g − 5 = 14 − 2g
g 7k = 15 − 3k h 5k = 2k + 1 i 6l = 5 − 2l
j x − 3 = 7x + 5 k 4a − 2 = a − 6 l 12 − 5b = 3b − 6
EXAMPLE 1
Expand the grouping symbol, then solve the equation.
a 4(x + 7) = 38 b 5(3d − 2) = 62
a 4(x + 7)
= 38
4x + 28
= 38 Remember to always do
4x + 28 − 28
= 38 − 28 Subtract 28 from both sides. the same thing to both
sides of the equation.
= 10
4x
4x
___10
= ___ Divide both sides by 4.
4 4
5
x = __ or 2_2
1
2
b 5(3d − 2) = 62
15d − 10 = 62
15d − 10 + 10 = 62 + 10 Add 10 to both sides.
15d = 72
15d ___
____ 72
= Divide both sides by 15.
15 15
24
d = ___ or 4_5
4
5
Exercise 13E
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
EXAMPLE 2
Expand the grouping symbols, then solve the equation. Remember when multiplying and dividing
a −8(x + 9) = 8 by positive numbers and negative numbers:
• if the signs are the same the result is positive
b −5(3m − 5) = −20
• if the signs are different the result is negative.
a −8(x + 9) = 8
−8x − 72 = 8
−8x − 72 + 72 = 8 + 72 Add 72 to both sides.
−8x = 80
−8x ___
____ 80
= Divide both sides by −8.
−8 −8
x = −10
b −5(3m − 5) = −20
−15m + 25 = −20
−15m + 25 − 25 = −20 − 25 Subtract 25 from both sides.
−15m = −45
−15m −45
______ = ____ Divide both sides by −15.
−15 −15
m =3
EXAMPLE 1
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
a A = lb b C = 2πr
=6×3 = 2 × 3.14 × 5
∴ A = 18 cm2 ∴ C = 31.4 cm
4 The area of a circle is A = πr 2. Use the approximation to π of 3.14 to calculate the value of A given that r is:
a 3 b 9.6 c 12.4 d 7
c 11 d 8
EXAMPLE 2
bh
a Use the formula A = ___ to find the value of h when A = 10 and b = 2.5.
2
b Using the formula A = πr 2 find the value of r when A = 28.26 and π = 3.14.
bh
a A = ___
2
2.5h
10 = ____ Substitute the given values.
2
h
10 × 2 = 2.5 × __ × 2 Multiply both sides by 2.
2
20 = 2.5 × h
20
___ 2.5h
= ____ Divide both sides by 2.5.
2.5 2.5
h=8
bh 2.5 × 8
Check: LHS = ___ = _______ = 10
2 2
∴ LHS = RHS
b A = πr 2
28.26 = 3.14 × r 2 Substitute the given values.
3.14 × r
28.26 ________
_____ 2
= Divide both sides by 3.14.
3.14 3.14
9 = r __
2
14 The area of a circle is A = πr 2. Use the approximation of 3.14 for π to calculate the value of r given an
area of:
a 78.5 b 153.86 c 50.24 d 52.7834
17 Use the formula C = _59 (F − 32). Find F when C has the values:
a 4_49 b 10 c 15_59 d 21_59
Method of solution
Step 1: Examine the problem. Read it carefully, perhaps two or three times.
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
Let x be the number. So, x + 15 is the sum of the number and 15. Remember ‘sum’
x + 15 = 38 means to add.
x + 15 − 15 = 38 − 15 Subtract 15 from both sides.
x = 23
So the number is 23.
Check: LHS = x + 15 = 23 + 15 = 38
∴ LHS = RHS
EXAMPLE 2
Think of a number, treble it and subtract 11. The result is 25. What is the number?
Let x be the number. So, 3x is the number trebled, and 3x − 11 is the number trebled minus 11.
3x − 11 = 25
3x − 11 + 11 = 25 + 11 Add 11 to both sides.
3x = 36
3x ___
___ 36
= Divide both sides by 3.
3 3
x = 12
So the number is 12.
Check: LHS = 3x − 11 = 3 × 12 − 11 = 25
∴ LHS = RHS
Exercise 13G
Let the unknown be x.
1 Write an equation for each number problem, then find a solution.
a The sum of a certain number and 18 is 46. What is the number?
b The sum of a certain number and 7 is −12. What is the number?
c A certain number minus 5 is equal to 19. What is the number?
d The difference between a certain number and 8 is −4. What is the number?
e The difference between a certain number and −2 is 6. What is the number?
f The product of a certain number and 3 is 108. What is the number?
g When a certain number is multiplied by 6 the result is 72. What is the number?
h When a certain number is divided by 9 the result is 2. What is the number?
i When a certain number is divided by −7, the result is −1.4. What is the number?
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
2 a I think of a number, double it, and subtract 3. The result is 17. What is the number?
b When the product of a certain number and 4 is added to 12, the result is 52. What is the number?
c 8 is subtracted from the product of 2 and a number. The result is −10. What is the number?
d The product of a certain number and 5 is divided by 9. The result is 10. What is the number?
e The sum of a certain number and −1 is then multiplied by 7. The result is 21. What is the number?
f Treble a certain number and subtract 12. Multiply the result by 5 and the answer is 15. What is the number?
The table below is the formula view of the spreadsheet showing the IF statement and the formulas for the
cells. It is only necessary to type the formulas into the first row and then fill down.
A B C
1 Solve the equation of the form ax + b = c
…
7 0 =$B$2*A7+$B$3 =IF(B7=$B$4,“Correct”,“incorrect”)
8 =A7+1 =$B$2*A8+$B$3 =IF(B8=$B$4,“Correct”,“incorrect”)
9 =A8+1 =$B$2*A9+$B$3 =IF(B9=$B$4,“Correct”,“incorrect”)
10 =A9+1 =$B$2*A10+$B$3 =IF(B10=$B$4,“Correct”,“incorrect”)
11 =A10+1 =$B$2*A11+$B$3 =IF(B11=$B$4,“Correct”,“incorrect”)
12 =A11+1 =$B$2*A12+$B$3 =IF(B12=$B$4,“Correct”,“incorrect”)
13 =A12+1 =$B$2*A13+$B$3 =IF(B13=$B$4,“Correct”,“incorrect”)
14 =A13+1 =$B$2*A14+$B$3 =IF(B14=$B$4,“Correct”,“incorrect”)
… … … …
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
b Change the values in the cells B2, B3 and B4 to solve the equation 4x + 3 = 31.
c When attempting to solve the equation 5x − 3 = 42 the correct value of x does not appear. All the values
are too small. Change the value in cell A7 to get larger values. The answer will now appear.
d When attempting to solve the equation 4x + 9 = −3 all the values in column B are too large. Change the
value in cell A7 to −10 and the answer will be displayed.
e Use the spreadsheet to solve 6x − 7 = 11, 2x + 5 = 35, and 7x + 16 = −5.
3 a The spreadsheet can be modified to solve equations like 4x − 5 = −3x + 16. Here is the formula view.
A B C D
1 Solve the equation of the form ax + b = cx + d.
2 a= 4
3 b= –5
4 c= –3
5 d= 16
6 LHS RHS
7 0 =$B$2*A7+$B$3 =$B$4*A7+$B$5 =IF(B7=C7,“Correct”,“incorrect”)
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
Terms
algebraic expression backtracking balance concrete material
inspection linear equation number line one-to-one matching
solution substitution
4x − 6
3 The equation ______ = 2 has been solved using x ×4
4x −6
4x − 6 ÷9 4x − 6
9 9
backtracking techniques. What are the values of parts
÷4 +6 ×9
i, ii and iii using this technique? iii ii i 2
A i 18 ii 26 iii 4_13
B i 18 ii 24 iii 6
C i 18 ii 22 iii 5_12
D i 18 ii 20 iii 5
2w
4 State the value of w in the equation ___
7
= 8.
A 56 B 24 C 48 D 28
PRT 7
7 If I = ____, find I when P = $70 000, R = 8.25 and T = ___.
100 12
A $336.88 B $3368.75 C $33 687.50 D $336 875
9 Write an equation using x as the unknown number. A certain number is subtracted from eight. When it is
divided by three the result is four.
x−8 8−x x
A _____
3
=4 B _____
3
=4 C 8 − __ = 4 D 8 − x = _43
3
If you have any difficulty with these questions, refer to the examples and questions in the sections listed
in the table.
Question 1 2, 3 4, 5 6 7, 8 9
Section A B C D F G
7 The volume, V, of a sphere is found using the formula V = _43 πr 3, where r is the radius. Find the volume of
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
8 The formula to convert temperature measurements from degrees Celsius, C, to degrees Fahrenheit, F,
9
is F = _5 C + 32. Find F when:
a C = 180° b C = 15° c C = 38°
9 The formula to convert temperature measurements from degrees Fahrenheit, F, to degrees Celsius, C, is
5
C = _9 (F − 32). Find C when:
a F = 248° b F = 50° c F = 32°
7 The surface area, A, of a cylinder is found using the formula A = 2πr (r + h) where r is the radius and h is
the height. Find the surface area of a cylinder with radius 15 cm and height 8 cm. Give the answer to the
nearest whole number.
__
√
L
8 The time T s for a pendulum of length L m to swing back and forth once is give by the formula T = 2π __
g
where g ≈ 10 m/s2. Find how long it takes for a pendulum of length 2.4 m to swing back and forth once.
_______
9 Pythagoras’ rule is c = √a2 + b2 . Find c when:
a a = 3, b = 4 b a = 5, b = 12
c a = 15, b = 20 d a = 16, b = 12
NUMBER & ALGEBRA
4 The volume, V, of a cylinder is found using the formula V = πr 2h where r is the radius and h is the height.
Find the volume of a cylinder with radius 12 cm and height 25 cm.
T
(
5 A formula for calculating the bend allowance, B in mm, of sheet metal is B = 2π R + __ × ____
2 )
A
360
where B is the bend allowance, T is the thickness in mm, A is the number of degrees in the angle of bend,
and R is the radius of curvature in mm. Find B when T = 1.5, R = 4, A = 116.
PRT 5
10 If I = ____ , find I when P = 8500, R = 4.25 and T = ___.
100 12
Term
preceding term by 2 and then add 1’, the first
three terms of the number sequence will be:
A 3, 6, 12 B 3, 10, 31 Position number
C 2, 7, 22 D 3, 7, 15 The graph shows that the number sequence is:
A increasing B decreasing
3 If this geometric pattern of shapes is continued, C constant D none of these
the number of dots in the 10th shape will be:
A 10 B 100 C 20 D 50 6 The number of matches needed to build a
pattern of triangles is given by the rule:
‘Number of matches needed = 3 × number of
triangles − 1 less than the number of triangles’.
If n = number of matches needed and
4 This pattern of triangles was built using matches t = number of triangles, the rule could be
and the results were put in the table below. written algebraically as:
A n = 3t − t − 1 B n = 3t − (t −1)
C n = 3(t − t − 1) D n = 3(t − t + 1)
The Diagnostic test questions refer to the Year 7 outcomes from ACMNA175 and ACMNA177.
Number & Algebra
ExamplE 1
Plot the following points on a number plane.
A(3, 1), B(0, 2), C(−4, −3), D(−2, 0), E(0, 0), F(5, −3), G(−4, 4)
The point (0, 0) is called the origin.
y
G(−4, 4)
4
3
2
B(0, 2)
A(3, 1)
1
D(−2, 0) E(0, 0)
−5 −4 −3 −2 −1 1 2 3 4 5 x
−2
−3
C(−4, −3) F(5, −3)
−4
Exercise 14A
1 Plot the following points on a number plane on grid paper.
a A(−3, −5) b B(2, 6) c C(5, −2) d D(6, −1)
e E(1, 1) f F(−2, −5) g G(0, 2) h H(3, 0)
i I(3, −5) j J(−3, 0) k K(4, 3) l L(4, −5)
m M(0, −2) n N(4, 4) o O(0, 0) p P(−3, −2)
q Q(4, −2) r R(−5, −5) s S(−5, 2) t T(−1, 5)
V
M S L
−2
F−3 Z K
G Q B
−4
−5
U −6 Y T
4 a Plot the points A(−3, 3), B(1, 3) and C(1, −1) on a number plane.
b If ABCD is a square, find the coordinates of the point D.
5 a Plot the points P(−4, 0), Q(−4, 5) and R(3, 5) on a number plane.
b If PQRS is a rectangle, find the coordinates of S.
6 a Plot the points A(−3, −2), B(−2, −1), C(−1, 0), D(0, 1), E(1, 2) on the same number plane.
b Join the points. What do you notice?
c What are the next three points (F, G and H) if the pattern continues?
7 a Plot the points A(5, 3), B(4, 2), C(3, 1), D(2, 0), E(1, −1) on the same number plane.
b What are the next three points (F, G and H) if the pattern continues?
B Number patterns
Number & AlgebrA
Mathematics has been described as a search for patterns and relationships. An understanding of the relationships
between numbers and shapes can be used to find the solutions to many problems in everyday life. In particular,
algebra is one of the most important tools invented to communicate mathematical ideas.
An arithmetic number pattern uses only addition or subtraction.
A geometric number pattern uses multiplication or division. (It may use addition or subtraction also.)
a i Starting with 1, each number is 2 more than the number before it. Two more means to
ii So, the next three numbers in the pattern are: add 2.
7+2=9
9 + 2 = 11
11 + 2 = 13
b i Starting with 1, each number is 3 times the number before it. Three times means to
ii So, the next three numbers in the pattern are: multiply by 3.
27 × 3 = 81
81 × 3 = 243
243 × 3 = 729
Exercise 14B
1 For each of the following number patterns:
i Describe in words how the pattern is formed.
ii Write down the next three numbers in the pattern.
a 2, 4, 6, 8, ___ b 4, 7, 10, 13, ___ c 27, 23, 19, 15, ___
d 30, 28, 26, 24, ___ e 90, 80, 70, 60, ___ f 3, 6, 12, 24, ___
g 2, 6, 18, 54, ___ h 3, 30, 300, 3000, ___ i 1, 0.1, 0.01, 0.001, ___
j 128, 64, 32, 16, ___
C Building patterns
The patterns in questions 1 and 2 in Exercise 14B form sequences. Each member of the sequence is called a
term of the sequence. For example, 1, 3, 5, 7, … is a sequence of numbers.
Number & AlgebrA
Exercise 14C
1 Using the rule given, find the first four terms of each number sequence.
a Start with 2 and add 3. b Start with 5 and add 2.
c Start with 1 and add 4. d Start with 100 and subtract 10.
e Start with 45 and subtract 3. f Start with 50 and subtract 2.
g Start with 3 and double the preceding term. h Start with 7 and multiply by 10.
i Start with 1 and multiply by 3. j Start with 64 and divide by 2.
k Start with 2 and divide by 10. l Start with 1, multiply by 4 and then add 1.
m Start with 3, multiply by 2 and then add 1. n Start with 5, multiply by 2 and then subtract 4.
o Start with 2, multiply by 4 and then subtract 5. p Start with 7, multiply by 2 and then subtract 9.
5 The time taken to roast a piece of meat is 20 min plus an extra 15 min for each __12 kg of meat. How long will
it take to roast a piece of meat that weighs:
1
a __
2 kg? b 1 kg? c 1__12 kg? d 2 kg? e 2 __12 kg?
D Graphing data
In Sections B and C number patterns were investigated. Each rule related to the previous term, such as add 3 or
subtract 5. However, it would be better to relate the value of the term to its position. In this section we will use
matchstick patterns to develop rules describing patterns. We will also use the number plane to show the rules in
another way. The type of data used is discrete data. It is not possible to use half a match in making a shape.
ExamplE 1
Consider this pattern of matches.
b Write a rule describing the number of matches required to make each pattern.
c Using x to represent the number of pentagons and y to represent the number of matches, write a set
of points describing this information.
d Graph these points on the number plane.
e Mark in the next two points and write their coordinates.
a Number of pentagons 1 2 3 4
Number of matches 5 10 15 20
Do not join the dots.
b Number of matches equals five times the number of pentagons.
c (1, 5), (2, 10), (3, 15), (4, 20)
d (6, 30)
30
Number of matches
(5, 25)
25
(4, 20)
20
(3, 15)
15
Number & AlgebrA
(2, 10)
10
(1, 5)
5
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Number of pentagons
e (5, 25), (6, 30)
b Write a rule describing the number of matches required to make each pattern.
c Using x to represent the number of squares and y to represent the number of matches, write a set of points
describing this information.
d Graph these points on the number plane.
e Mark in the next two points and write their coordinates.
b Write a rule describing the number of matches required to make each pattern.
c Using x to represent the number of triangles and y to represent the number of matches, write a set of
points describing this information.
d Graph these points on the number plane.
e Mark in the next two points and write their coordinates.
b Write a rule describing the number of matches required to make each pattern.
c Using x to represent the number of hexagons and y to represent the number of matches, write a set of
Number & Algebra
b Write a rule describing the number of matches required to make each pattern.
c Using x to represent the number of squares and y to represent the number of matches, write a set of points
describing this information.
d Graph these points on the number plane.
e Mark in the next two points and write their coordinates.
Example 2
Consider this pattern of matches.
b Write a rule describing the number of matches required to make each pattern.
c Using x to represent the number of triangles and y to represent the number of matches, write a set of
points describing this information.
d Graph these points on the number plane.
e Mark in the next two points and write their coordinates.
a Number of triangles 1 2 3 4 5
Number of matches 3 5 7 9 11
b The number of matches goes up by 2 as the number of triangles goes up by 1, so the formula must have
2 × number of triangles. This would give 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10, but the values in the table are 3, 5, 7, 9 and
11, so a 1 must be added. So number of matches = 2 × number of triangles + 1.
c (1, 3), (2, 5), (3, 7), (4, 9), (5, 11)
d e (6, 13) and (7, 15)
16 (7, 15)
14 (6, 13)
Number of matches
12 (5, 11)
10 (4, 9)
Number & Algebra
8 (3, 7)
6 (2, 5)
4 (1, 3)
2
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Number of triangles
b Write a rule describing the number of matches required to make each pattern.
c Using x to represent the number of squares and y to represent the number of matches, write a set of points
describing this information.
d Graph these points on the number plane.
e Mark in the next two points and write their coordinates.
Number of matches
b Write a rule describing the number of matches required to make each pattern.
c Using x to represent the number of pentagons and y to represent the number of matches, write a set of
points describing this information.
d Graph these points on the number plane.
e Mark in the next two points and write their coordinates.
Number of hexagons 1 2 3 4 5
Number of matches
b Write a rule describing the number of matches required to make each pattern.
c Using x to represent the number of hexagons and y to represent the number of matches, write a set of
points describing this information.
d Graph these points on the number plane.
e Mark in the next two points and write their coordinates.
Number of houses 1 2 3 4 5
Number of matches
b Write a rule describing the number of matches required to make each pattern.
c Using x to represent the number of houses and y to represent the number of matches, write a set of points
describing this information.
d Graph these points on the number plane.
e Mark in the next two points and write their coordinates.
Example 3
The graph shows the relationship between the number of shapes y
(x) in the matchstick pattern, and the number of matches for a 18
particular matchstick pattern (y). 16
a Construct a table of data for this information. 14
b Write a rule linking x and y. 12
10
8
6
4
2
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 x
Number & Algebra
a x-value 1 2 3 4 5
y-value 5 8 11 14 17
b The x-values go up by 1 and the y-values go up by 3. So y = 3x must be part of the equation. The
y-values for y = 3x would give 3, 6, 9, 12 and 15, but the table values are 2 more, so the equation must
be y = 3x + 2.
E Sketching graphs
Number & AlgebrA
In Section D, the values from the tables were plotted as discrete points on the number plane. As it is only
possible to draw a complete pattern, it does not make sense to join the points together. It does not make sense to
1
find the number of matches used to make 3_2 patterns.
There are other times when it does make sense to join the points together. A purchase of washing powder in bulk
would show whole kilograms to be purchased as well as part kilograms. Example 1 shows this.
a Using x to represent the number of kilograms and y to represent the cost in dollars, write a set of points
describing this information.
b Graph these points on the number plane. Draw a straight line through them. Label the axis using
equal divisions.
c Use the graph to find how much 3.5 kg of washing powder would cost.
d Use the graph to find how much washing powder could be purchased for $32.
a (0, 0), (1, 2), (2, 4), (4, 8), (5, 10), (10, 20), (20, 40) Washing powder
b Note: The line may be extended past the final point.
40
c Draw a line up from 3.5 on the x-axis to the graph. 36
Draw a line across to the y-axis. From the graph, the 32
cost is $7.00. 28
Cost ($)
d Draw a line across at 32 on the y-axis to the graph. 24
Draw a line down from the graph to the x-axis. 20
From the graph, 16 kg can be purchased for $32. 16
12
7 8
4
0
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
3.5 Weight (kg)
Note: In Example 1 it makes sense to join the points, unlike the patterns in the Measurements are usually
previous exercise. It is possible to purchase fractions of a kilogram of washing continuous variables.
Exercise 14E
1 Oranges are sold for $3.00 per kilogram. The following table shows weight versus cost for various quantities
of oranges.
389
Weight (kg) 0 1 2 4 5 10 20
Cost ($) 0 2.5 5 10 12.5 25 50
3 Cashew nuts are sold for $24.00 per kilogram. The following table shows weight versus cost for various
quantities of cashew nuts.
Weight (kg) 0 1 2 5
Cost ($) 0 24 48 120
a Using x to represent the number of kilograms and y to represent the cost in dollars, write a set of points
describing this information.
b Graph these points on the number plane and draw a straight line through them.
c Use the graph to find the cost of 4.5 kg of cashews.
d Use the graph to find how many kilograms of cashews could be purchased for $84.
4 Chocolate freckles are sold for $11.00 per kilogram. The following table shows weight versus cost for
various quantities of chocolate freckles.
Weight (kg) 0 1 2 5
Cost ($) 0 11 22 55
a Using x to represent the number of kilograms and y to represent the cost in dollars, write a set of points
describing this information.
b Graph these points on the number plane and draw a straight line through them.
c Use the graph to find the cost of 3.5 kg of chocolate freckles.
d Use the graph to find how many kilograms of chocolate freckles could be purchased for $30.
Number & Algebra
b Graph these points on the number plane and draw a straight line through them.
c Use the graph to find the cost of 6.5 minutes of calls.
d Use the graph to find how long someone could talk for $10.
Example 2
The cost of hiring a car is a $10 booking fee plus $4 per kilometre.
a Complete this table of values for the car hire.
Distance (km) 0 10 20 30 40
Cost ($)
b Sketch the graph of cost per kilometre. Remember to label the axes and
c Find the cost of a journey of 25 km. use equal divisions on the scale.
d How far can you travel for $70?
8 The cost of hiring a taxi at night is $8.00 flagfall and $3 per kilometre travelled.
a Complete the table of costs of taxi hire.
Kilometres 0 10 20 30 40
Cost ($)
9 Stephanie is paid $10 appearance money per shift plus $16 per hour worked.
a Complete the table of Stephanie’s pay.
Hours 0 1 2 3 4 5
Pay ($)
10 Henry works as a clown. He charges $50 per party plus $50 per hour.
a Complete the table showing the cost of hiring Henry the Clown.
Number of hours 0 1 2 3 4
Cost ($)
392
2 Repeat from step 3 for another graph. It is possible to draw more than one graph at a time.
Use Y2 then Y3 and so on without deleting.
F Straight-line graphs
Section E showed how straight-line graphs could be used to model practical situations. The graphs were used to
answer questions. This section examines straight-line graphs without considering the practical application. The
straight lines will be extended to include negative values. Graphs are drawn from tables of values.
Note that although a straight line is defined by two points, more points are A line contains an infinite
calculated to make sure there are no mistakes. number of points.
ExamplE 1
a Complete the table of values for y = x + 1.
x −2 −1 0 1 2
b Draw the graph of y = x + 1.
c Use the graph to solve x + 1 = 6. y
y −1 0 1 2 3 3
2
b Plot these points. Draw a straight line through the points, 1
extending the line past the points to give the graph of y = x + 1.
c Draw a line from y = 6 across to the graph then down to the −2 1 2 3 4 5 x
−1
x-axis. The x-value is 5; that is, x = 5 is the solution to x + 1 = 6.
Note:
• The graph must have a heading or the equation of the line.
• The x and y axes must be labelled.
• The points are plotted and the line drawn through them.
• Arrows on each end of the line show that it extends in both directions.
• Any value may be chosen for x and the corresponding y-value calculated.
Exercise 14F
1 a Complete the table and draw the graph y = 2x + 1.
x −2 −1 0 1 2
Some of the points are provided.
b Use the graph to solve 2x + 1 = 7. y −1 5
a y b y c y
4 8 8
2 6 6
4 4
−2 1 2 x 2
−2 2
−4
−2 1 2 x −2 1 2 x
−6 −2 −2
−4
d y e y f y
10 6 5
8 4 4
6 2 3
4 2
−2 1 2 x
2 −2 1
−4
−2 1 2 x −2 1 2 x
−2 −6 −1
−4 −8 −2
−6 −10 −3
−8 −12
g y h y i y
8 4 10
Number & Algebra
6 2 8
4 6
−2 1 2 x
2 −2 4
−4 2
−2 1 2 x −6
−2
−2 −1 1 2 x
−4 −8
G Comparing equations
In Investigation 2 you found the following properties of straight-line graphs. The coefficient of x is the
number in front of the x.
1 If the coefficient of x is the same in each equation, the lines are parallel.
For example, y = 2x + 1 and y = 2x − 3 are parallel. y
y = 2x + 1
5
2 The constant term (the term without x) is where the line y = 2x − 3
4
cuts the y-axis.
3
For example, y = −2x + 1 cuts the y-axis at y = 1. This is
2
the y-intercept.
1
3 Lines with the coefficient of x equal but opposite in sign
have the same slope but in opposite directions. −3 −2 1 2 3 4 x
−1
4 As we move from left to right, lines with a positive y = −2x + 1
−2
coefficient of x have an ‘uphill’ slope. Lines with a negative −3
coefficient of x have a ‘downhill’ slope. −4
−5
ExamplE 1
Number & AlgebrA
These lines are all parallel because the coefficient of x is the same in all equations.
The lines cut the y-axis at different points; that is, at 1, −3 and 0 respectively.
2 Explain the similarities of and differences between each group of lines, giving reasons for your answers.
a y = 2x + 2, y = 3x + 2, y = −x + 2 b y = 3x + 1, y = −3x + 1
c y = 5x, y = −5x d y = −x + 2, y = −x + 1, y = −x − 3
5 Classify the following linear equations into groups. Describe similar features and explain why each graph
is in the particular group. Graphs may be in more than one group.
y = 2x + 3, y = −3x − 2, y = 3x + 3, y = 2x − 1, y = −3x, y = −2x,
y = 4x + 3, y = 3x, y = −3x − 5, y = 2x, y = 5x − 2
Example 2
a Complete the table of values for the graph of y = x2 + 1.
x 0 1 2 3 4
b Draw the graph of y = x2 + 1.
c Draw the graph of y = 2x + 1 on the same number plane. y
d Comment on the two graphs.
a y = x2 + 1 y
y = x2 + 1
18
x 0 1 2 3 4 16
y 1 2 5 10 17 14
12
b Plot the values, drawing a smooth curve through the points. y = 2x + 1
10
c Draw the graph of y = 2x + 1. 8
d Both graphs have a y-intercept of 1, but y = x2 + 1 is 6
not a straight line. They intersect at the points (2, 5) and (0, 1). 4
2
Number & Algebra
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
8 The graphs y = x2 + 1, y = x2 + 3 and y = x3 + 1 are all non-linear graphs. Group the equations below into
linear and non-linear groups. Give reasons for your answer.
y = 2x − 5, y = x2 − 5, y = −x + 1, y = x3 + 4, y = 7x + 5, y = x4 + 2
H Intersecting lines
In previous sections, sometimes lines intersected and other lines did not. If two lines intersect, the point at which
they intersect is the simultaneous solution of each equation.
ExamplE 1
a On the same number plane, draw the graphs of y = x + 4 and y = 2x.
b Find the point of intersection.
a y=x+4 y
9
x 0 1 2
8 y=x+4
y 4 5 6 6
4 y = 2x
y = 2x
2
x 0 1 2
−2 1 2 3 4 5 x
y 0 2 4 −2
−4
b The point of intersection is (4, 8). Check by substitution. −6
y=x+4 y = 2x
y=4+4=8 y=2×4=8
∴ (4, 8) is a solution to both equations.
Exercise 14H
1 a On the same number plane, draw the graphs of y = x + 3 and y = 2x.
b Find the point of intersection.
y = 2x y = 2x + 1 y = 4x
d y=x+5 e y=x+3 f y = 2x − 2
y = 2x + 1 y = 2x − 1 y = 3x − 7
A B C D E F G H I J K L M
1 Graphing straight lines
2 Line 1 Line 2
3 m= 2 m= –3 14
4 b= 3 b= 5 12
10
5
8
6 x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
6
7 Line 1 y –3 –1 1 3 5 7 9 4
8 Line 2 y 14 11 8 5 2 –1 –4 2
0
9 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3
Number & Algebra
–2
10
–4
11
12 Line 1 y
Line 2 y
13
c Change the value of m and b in the spreadsheet to graph other pairs of lines.
Read this article about the French mathematician René Descartes and then answer the questions.
1 How old was Descartes when he died?
5 For how many years was he buried before being relocated to Paris?
Terms
coefficient constant term continuous variable coordinates curve
data discrete data equation graph grid reference
intercept intersecting lines linear equation negative number non-linear graph
number plane origin parallel pattern point
relationship rule solution straight line value
−4 −3 −2 −1 1 2 3 4 x
3 Using the rule ‘starting with 2, multiply the preceding term by 3 and then subtract 1’, the first three terms of
the number sequence would be:
A 2, 5, 15 B 2, 5, 14 C 2, 4, 8 D 3, 6, 18
4 The type of data that has a straight line drawn through the points is:
A discrete B integer C decimal D continuous
12
purchased for $18 is closest to: 10
A 6 B 6.5
Number & Algebra
8
C 7.2 D 7.8 6
4
2
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Weight (kg)
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3 x –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 x
–2 –2
–3 –3
–4 –4
C y D y
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3 x –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 x
–2 –2
–3 –3
–4 –4
10 The correct statement describing the graphs of y = 3x − 1 and y = 3x + 1 is that the lines:
A are parallel B pass through (3, 0) C pass through (0, 1) D intersect
11 The correct statement describing the graphs of y = −3x + 2 and y = 2x + 2 is that the lines:
A are parallel B do not intersect C pass through (2, 0) D pass through (0, 2)
If you have any difficulty with these questions, refer to the examples and questions in the sections listed
in the table.
b Write a rule describing the number of matches required to make each pattern.
c Using x to represent the number of patterns and y to represent the number of matches, write a set of
points describing this information.
d Graph these points on the number plane.
e Mark in the next two points and write their coordinates.
4 Grapes are sold for $3.50 per kilogram. The following table shows weight versus cost for various
quantities of grapes.
Number of kg 0 1 2 4 5 10 20
Cost ($) 0 3.5 7 14 17.5 35 70
x −2 −1 0 1 2
y −5 4
b Write the rule describing this straight line. The rule is of the 2
form y = □ x ± △. 1
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3 x
2 a Plot the points P(−3, −2), Q(2, −2) and R(3, 1) on a number plane.
b If PQRS is a parallelogram, find the coordinates of the point S.
4
b Write the rule describing this straight line. The rule is of the
2
form y = □ x ± △.
–3 –2 –2 1 2 3 x
2 a Plot the points A(−5, −3), B(−4, −2), C(−3, −1), D(−2, 0) and E(−1, 1) on the same number plane.
b Join the points. What do you notice?
c What are the next three points F, G and H if the pattern continues?
b Write a rule describing the number of matches required to make each pattern.
c Using x to represent the number of squares and y to represent the number of matches, write a set of points
describing this information.
d What are the next two points? Write their coordinates.
4 Pistachio nuts are sold for $18.00 per kilogram. This table shows weight versus cost for various quantities
of pistachio nuts.
Number of kg 0 1 2 5
Cost ($) 0 18 36 90
a Using x to represent the number of kilograms and y to represent the cost in dollars, write a set of points
describing this information.
b Graph these points on the number plane and draw a straight line through them.
c Use the graph to find how much 3.5 kg of pistachios would cost.
d Use the graph to find how many kilograms of pistachios could be purchased for $72.
3
b Write the rule describing this straight line. The rule is of the 2
form y = □ x ± △. 1
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3 x
−4 −3 −2 −1 1 2 3 4 5 x
B
−2
2 a P
lot the points A(6, 3), B(5, 2), C(4, 1), D(3, 0) and −3
E(2, −1) on the same number plane. −4
b What are the next three points F, G and H if the −5 A
pattern continues?
b Write the rule describing this straight line. The rule is of the –3 –2 –2 1 2 3 x
form y = □ x ± △. –4
Number & Algebra
–6
–8
–10
–12
–14
▶ use correct terminology and notation ▶ use the exterior angle of a triangle
▶ construct triangles theorem
▶ classify triangles based on their side ▶ classify quadrilaterals
and angle properties ▶ use the properties of quadrilaterals
▶ use the angle sum of a triangle property including angle sum.
▶ use the properties of types of triangles
A revolution B acute
55° C obtuse D reflex
x
A revolution B acute C
C obtuse D reflex
A 4° B 32° C 58° D 122°
The Diagnostic test questions refer to the Year 7 outcomes from ACMMG165 and ACMMG16.
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
interval DC. D
R
A line is named using any two points on it. The example shows the line PR.
P
An angle is named using its arms and vertex. The example could be named P
Other figures are labelled using the vertices in a cyclic order. The example E
shows a quadrilateral EFGH. G
H
T
Sides of triangles are named in two ways. In this example, the longest side
s
can be named using two points, TU or UT, or the lower case letter of the u
opposite vertex, s. S t U
B C
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
T
G F
K M
e O f g V h T
o
p U W
P
q
Y X P A
F E
L
N
O
D C
4 List the equal sides in each diagram.
a N b I J c N P
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
O
L K
M L M Q
d E F e C
More than one marking may be used
H
if more than one pair of sides are equal.
B D
D G
A E
EXAMPLE 1
Draw a sketch of triangle STU with ∠STU obtuse and ST = TU.
S U
EXAMPLE 2
Describe the information shown in the diagram. K
J
M L
7 Describe the information shown in the following diagrams. MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
a B b T U c J
K
120°
L
A S
C
d e f G H
S T B C
R U
A D I
EXAMPLE 1
Constructing a triangle given three sides
Use a ruler and compasses to construct △ ABC with side lengths AB = 5 cm, BC = 4 cm and AC = 2 cm.
2 cm
A B
5 cm
4 cm
A B
5 cm
A B
5 cm
Exercise 15B
1 Complete the following steps to construct △ PQR with side lengths PQ = 2 cm, QR = 3 cm and PR = 4 cm.
Step 1: Draw an interval PQ 2 cm in length.
Step 2: Set the compasses to 3 cm. Draw an arc from point Q.
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
Step 3: Set the compasses to 4 cm. Draw an arc from point P. Mark point R where the arcs intersect.
Step 4: Join points Q and P to point R.
EXAMPLE 2
Constructing a triangle given two sides and the included angle
Use a ruler and protractor to construct △ TVU with side lengths TV = 5 cm and TU = 2 cm
and ∠VTU = 40°.
40°
T V
5 cm
Step 2: Measure 2 cm along the arm of the angle. Mark U
this point U. 2 cm
40°
T V
5 cm
6 Complete the following steps to construct △ ABC with AB = 6 cm, BC = 4 cm and ∠B = 70°.
Step 1: Draw a line interval AB of length 6 cm.
Step 2: At point B, use a protractor to construct an angle of 70° with line AB.
Step 3: Measure 4 cm along the arm of the angle. Mark this point C.
Step 4: Join points C and A to form the triangle.
EXAMPLE 3
Constructing a triangle given two angles and a side
Use a ruler and protractor to construct △ XYZ where XY is 5 cm in length, ∠X = 50° and ∠Y = 40°.
50°
X Y
5 cm
50° 40°
X Y
5 cm
50° 40°
X Y
5 cm
8 Complete the following steps to construct △ PQR with PQ = 4 cm, ∠P = 60° and ∠Q = 40°.
Step 1: Draw a line interval PQ of length 4 cm.
Step 2: At point P, use a protractor to construct an angle of 60° with line PQ.
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
Step 3: At point Q, use a protractor to construct an angle of 40° with line PQ.
Extend the arms of each angle until they cross at point R.
Step 4: Join points P, Q and R to form a triangle.
4 cm
25° 68° 40° 55°
4 cm
2.5 cm
d e f
83°
6 cm
25° 72° 65°
70° 70°
3 cm 4 cm 2.8 cm
65°
4 cm
12 a Construct two different triangles with sides 5 cm, 4 cm and an angle of 50°.
b Write a set of instructions for constructing each triangle.
C Classifying triangles
Triangles are classified according to their sides, or their angles, or their sides and angles.
Sides
An equilateral triangle has all sides equal in length.
An isosceles triangle has two sides equal in length.
A scalene triangle has no sides equal in length.
Angles
An acute-angled triangle has all three angles acute.
An obtuse-angled triangle has one obtuse angle.
A right-angled triangle has one right angle.
When describing triangles, give the angle name first, followed by the side name. For example, we write obtuse-
angled isosceles triangle, not isosceles obtuse-angled triangle.
2 Measure the lengths of the sides and classify the following triangles.
a b c d
2 Tear off each of the three angles and place them adjacent to each other in any order. What do you notice?
B
C
A C B A
4 What proposal can you make about the sum of the angles of a triangle?
x z
EXAMPLE 1
Calculate the value of the pronumeral. Show working and
110°
provide a reason for your answer.
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
30°
x
d 41° e f m
122° k
g h i n
84° t 95°
46° w 50°
77°
j k l e
28° 70°
36° z
35°
u 64° 55°
m
44°
52°
g
n
j
110°
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
28°
o
31°
a 42° D a
85°
A E N
4 Find the values of the pronumerals in each of the following, giving reasons for your answers.
a b c
88° 43° 85°
a 92°
b 107° k
59° 74°
36° j
117° m n
EXAMPLE 3
Find the values of the pronumerals in each of the following, giving reasons for your answers.
a B b P
37° 100°
28° 45° x
T y S
t D Q
65° r s z
C
A R
A
5 Complete the following to find the values of the pronumerals.
a In △DAC, 40°
70°
x + 70° + 30° = ___ (Angle sum of a triangle is ___.)
z B
∴ x + 100° = ___
y
x = ___ − 100° = ___ x
30° C
At C, y = 180° − ___ (adjacent angles on a straight line) D
= ___
In △ABC,
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
c y d
x 70°
l n
z 53° m
50° w
75°
e f g a c
63° b
55°
x
100° x z
y 49°
69° 42°
z y
h t i 59°
g
136°
s
You should always give reasons
40° f h 122° to justify your working.
EXAMPLE 4
Write an equation for each and solve it to find the value of the pronumeral. Hence find the unknown angles.
a b
56° 40°
x 3x x – 5° 2x + 10°
8 Write an equation for each and solve it to find the value of the pronumeral. Hence find the unknown angles.
a b c
70° 5b 3m
2x
8m m
50°
78° 55°
d e f 53° 2y + 7°
2a 55°
3a
5a 2y
2x + 15° x + 5°
4 Repeat the procedure in question 3, folding so that vertices B and C match up. A M
B
5 Repeat the procedure in question 3, folding so that vertices A and C match up.
3 Fold the triangle in half so that vertices A and B coincide. Unfold the C
triangle. What can be said about:
Fold line
a the lengths of AM and BM?
b the measures of angles CAM and CBM?
c the measures of angles ACM and BCM ?
A B
d the measures of angles AMC and BMC? M
4 Repeat question 3, folding so that vertices A and C coincide. What do you notice?
● ●
● ●
y
2.5 cm
60°
c d
65°
x
65°
n
7 cm
a The third angle of the triangle is also y. (Base angles of an isosceles triangle are equal.)
∴ 28° + y + y = 180° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
2y = 180° − 28°
= 152°
152°
y = ____ = 76°
2
b z = 2.5 cm (Sides of an equilateral triangle are equal.)
c x = 7 cm (Sides opposite base angles of an isosceles triangle are equal.)
d n = 60° (Angles of an equilateral triangle are 60°.)
Exercise 15E
1 Complete the following to find the value of the pronumeral in each triangle.
a △ ABC is an ____ triangle. (____ sides are equal.) A
∴ x = ____ (Angles of an ____ triangle are ____.)
x
C B
5 cm
60°
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
70° 70°
M L
2 Find the values of the pronumerals, giving reasons for your answers.
a y b 5 cm c 12 cm
60° w
60°
t 12 cm
4 cm 5 cm 5 cm
60°
12 cm
d e f
7.5 cm 8 cm p
b 7.5 cm d 63°
g h f 62° i
45° 32°
5.4 cm 14 cm
32°
45°
b
y
j 6 cm
k l
70° 70° d
42°
2.7 cm w
d y 10.4 cm
x 60°
c 6 cm 60°
m j n o 5.5 cm
18° 60°
k
7 cm m
8.2 cm 5.5 cm
k x p
18°
n
h MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
3 Find the values of x and y in each of the following. Provide reasons for your answers.
a x 68°
b x
c
y x
22°
y
70° y
g h i x y
x
48° 4 cm x
y
y 43° 33°
4 cm
EXAMPLE 2
Write an equation and solve it to find the value of the pronumeral. Hence find the unknown angles.
a b
4x
54°
x + 6° ●
x ●
4 Complete the following to find the values of the pronumerals. Hence find the unknown angles.
a Isosceles triangles have base angles equal.
∴ Angle marked • = ____
36°
y + y + 36° = ____ (____ ____ of a triangle is ____.)
∴ __ y + 36° = ____
__ y = ____ − 36° = ____ y ●
□
y = __ = ____
□
∴ Unknown angles are both ____ (base angles).
5 Write an equation for each and solve it to find the value of the pronumeral. Hence find the unknown angles.
a b c
46°
x
x 2x
y
d x – 8° e 7x f
5x
x 2x + 4°
3x + 11°
A D
C
2 Cut off the angles A and B and place them next to
each other on the exterior angle BCD, as shown.
Is ∠BCD = ∠A + ∠B?
B
★
●
★ ●
A D
C
3 Repeat with triangles of different dimensions. Do not forget to try obtuse-angled triangles.
4 What proposal can you make about the exterior angle of a triangle?
Exercise 15F
1 Copy these diagrams and shade the two interior angles opposite the exterior angle labelled x.
a b c x
x
x
d e f
x x
x
EXAMPLE 1
Find the value of the pronumeral in each triangle, giving a reason.
a b y
87°
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
64° x 72°
148°
a x = 87° + 64° (Exterior angle of a triangle equals sum of two interior opposite angles.)
∴ x = 151°
b 148° = y + 72° (Exterior angle of a triangle equals sum of two interior opposite angles.)
or y + 72° = 148°
∴ y = 148° − 72° = 76°
70° x
60° y
y 44° 104°
55° x
p
d e f
m 112°
123°
w
102°
144°
k 75° 47°
EXAMPLE 2
Write an equation for each triangle and solve it to find the value of the pronumeral.
a b
92° 104°
x – 7°
46° 3x – 12° 66°
a 3x − 12° = 92° + 46° = 138° (Exterior angle of a triangle equals sum of two interior opposite angles.)
∴ 3x = 138° + 12° = 150°
150°
x = ____
3
= 50°
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
b 104° = (x − 7°) + 66° (Exterior angle of a triangle equals sum of two interior opposite angles.)
104° = x + 59°
or x + 59° = 104°
x = 104° − 59°
= 45°
5 Write an equation for each triangle and solve it to find the value of the pronumeral and the unknown angles.
a b c
93° 2x + 6°
66° 74°
21°
62° 3x – 2° 32°
4x
d e f
3x
39°
3x
2x + 7°
8x
114°
Trapezium
Square
Kite
• A square is a rhombus with four equal angles of 90°, or a rectangle with all sides equal in length.
• A trapezium is a convex quadrilateral that has a pair of parallel opposite sides.
• A kite is a convex quadrilateral with two pairs of adjacent sides equal.
2 Draw a rectangle on square grid paper and use it to check the following properties of a rectangle:
• Opposite sides are parallel.
• Opposite sides are equal in length.
• All angles are right angles.
• Diagonals are equal in length. MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
• Diagonals bisect each other.
5 Draw a trapezium on square grid paper and use it to check the following properties of a trapezium:
• Exactly one pair of opposite sides is parallel.
6 Draw a kite on square grid paper and use it to check the following properties of a kite:
• Two pairs of adjacent sides are equal.
• One pair of opposite angles are equal.
• Diagonals meet at right angles, one diagonal being bisected. Properties of geometrical figures are
• One diagonal bisects the angles at its endpoints. important facts that need to be remembered.
Exercise 15G
1 Complete the following table by writing yes or no.
Opposite sides
parallel
Opposite sides
equal
Opposite angles
equal
Adjacent sides
perpendicular
Diagonals equal
Adjacent sides
equal
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
Diagonals bisect
each other
Diagonals meet
at right angles
Diagonals bisect
vertices
1.6 cm x
D C 35° x
4.2 cm P S
2 Use the properties of special quadrilaterals to find the values of the pronumerals, giving reasons.
a ABCD is a parallelogram. b PQRS is a rhombus. c KLMN is a kite.
y x L
B C P Q
3 cm y
2.5 cm x y K M
x 7 cm
A D S R N
4.5 cm 5 cm
d QRST is a rectangle. e TUVW is a parallelogram. f DEFG is a rectangle.
Q R T U D E
x y x
y y
2x
35° 65° z x
T S W V G F
y 35° y
x 40° y 40° 85°
O N K J Y X
S R M L D C
4 cm
m PQRS is a parallelogram. n WXYZ is a rhombus. o QRST is a kite.
P Q R
W X
3c x 40° y x z
m x y
Q 40° S
cm y
4.5
4 cm 110° 11 cm
S R Z Y T
Kite Trapezium
tDPOWFY tDPOWFY
tUXPQBJSTPG tPOFQBJSPG
BEKBDFOUTJEFTFRVBM QBSBMMFMTJEFT
tEJBHPOBMTNFFUBU
SJHIUBOHMFT
Rhombus Parallelogram
tBMMTJEFTFRVBM tUXPQBJSTPGQBSBMMFMTJEFT
tEJBHPOBMTCJTFDUFBDI tUXPQBJSTPGPQQPTJUF
PUIFSBUSJHIUBOHMFT TJEFTFRVBM
tEJBHPOBMT tPQQPTJUFBOHMFTFRVBM
CJTFDUWFSUJDFT tEJBHPOBMTCJTFDU
FBDIPUIFS
Square Rectangle
tFRVBMEJBHPOBMT
tGPVSSJHIUBOHMFT
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
The flowchart shows the properties of each quadrilateral. Each quadrilateral has its own properties along with
the properties of the shape before it. For example:
• A rhombus has its own properties as well as those of a kite and a quadrilateral.
• A square has all the properties of a rhombus and a rectangle.
Are the following statements true or false?
1 All rectangles are parallelograms.
The angle sum of a quadrilateral is 360°; that is, for any quadrilateral, You would have discovered
no matter what shape, the sum of the angles is 360°. this in Investigation 8.
EXAMPLE 1
Find the value of the pronumeral, giving a reason for your answer.
76°
x
85° 145°
Exercise 15H
1 Complete the following to find the value of the pronumeral.
85°
x + 85° + 75° + 110° = ___ (Angle sum of a quadrilateral is ___.) x
∴ x + ___ = ___
x = ___ − ___ = ___
110° 75°
2 Find the values of the pronumerals, giving reasons for your answers.
a b c
120° a 164° 142°
28°
57°
x k
60° 120° 115° 109°
d e f w
t
32°
124°
47°
g m h i
139° 42°
q
65° 73° d
70°
80° 113°
35°
2x – 2°
(x + 18°) + (2x − 2°) + 74° + 135° = 360° (Angle sum of a quadrilateral is 360°.)
∴ 3x + 225° = 360° Collect like terms and solve the equation.
3x = 360° − 225°
= 135°
135°
x = ____
3
= 45°
∴ Unknown angles are:
x + 18° = 45° + 18° = 63°
and 2x − 2° = 2 × 45° − 2° = 88°
3 Complete the following to find the value of the pronumeral. Hence find the unknown angles.
(2x − 10°) + (x + 50°) + ___ + ___ = ___ (Angle sum of a quadrilateral is ___.)
∴ 3x + ___ = ___
3x = ___ − ___ 70°
85°
= ___
□
x = __ 2x – 10° x + 50°
□
= ___
∴ Unknown angles are:
2x − 10° = 2 × ___ − 10° = ___
and x + 50° = ___ + 50° = ___
4 Write an equation for each of the following and solve it to find the value of the pronumeral. Hence find the
unknown angles.
a x b 2y – 3° 62° c
104°
3p + 8°
2x 7p – 2°
115° 4y
88° p p
MEASUREMENT & GEOMETRY
d 3a 2a e 4m f
n
208°
3m + 21° 2n + 7°
3a 46°
5n – 13°
46°
x y
52° D C
84° 18°
A D
a In quadrilateral FECD,
w + 157° + 47° + 52° = 360° (Angle sum of a quadrilateral is 360°.)
∴ w + 256° = 360°
w = 360° − 256° = 104°
In quadrilateral ABCD,
84° + x + 104° + 52° + 18° = 360° (Angle sum of a quadrilateral is 360°.)
∴ x + 258° = 360°
x = 360° − 258° = 102°
b ∠B + ∠C = 180° (Sum of co-interior angles is 180°, AB DC.)
∴ 108° + y = 180°
y = 180° − 108 = 72°
∠A + ∠D = 180° (Sum of co-interior angles is 180°, AB DC.)
∴ 2x + x = 180°
3x = 180°
180°
x = ____ = 60°
3
a b c
158° 109° w x
w y 130°
y w
76° 21°
x 58°
124° x y 115°
d e w f w 3x
41°
y
132° w 55°
x 112°
66° x
x y
y
1 a 2 triangles 2 a 3 triangles
b 4 triangles b 5 triangles
c 1 quadrilateral and
1 triangle
5 a 2 triangles 6 a 2 triangles
b 1 rectangle and 2 triangles b 1 rectangle and
c 1 trapezium and 1 triangle 2 triangles
d 1 rhombus and c 1 parallelogram and
1 parallelogram 1 triangle
P T I D F I S E L E C S O S I N S
R R R N O I T A U Q E M D U T Q E
O A E E R I N A T U U N G M U X L
N H A T E G S C S I D E S A T L E
U C S X L A U N Z L D A R E Q A L
M W O E U R A E D A K E R D R U G
E O N I T L P R A T T I E C R Q N
R L I S M A A A L E O S T F A E A
A F N S R W C D P R O V E E I N I
L O G T A A D T I A S U B M O H R
C N G Q U A D R I L A T E R A L T
2 The remaining letters reveal a message. Working from the top, left to right, place the remaining letters in the
order in which they appear to reveal the message.
Terms
acute angle adjacent angle angle sum base angles baseline
bisect compasses concave construct convex diagonal
equilateral exterior interior interval isosceles kite
line obtuse angle parallelogram protractor quadrilateral rectangle
rhombus right angle scalene square trapezium triangle
J K
A line J B interval J
C line JK D interval JK
y 75°
50° z
8 A concave quadrilateral has:
A all sides equal B all angles equal
C all diagonals inside the figure D none of the above properties
x
D C
75°
Question 1, 2 3, 4 5 6 7 8–11 12
Section A C D E F G H
x 86°
56° F
D w
x
A z
y v
B u 142°
C
6 a Draw a parallelogram.
b List the properties of a parallelogram.
40°
A D 35° x
S R
4 Write an equation and solve it to determine the values of the unknown angles.
x
45° x + 15°
5 Find the value of the pronumerals, giving reasons for your answers. C
D 87°
a
A b 42°
c
E B
6 a Draw a rectangle.
b List the properties of a rectangle.
y y
w 50°
G F S V
12°
y
4x
2x – 4°
5 Find the values of the pronumerals, giving reasons for your answers.
z
y
w
100° 112° x
6 a Draw a trapezium.
b List the properties of a trapezium.
3.5 z
x cm E G
4 cm y
H K w 75°
c A letter is chosen from the word FLUFFY. What is the probability that it is:
i U? ii F?
REVIEW
_1
d Write a statement describing a probability of 2 .
e Estimate the percentage probability for the statement ‘very likely’.
MEASUREMENT
Chapter 15 Cumulative
Triangles andreview
quadrilaterals
11–15 445
7 3
11–15
6 a Is x = 5 a solution to 7x − 9 = 14?
REVIEW
b The product of a certain number and 6 is 138. Write an equation and find the number.
c If a = −3, b = 5 and c = −2, find the value of:
MEASUREMENT
6abc
i 3a − 5b + 2c ii ____
60
CUMULATIVE
d Five is subtracted from a number and the result is multiplied by 3. The answer is 21. What is the number?
______
7 a Given the formula c = √a2 + b2 , find c when:
ii Write a rule describing the number of matches required to make each pattern.
iii Using x to represent the number of squares and y to represent the number of matches, write of set of
points describing this information.
iv Write the coordinates of the next two points.
e Beans are sold for $4.50 per kilogram. The following table shows weight versus cost for various
quantities of beans.
i Using x to represent the number of kilograms and y to represent the cost in dollars, write a set of
REVIEW
iii Use the graph to find how much 8.5 kg of beans would cost.
CUMULATIVE
iv Use the graph to find what weight of beans could be purchased for $70.
f Complete this table and draw the graph y = 2x − 3. x −2 −1 0 1 2
y
Chapter 15 Cumulative
Triangles andreview
quadrilaterals
11–15 447
x 53°
70° x
3x
90° – x
95° 48°
115° 40° x
Rhombus
m
11–15
a b
y 109° 43° y x
MEASUREMENT
85°
CUMULATIVE
21°
w z
125°
x
z 48°
Distance from
home (km)
1 a 10
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 8
b 6
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 4
2 a 2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0
b 5 < 10 c 10 > 5 10 am 11 am 12 noon 1 pm 2 pm
1 Time
d 6, 7 and others e 8, 9, 7__2 and others
3 a 13 a 2 pm b 650 m from home
c 2:08 pm, 2:35 pm d 1000 m
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 e 125 m/min f She stopped.
g 2:12 pm to 2:32 pm h 1500 m
b
i 20 min j 10 min
k 150 m/min l 3000 m
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
m 136.4 m/min
c
Exercise 1B
0 2 4 6 8 10 11 12 14
1 a i ∠PST ii ∠S
4 a Depositing $5 b i ∠DPR ii ∠P
b Decrease of 2 cm in length 2 a ∠QRB = 67° b ∠BRS = 113° c ∠CRS = 49°
c A gain of 1 kg in weight d ∠BRC = 64° e ∠QRC = 131° f ∠QRS = 180°
d A fall of 4°C in temperature 3 b i Acute ii Obtuse iii Reflex
5 a Withdrawal of $1 iv Reflex v Reflex
b Deposit of $3 4 a Two angles that add to 90° are complementary.
c Withdrawal of $8 b
6 a −7 b +6 c +4
7 a
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 60°
−9, −8, −6, −5, −4 30°
b c i 50° ii 72° iii 45° iv 7°
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
5 a
−8, −7, −2, 0, 4
8 a
– 21 – 41 0 1
4
1
2
3
4 1 1 41 1 21 1 43 2 2 41 2 21
b i 55° ii 100° iii 109° iv 62°
1 1
−__21 , 0, 1, 1__2 , 2__4 6 a t = 115° vertically opposite angles
b u = 67° complementary angles
b
–2 –1.5 –1 –0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 c q = 199° angles at a point (revolution)
−1.6, −1.4, −1.3, 0, 1.2 d r = 95° angles in a straight line
9 a −5 > −6 b −2 < 2 c 0 > −3 e s = 42° angles in a straight line
10 a −7 b −2 c 11 f x = 87° vertically opposite
d5 e −4 f −12 7 a No, co-interior angles are not supplementary.
y
b Yes, corresponding angles are equal.
11 8 a q = 123° (corresponding angles)
5
4
A b r = 75° (alternate angles)
c a = 30° (angle sum of △ = 180°)
3
b = 30° (alternate angles)
2
c = 60° (alternate angles)
1
F d = 120° (straight line = 180°)
–3 –2 1 2 3 4 5 x
e = 60° (corresponding angle to c )
–1 f = 60° (corresponding angle)
D
–2
–3 Exercise 1C
B –4 C
1 a 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34
–5 E
b 27, 36, 45, 54, 63, 72
–6 c 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48,
52, 56, 60, 64
Answers 449
2 a i 75% ii 25%
Left side Right side b i 40% ii 60%
1 3 18 43
6 It is a right square pyramid because its axis is 3 a __4 b __5 c __
25 d __
50
perpendicular to its base. 4 a 59% b 78% c 66% d 76%
ANSWERS
b 0.29 c 1.23 d 0.0035 c B(4, 1)
6 a 25% b 31.2% c 480% y
. C' D'
d 66.6 % e 62.5% 3
7 a 15.6% b 19% c 25% 2
3 2 1 B' E'
8 0.48, __5 , __3 , 68%
9 a 44.8 m b 75 c c 140 m –2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x
F –1
10 13 : 15 A F'
11 a 3 : 10 b 5 : 18 –2
12 Thousandths 13 0.079 E –3 B
2 . –4
14 a __
25 b 0.75 c 0.7
D C
15 15.08
16 a > b = d B(4, −3)
17 A 0.45 y
18 a 72 b 3.096 c 23.68 1
19 a 12.75 m b 2.65 m
–2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x
Exercise 1H F A F'
–2
1 a Reflected b Rotated E –3
B B' E'
c Translated –4
2 a Translated b Reflected
D C D' C'
c Rotated d Translated or reflected
3 a Translated 2 right, 1 down
5 a b
y
A
4
A'
3
2
C B
1
C' B' (7, 1) 6 Shape b; order 3
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x 7 a b
–1
Answers 451
Frequency
12
data collected from external sources such as the internet
or newspapers. 10
2 a Census b Sample c Census 8
3 a All catch a bus so sample does not include people who 6
use different forms of transport. 4
b Only people over 18 years are on the electoral role so 2
no-one under 18 years is surveyed. 0
4 a Nominal b Numerical c Numerical Soft Still Juice Tea/ Other
drink water coffee
5 a Score Tally Frequency Drink
0 16 b Drink choice
1 9
2 14
3 12
4 6
5 3
Total 60
10
b Favourite holiday destinations for Year 7 students
8
6 Snowfields
4 Gold Coast
2
NSW South Coast
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 NSW North Coast
Score
c i 60 ii 14
iii The game was a draw.
6 a Score Tally Frequency c Bar graph is a quarter size.
Favourite holiday destinations for Year 7 students
1 3
NSW NSW
2 5 Snow- Gold South North
fields Coast Coast Coast
3 1
4 3
5 3 Exercise 1K
6 7 1 Area = 33 units2 2 ≈35 units2
3 a 49 m2 b 33 mm2 c 49 cm2
7 4
d 48 cm2 e 60 cm2 f 1750 mm2
8 3 4 a 45 m2 b 800 cm2
9 4 5 a 230.26 cm3 b 306.99 cm3
10 3 6 a 3163.5 cm3 b 3469.44 cm3
7 a 310.08 cm3 b 520 cm3
Total 36
8 a 3546.86 cm3 b 793.27 cm3
b 10 9 a 124.49 cm2 b 1168.99 m2
1 a 16.5 b 19 c 17 d 10 5
2 a 41.48 b 44 c 41 d 36
Frequency
3 Class A: mean = 43.13, median = 42, 4
mode = 28 and 46, range = 39 3
Class B: mean = 40.6, median = 41, mode = 51, 2
range = 45
1
4 a Score (x) Frequency (f ) f×x 0
8 6 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Marks
9 11 99
10 15 150 Exercise 1M
11 12 132
1 −12, ÷ 4; x = −3
12 8 96 2 a x=6 b x = −15 c x=9
13 7 91 11
__
d x = −7 e y= 3 f p = 13
14 8 112 14 7
g d = −20 h c = __ __
10 = 5 i m = −20
Σf = 67 Σfx = 728 10
__
b 10.9 j q = 17
5 a Mode = 12, range = 4 15
3 a p = __ b x = 24
b Mode = 56, range = 4 2
4 a No b No
6 Stem Leaf f f × stem Sum of leaves
5 x 5 11 8 9
8 479 3 240 20
3x − 4 11 29 20 23
9 0034555789 10 900 46
10 11234799 8 800 36 x=9
11 2345889999 10 1100 66
6 a x+5 b x−8 c 4x
x x
12 0137999 7 840 38
d __
7 e 3x + 5 f __ − 3
8
5x x−5
13 0111223489 10 1300 31 g ___
4 h 4(x + 6) i _____
3
14 111289 6 840 22 7 a 8x b w−4 c z÷7
Total 54 6020 259 d m + 11 e 3y − 13 f 3(a + 4)
Mean = 116.3, median = 118.5, mode = 119, x w+5 2x
g __
7 + 22 h ______
7 i ___
7
range = 65
8 a x+4 b y−7 c 9q
7 a English: mean = 5.5, median = 5.5, no mode m
Mathematics: mean = 5.5, median = 5.5, mode = 5, 6 d __
6 e 4k + 8 f 5(z + 3)
Science: mean = 5.5, median = 5.5, mode = 1, 10 y z−5
g __
7−2 h _____
4 i 9x + 5
b Mode c Science
5w 5p
___
d English marks j ___ k 8 l 8(n − 5)
8
2 1
9 a a = 10__3 b g = 14__7 c x = 6.5
4
d d=1 e e = −3.5 f f = −10.5
Frequency
3
14 15 5
g k = __
15 h x = __
28 i p = __6
2
1
10 a 3x + 5 = 35 b 2x − 7 = 13 c 5x + 15 = 65
x x
0
d 4x − 4 = 36 e __
2 + 9 = 14 f __
5 − 4 = −2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x+8 x−6
Marks g _____
2 =9 h _____
2 =2
Mathematics marks 11 a 170 min b 1.5 kg
12 a 36 b 12
6 13 a $1200 b $8800
5
Exercise 1N
Frequency
4
2
3
2
1
3 a x = 56°, base angles of isosceles △
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 b x = 56°, exterior angle of △
Marks 4 x = 180 − 120 − 40 − 10, x = 10°, angle sum of △
Answers 453
Exercise 2B
b A rhombus has 2 axes of symmetry, 4 sides equal, 1 a 15 b 10 c 14 d 30
diagonals bisect each other at right angles, opposite e 20 f 40 g 4 h 5
angles equal and opposite sides parallel. i 15 j 36 k 50 l 42
7 a m 65 n 54 o 50 p 170
q 22 r 39
2 a 5 b 7 c 1 d 5
e 3 f 6 g 5 h 2
i 3 j 7 k 12 l 1
b 1 diagonal inside m 5 n 6 o 3 p 5
1 diagonal outside q3 r 3
3 a 66 b 4 c 7 d2
e 13 f 20 g 5 h9
CHAPTER 2 RATIOS AND RATES i 13 j 8 k 9 l 36
Diagnostic test m 90 n 23 o 19
4 a 4:9 b 2:5 c 1:3 d 3:5
1 B 2 A 3 D 4 B 5 D e 7 : 11 f 7 : 17 g 5 : 17 h 9 : 14
6 B 7 B 8 A 9 C 10 A i 8:9 j 9 : 14 k 23 : 33 l 2:3
11 C 12 B 13 D m 2:3 n 14 : 15 o 27 : 58 p 41 : 64
5 a 5:3 b 3:1 c 5:2 d 16 : 9
Exercise 2A
e 11 : 3 f 9:2 g 42 : 11 h 2:1
1 a 2:5 b 3:2 c 1:3 i 19 : 11 j 6:1 k 21 : 4 l 45 : 4
2 a 4:7 b 7:4 m 58 : 7 n 55 : 8 o 23 : 16 p 17 : 14
3 a i 3:1 ii 1:3 b No 6 a 4:7 b 8:5 c 16 : 9 d 6:5:7
4 a i 1:2 ii 2:1 b No e 5:2:3 f 8:1 g 1 : 18 h 1 : 10
1 8 i 7:2 j 5 : 11 k 40 : 9 l 14 : 19
5 a No as __8 ≠ __1 b a=b
5
__ 2
m 99 : 20 n 202 : 45 o 3 : 10 p 3:5
6 a 7 b __7 q 6:7 r 3 : 10 s 1:6 t 20 : 3
1 8 7 a 1:6 b 5:2 c 18 : 1 d 10 : 1
7 a 1:8 b 8:1 c __9 d __9
8 1 e 4:9 f 3:4 g 17 : 10 h 16 : 3
e The paint would be mostly blue, __9 blue and __9 white, i 12 : 5 j 27 : 70 k 137 : 240 l 125 : 54
and so much darker than feather blue. m 8 : 65 n 6 : 65 o 13 : 4
2
8 a __5 b 3:2 c 2:3 8 2:1 9 Sand 6, gravel 4
10 a 9 : 10 b 10 : 1
d Yes, 18 e Yes, 12
1 3
11 a 4 : 5 b 5:4 c 1:4 d 5:1
__
9 a 5 b Green c Red d __
20 e 1:4 12 3 : 6 : 5
2
10 a i 2 : 2 = 1: 1 ii 2 : 4 = 1 : 2 iii __4 = __21
Exercise 2C
3
b i 3:3=1:1 ii 3 : 6 = 1 : 2 iii __6 = __21 7 63 8 32
6 3
1 a 18 b 3 c __4 d __
20 e __5 f __
5
c i 6:2=3:1 ii 6 : 8 = 3 : 4 iii __8 = __4 26 4 7 176
3 1
g 3 h __
5 i 4 j __5 k __2 l ___
25
__ __
d i 3:6=1:2 ii 3 : 9 = 1 : 3 iii 9 = 3
2 a 1161 b 35
4
e i 4:2=2:1 ii 4 : 6 = 2 : 3 iii __6 = __32 3 a $280 b $36
9 4 a 800 mL b 520 mL
f i 9:7 ii 9 : 16 iii __
16 5 a 11.7 cm b 57.2 cm
2
__ 4
__ 5 6
11 a 5 b 7 c __9 d __7 6 a 12.5 L b 320 mL
8 5 11 2 7 a 2.05 m b 64.4 kg
e __
13 f __
12 g __
14 h __7
8 a $300 b $60
12 a 3 : 1 b 1:4 c 3:2 d 5:2 c $432 d $2304
e 4:1 f 2:7 g 6:1 h 5:4 9 a 180 m b 2 cm
ANSWERS
10 a 2 cups Rice Bubbles, __4 cup icing sugar, 14 Player’s Number Number of Success rate
1
__ 1
__ name of goals attempts (1 decimal place)
1 2 tablespoons cocoa, 2 cup desiccated coconut,
a Carla 4 10 40
125 g copha
1
b 6 cups Rice Bubbles, 2__4 cups icing sugar b Susan 2 5 40
1
__ 1
__ c Robert 1 4 25
4 2 tablespoons cocoa, 1 2 cups desiccated coconut
375 g copha d Harley 6 13 46.2
11 a 20 b 35 c 80 e Kylie 9 15 60
12 a 6.9 cm, 13.8 cm b 36.8 cm
13 a 5.18 m b 10.36 m 15 a i $US86 ii $US481.60
iii $US4128 iv $US21 500
Exercise 2D b i $A116.28 ii $A4651.16
1 a F bB c D dI iii $A13 953.49 iv $A52 325.58
2 a $80, $20 b $60, $40 16 a Average annual rate of change in population (%)
c $45, $55 d $62.50, $37.50
Year Africa Asia Oceania America Europe
3 a $360, $180 b $315, $225
c $240, $300 d $367.20, $172.80 1950–2000 5.20 3.29 2.84 1.68 0.66
4 a 280 kg, 440 kg b 468 kg, 252 kg 2000–2050 2.53 0.83 0.95 0.84 −0.26
c 504 kg, 216 kg d 374.4 kg, 345.6 kg 1950–2050 7.15 2.74 2.58 1.61 0.15
5 a 625.5 m, 208.5 m b 333.6 m, 500.4 m
c 347.5 m, 486.5 m d 200.16 m, 633.84 m b Europe
6 3415 children 7 3L c Asia has a greater growth rate in 1950–2000, but
8 a 6.05 cm b 36.3 cm Oceania is greater in 2000–2050. Asia has a greater
9 0.24 L growth rate in 1950–2050.
10 Property $25 000, shares $20 000, bonds $15 000 d The growth rates decrease from the 1950–2000 rate
to the predicted 2000–2050 rate for all regions. This
11 a 15 kg b 10 kg
may be due to many factors, such as financial factors
12 a 22.5 cm b 10 cm
reducing family size or a lower birth rate.
13 a 13 740 b 34 350 c 51 525
e The growth rate for 1950–2050 must be divided by
Exercise 2E the population in 1950, while the growth rate for
2000–2050 is divided by the population in 2000.
1 a 15 b 121.25 c 32.4 d 4°
e 20 f 14.5 g 4.5 h 64 Exercise 2F
i 12 j 276 k4 l 120
1 a 1 cm ≡ 100 cm b 1 cm ≡ 400 000 cm
m 10.45
1 cm ≡ 1000 cm 1 cm ≡ 4000 m
2 a 10.5 km b 663.6 km c 2 h 27 min
1 cm ≡ 10 m 1 cm ≡ 4 km
d 12 750 km/h e 64.4 km f 3__21 h 2 a 1 : 400 b 1 : 16 000
3 a 12.5 min b 32.5 min c 1 : 5000 d 1 : 80 000
c 1 h 5 min d 2 h 50 min e 1 : 300 000 f 1 : 700 000
4 a $63.16 b $252.64 g 1 : 15 000 000 h 1 : 24 000 000
c $410.54 d $536.86 3 a 1 : 50 b 1 : 27 c 1 : 16
5 a i 24 m2 ii 36 m2 d 45 : 4 e 7 : 10 000 f 19 : 70 000
b i 7L ii 13 L 4 a 2.5 km b 13 km
6 a 6 min 40 s b 7 min 37 s c 24 km d 46 km
7 a i $0.938 or 93.8c per copy 5 a 4 km b 5.6 km
ii 68.8c per copy c 8.24 km d 12.72 km
b 25c c $1857.60 6 a 5 cm b 14 cm
8 B 9 B c 18.6 cm d 84.8 cm
10 a 150 sheets b 6 rolls 7 a 4 cm b 12 cm
11 a $18.45 b $6.55 c 25 cm d 56 cm
12 a $5.37 b $19.98 c $13.94 d $29.63 8 a 1 cm = 150 km, 1 cm : 150 km
Player’s Runs Balls Strike rate b i 450 km ii 780 km
13
name scored faced (1 decimal place) iii 937.5 km iv 2040 km
c i 8 cm ii 8.8 cm
a Healey 42 30 140
iii 11.2 cm iv 17.25 cm
b Hughes 31 22 140.9
c Border 18 16 112.5 Check your skills
Answers 455
ANSWERS
j AAS, x = 11.2, y = 14.5 4 d A
6 a i PS = RS (given)
SQ = SQ (common side) C C′
PQ = RQ (given)
∴ △PQS ≡ △RQS (SSS)
ii ∠SPQ = ∠SRQ (matching ∠s of congruent △s)
b i In △XYW and △ZYW
YW = YW (common side)
B
∠XYW = ∠ZYW (given) e Kite
∠XWY = ∠ZWY (given) f Two pairs of adjacent sides equal, one pair of opposite
∴ △XYW ≡ △ZYW (AAS) angles equal, one diagonal bisects the angles through
ii XW = ZW (matching sides of congruent △s) which it passes.
7 a i BD = BD (common side) 5 d A
AD = CD (given)
AB = CB (given)
∴ △ABD ≡ △CDB (SSS)
ii ∠ADB = ∠CDB (matching ∠s of congruent △s)
b i ∠RPQ = ∠RTS (given) C
B
∠PRQ = ∠TRS (vertically opposite)
RQ = RS (given)
∴ △PQR ≡ △TSR (AAS)
ii PR = RT (matching sides of congruent △s)
e Square
c i MO = PO (given)
f All sides are equal, all angles are equal (and hence
NO = QO (given)
equal 90°), diagonals bisect each other at right angles,
∠MON = ∠POQ (vertically opposite)
diagonals are equal, diagonals bisect the angles of the
∴ △MON ≡ △POQ (SAS)
square. Opposite sides are parallel.
ii MN = PQ (matching sides of congruent △s)
6 d A
d i ∠JLK = ∠MLN (vertically opposite)
∠JKL = ∠MNL (alternate ∠s on parallel lines)
KL = NL (given)
∴ △JKL ≡ △MNL (AAS)
ii JL = ML (matching sides of congruent △s) B′ B
e i ∠PQT = ∠RQS (vertically opposite) C
PT = RS (given)
∠PTQ = ∠RSQ (alternate ∠s on parallel lines)
∴ △PQT ≡ △RSQ (AAS)
ii TQ = SQ (matching sides of congruent △s) A′
e Rhombus
Exercise 3D f All sides equal, opposite sides are parallel, opposite
1 b A angles equal, diagonals bisect each other at right
angles, diagonals bisect the angles they pass through.
7 In △AMC and △AMB
AC = AB (given)
AM = AM (common side)
MC = MB (M is the midpoint of CB)
C C′ △AMC ≡ △AMB (SSS)
B
∠ACM = ∠ABM (matching ∠s of congruent △s)
c Isosceles
∴ ∠ACB = ∠ABC
d Opposite sides equal; angles opposite equal sides are
equal, the line from the vertex is perpendicular to the 8 △PTR and △PTQ
base and bisects the base and vice versa. ∠R = ∠Q (given)
2 e PT = PT (common)
A C′
∠PTR = ∠PTQ (construction)
∴ △PTR ≡ △PTQ (AAS)
M
∴ PR = PQ (matching sides of congruent △s)
11 ∠B = ∠C (AB = AC)
C B Also ∠B = ∠A (CB = CA)
f Parallelogram ∠A = ∠B = ∠C
g Opposite sides equal; opposite sides parallel; opposite But ∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180° (angle sum of a △)
angles equal ∴ ∠A = ∠B = ∠C = 60°
Answers 457
b 68 c Yes c (2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2)3
4 a i 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 = (2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2) × (2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2) ×
ii 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 (2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2) = 215
iii 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 d (7 × 7 × 7)5
b 1011 c Yes = (7 × 7 × 7) × (7 × 7 × 7) × (7 × 7 × 7) ×
5 a 84 × 810 = 84 + 10 = 814 (7 × 7 × 7) × (7 × 7 × 7) = 715
b 77 × 72 = 77 + 2 = 79 2 a (44)3 = 412 (83)2 = 86 (25)3 = 215 (73)5 = 715
c 97 × 93 = 97 + 3 = 910 b When raising a number to a higher power, multiply
d 56 × 511 = 56 + 11 = 517 the indices.
6 a 39 b 212 c 710 d 59 3 a 36 b 56 c 212 d 315
20 10 12
e 4 16
f 6 13
g 10 9
h 220 e 7 f 10 g 4 h 621
i 530 j 318 k 310 l 713 i 324 j 270 k 320 l 320
m 28 n 821 o 317 m 58 n 58 o 930
Answers 459
11 18 1 25 24 23 22 21 20
g 8 h6 i 1013 j 478
6 a 7 16
b2 18
c 514 d 717 32 32 ÷ 2 = 16 16 ÷ 2 = 8 8 ÷ 2 = 4 4 ÷ 2 = 2 2 ÷ 2 = 1
28 22
e 3 f 9 g 433 h 864
2 105 104 103 102 101 100
Exercise 4D 100 000 10 000 1000 100 10 1
4×4×4×4×4×4×4
1 a ________________________ = 44 3 55 54 53 52 51 50
4×4×4
3125 625 125 25 5 1
9×9×9×9×9×9
____________________
b = 94
9×9 4 45 44 43 42 41 40
5×5×5×5×5×5×5×5
c ___________________________
5×5×5×5×5 = 53 1024 256 64 16 4 1
2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2 5 a 20 = 1 100 = 1 50 = 1 40 = 1
d ___________________________________ = 24
2×2×2×2×2×2 b Any base raised to the power of zero is equal to 1.
3×3×3×3×3×3×3
________________________ 6 a 70
2 a
3×3 7×7×7 1
b 35 b _________ = __ = 1
7×7×7 1
c Yes, five (= 7 − 2) 3s remain.
c 70 = 1 (no 7s remaining)
7×7×7×7×7
3 a ________________ 7 a 90
7×7×7
9×9×9×9×9 1
b 72 b ________________ = __ = 1
9×9×9×9×9 1
c Yes, two (= 5 − 3) 7s remain.
c 90 = 1 (no 9s remaining)
2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2
4 a ___________________________ 8 a 60
2×2×2 6×6 1
b 25 b _____ = __ = 1
c Yes, five (= 8 − 3) 2s remain. 6×6 1
c 60 = 1 (no 6s remaining)
9×9×9×9×9×9×9×9
5 a ___________________________ 9 a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1 e 1 f 1
9×9×9×9×9×9×9
b 91 g 1 h 1 i 1 j 1 k 1 l 1
c Yes, one (= 8 − 7) 9 remains. 10 a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1 e 1 f 1
6 a 37 ÷ 32 = 35 75 ÷ 73 = 72
Exercise 4F
2 ÷2 =2
8 3 5
98 ÷ 97 = 91
b When dividing numbers with the same base, subtract 1 a 510 b 616 c 1015 d 124
the indices. e 85 f 35 g 46 h 518
7 a 32 b 23 c 56 d 44 i 922 j 1 k1 l 1
e 105 f 64 g 22 h 32 m 23 n 812 o 528 p 1
i 4 1
j 51
k3 4
l 55 q 412 r 1 s 146 t 1
m2 6
n 10 3
o 7 8 u 173 v 129 w 624 x 917
8 a m3 b w1 c g2 d z2 2 a x12 b f 10 c m45 d v6
e p1 f d3 g a5 h r2 e 1 f q13 g b55 h y14
i b2 j h5 k s3 l t4 i f 16 j d4 k e9 l 1
m v2 n e5 o l1 m 1 n j9 o z10 p a3
9×9×9×9 3 a 216 b 101 c 45 d 510
9 a 94 ÷ 32 = _____________ = 729 e 214 f 613 g 88 h 1
3×3
32 = 3 × 3 = 9 i 3 j 4 k1 l 47
False, as 729 ≠ 9. m 1 n 914 o 7 p 611
5×5×5×5×5×5×5 4 a 125 b 2401 c 243 d 512
b 57 ÷ 53 = ________________________ = 54 = 625
5×5×5 e 1.44 f 21.952 g 128 h 972
54 = 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 = 625 i 125 j 16 000 k 2700 l 677.376
True, as 625 = 625. m 9 n 2.56 o 300.125 p 8.64
10 When dividing, you can only subtract indices if the bases
Exercise 4G
are the same.
11 a True b False c False d True 1 a −35 b −21 c −36 d −18
e False f False g False h False e −28 f −24 g −6 h −72
i False j True k False l False i 44 j 30 k 18 l 14
m True n False o True p False m −56 n 24 o −40 p 64
ANSWERS
b 72 c 5 a False b False
e 25 f 1 g 0 h −45 6 a 532 b 415 c 22 d 76 e 54
i 36 j −20 k −6 l 12 7 a p8 b m14 c f6 d l7 e w4
m −343 n 40 o −24 8 Add indices: 54 + 3 = 57
3 a −2 b −6 c 2 d −6 9 Subtract indices: 28 − 4 = 24 ≠ 22
e 4 f 9 g −2 h 2 10 Anything to the power of zero = 1:
i −4 j −11 k −4 l 2 40 × 90 + 30 = (1 × 1) + 1 = 2
m 4 n −5 o −5 p 6 11 a −45 b 40 c 45
4 a −5 b −3 c −3 d −8 12 a −4 b −12 c 8
e −24 f 10 g 16 h 10 13 a 3 b 13 c 1
5 a −3 b 3 c −10 d −40 d −24 e 4 f −9
e 2 f −11 g 24 h 5
i −16 Review set 4B
6 a 4 b 5 c 3 d 7 1 a 75 b 97
e 2 f −2 g 9 h 0 2 a Base 3, index 8 b Base 5, index 2
i 11 j 6 k 4 l −4 3 a 64 = 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 b 73 = 7 × 7 × 7
7 a −119 b −26 c −1036 d −1558 4 a 512 b 729
e −106 f −92 g −846 h −163 5 a 313 b 712 c 45
i −106 j 420 k −1555 l −1715 d 611 e 230
m −112 n 264 o 7695 6 a False b False
8 a −768 b −290 c −26 585 7 a c16 b k36 c y6
d z9 e x8
Language in mathematics 8 Subtract indices: 47 − 2 = 45
1 a Three to the power of five 9 Add indices: 66 + 2 = 68 ≠ 368
b Eight to the power of two 10 Multiply indices: 32 × 4 = 38
c Two to the power of three 11 a −24 b 48 c 36
d z to the power of four 12 a 7 b 6 c −6
2 a 72 b 43 c 65 d 24 13 a 1 b 11 c 4
3 a Index b Exponent d 45 e 12 f 9
4 a Base b Index, power or exponent
Review set 4C
5 23 × 24 = 8 × 16 = 128 47 = 16 384
128 ≠ 16 384 so 2 × 2 ≠ 4
3 4 7 1 a 28 b 103
6 26 × 23 = 64 × 8 = 512 29 = 512 2 a Base 8, index 4 b Base 12, index 2
512 = 512 so 26 × 23 = 29 3 a 62 = 6 × 6
10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 b 57 = 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5
7 105 ÷ 103 = _____________________ = 102
10 × 10 × 10 4 a 625 b 2187
12 = 1 5 a 919 b 215 c 58 d 610 e 246
102 ≠ 1 so 105 ÷ 103 ≠ 102 6 a False b True
4×4×4×4×4×4×4×4 7 a j16 b n6 c p27 d s15
8 48 ÷ 45= ___________________________ = 43 e 9
4×4×4×4×4 8 Multiply indices: 24×3
=2 ≠212 7
so 48 ÷ 45 = 43 9 Subtract and add indices: 610 − 4 + 1 = 67
9×9×9×9×9 1
9 ________________ = __ = 1 10 Subtract indices: 43 − 1 = 42
9×9×9×9×9 1 Subtract indices: 47 − 3 = 44
10 (23)3 = (2 × 2 × 2) × (2 × 2 × 2) × (2 × 2 × 2) = 512 42 < 44
29 = 512 11 a −30 b 54 c 40
512 = 512 so (23)3 = 29 12 a −2 b 5 c 9
13 a 7 b −5 c 16
Check your skills
d 12 e 14 f 8
1 B 2 A 3 D 4 C 5 A
6 D 7 A 8 B 9 C 10 A Review set 4D
11 A 12 B 13 D 14 B 15 A 1 a 65 b 58
16 B 17 B 18 D 19 D 20 B 2 a Base 6, index 8 b Base 3, index 10
21 D 22 B 23 B 24 B 25 D 3 a 45 = 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 × 4
26 D b 27 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2
4 a 64 = 1296 b 212 = 4096
Review set 4A 5 a 540 b 370 c 54
22 45
1 a 24 b 57 d4 e 3
2 a Base 7, index 9 b Base 3, index 10 6 a True b True
3 a 35 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 7 a 1 b 15 c 1 d 1 e 2
b 76 = 7 × 7 × 7 × 7 × 7 × 7 8 Anything to the power of zero = 1: h0 + m0 = 1 + 1 = 2
4 a 38 = 6561 b 56 = 15 625 9 ( j 5 )0 × 5 = 1 × 5 = 5
Answers 461
d 302.5 cm2 e 105 cm2 f 231 cm2 b If 25 cm2 = 2500 mm2, 2500 mm2 = 25 cm2.
3 a 55 cm2 b 28 cm2 c 49 cm2 c If 144 cm2 = 14 400 mm2, 14 400 mm2 = 144 cm2.
d 78 mm2 e 162 mm2 f 25.5 cm2 d To convert from cm2 to mm2 multiply by 100.
g 25.44 m2 h 95.475 cm2 i 28.495 cm2 e To convert from mm2 to cm2 divide by 100.
j 8.68 m2
Answers 463
PT = PT (common side) 9 3 9 3
4 4
∠PTR = ∠PTQ (by construction) 8
7 5
8
7 5
6 6
∴ △PTR ≡ △PTQ (AAS)
∴ PR = PQ (matching sides of congruent △s) 3 a 1:20:45 b 11:05:20
k Proof: In △AED and △CEB c 10:33:26 d 9:21:55
∠DAE = ∠BCE (alternate angles and AD BC) 4 a b
∠AED = ∠BEC (vertically opposite angles) 11 12 1 11 12 1
AD = BC (opposite sides of a parallelogram equal) 10 2 10 2
i i −30 ii 54 iii 40
e f
j i −5 ii −3 iii −4
11 12 1 11
12 1
k i 1 ii 11 iii 4 10 2 10 2
iv −24 v 4 vi −9 9 3 9 3
4 a i 17 cm ii 14.4 cm 8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
b 4.2 cm
c i 64 m2 ii 60 mm2
iii 45 cm2 iv 80 cm2 5 a 15 min b 55 min
v 90 cm2 vi 1250 mm2
2 Exercise 6B
vii 13.72 m viii 12.18 m2
ix 51.46 cm 2
x 19.71 cm2 1 a 7:05 b 12:17 c 12:06 d 11:53
xi 5.78 mm2 xii 23.1 m2 e 6:50 f 2:45 g 2:30 h 8:35
d i 90 cm2 ii 15 m2 i 5:48 j 3:51 k 9:49 l 11:52
iii 22.5 m 2
iv 17.15 m2 2 a and i, b and iv, c and ii, d and iii
e i 1 cm = 1000 mm
3 3
ii 1 m3 = 1 000 000 cm3 3 a 11:05 am b 07:26 am
iii kL = 1 000 000 mL iv 1 m3 = 1000 L c 04:26 pm d 01:44 pm
f i 4 cm2 = 400 mm2 ii 120 cm2 = 0.012 m2
iii 340 mm = 3.4 cm
2 2
iv 4.1 m2 = 41 000 cm2 Exercise 6C
v 6.32 cm = 632 mm
2 2
vi 3.9 m2 = 0.00 039 ha 1 a 2:06 pm b 12:52 am c 8:02 pm
vii 39 000 m2 viii 95 cm3 = 0.095 L d 1:28 am e 8:15 am f 11:23 pm
ix 58 kL = 58 m3 x 0.05 ML = 50 m3 g 7:18 pm h 11:11 am i 12:55 pm
3
g i 122.388 m ii 122 388 L j 5:39 pm k 6:34 am l 10:42 pm
h i 2.457 m3 ii 311.364 cm3 2 a 1932 b 0520 c 0132
i i 2.4 m3 ii 2400 L d 1252 e 1630 f 1347
j i 32 696 cm3 ii 32.696 L g 0609 h 0817 i 2125
k i 108 kL ii $15.44 j 2301 k 2400 l 2229
Answers 465
Answers 467
Answers 469
ANSWERS
= π × 12.92 × 15.1 ∴ r = 25.8 ÷ 2 CHAPTER 9 DATA COLLECTION AND
= 7894.165 ... = 12.9 cm ANALYSIS
= 7894 cm3
Diagnostic test
4 a 9572 cm3 b 11 344 cm3
c 32 312 cm3 d 6671 cm3 1 D 2 C 3 A 4 B 5 C
5 a 339 cm3 b 6773 cm3 6 B 7 B 8 D 9 C 10 B
c 57 278 cm3 d 15 606 cm3 11 C 12 C 13 A 14 C 15 C
6 a 958.2 cm3
b 3451.0 cm3 16 C 17 C 18 B
c 2046.0 cm3 d 2671.9 cm3
Exercise 9A
e 164 787.5 cm3 f 53 573.0 cm3
7 a A bB 1 a Discrete numerical b Categorical
8 a 291 cm3 b 2513 cm3 c 33 cm3 c Continuous numerical d Discrete numerical
d 2976 cm3 e 767 cm3 f 2194 cm3 e Continuous numerical f Discrete numerical
9 1.88 m3 g Categorical h Categorical
10 a i 79 575 cm3 ii 79.575 L i Categorical j Categorical
b i 29 302 cm3 ii 29.302 L k Discrete numerical l Continuous numerical
c i 1 783 404 cm3 ii 1783.404 L m Discrete numerical n Categorical
11 76.35 kL o Continuous numerical p Continuous numerical
q Categorical r Continuous numerical
Check your skills s Categorical
1 A 2 C 3 B 4 A 5 D
Exercise 9B
6 C 7 D 8 C 9 B 10 D
11 A 12 B 13 D 14 A 15 A 1 a All new cars b All students in the school
c All houses sold d All the dogs treated
Review set 8A e All the people who use the bus route
1 a Radius b Tangent 2 a Census b Census or sample
c Observation d Census
2 __51 3 C = πd
e Sample f Observation
4 43.7 cm 5 C = 2πr g Sample h Sample
6 35.94 cm 7 A = πr2 i Census j Observation
8 a 254.5 cm2 b 17.3 cm2 k Sample l Census or sample
9 59.4 cm2 10 27 310 cm3 m Observation
Review set 8B Exercise 9D
1 a Arc b Minor segment 1 a Biased towards people who are home on Friday night,
2 a 30.2 cm b 32.4 cm have a phone and choose to answer it. (Some people
3 a 22.88 cm b 53.25 cm only have a mobile phone, some people filter calls
4 a 196.1 cm2 b 167.4 cm2 through an answering machine.)
5 a 103.84 cm2 b 117.11 cm2 b The sample would be biased towards the Labor Party.
6 86 cm2 7 83 642 cm3 c Only selects people who use email.
d Only selects people who use the Star bank.
Review set 8C e Only selects people 18 years or older.
1 a Diameter b Sector f Only selects people who pass this street corner (live in
67 13 this area, are fit enough to walk, …).
2 a __
72 b __
45 g If the sample is only 5 vets then the sample is too
3 a i 24.6 cm ii 48.5 cm small.
b i 7.6 cm ii 15.1 cm 2 a The people who live in a harbour-side suburb are more
4 a i 105 cm2 ii 367 cm2 likely to be high income earners whose household
b i 33 cm2 ii 114 cm2 spending habits would be different from those of
5 a 48.6 cm b 34.9 cm people living in less affluent suburbs.
6 a 77.3 cm b 1854.8 cm b The tobacco company would have an interest in
7 a i 21 028 cm3 ii 21.028 L showing that there are no hazards of smoking and
b i 13 856 cm3 ii 13.856 L would likely ignore any adverse findings.
c The information is very old. It is quite possible that the
Review set 8D
results of more recent studies would be different.
1 a 3.5 cm, 11 cm b 4.5 cm, 14 cm d If the company sold 1 item the first week and 2 items
2 a 47.35 cm b 45.42 cm the second week then their sales would have doubled.
3 a 3219 m b 10 laps Neither result is very good for the company.
4 26.9 cm2 5 141 cm2 e The students in a gymnastics class are very likely to be
6 323 cm3 7 72.6 m3 or 72 614 L more flexible than the general population.
Answers 471
6 0 101
b Mean = ___
20 = 5.05, median = 5.5, mode = 2,
7 2
range = 9
8 3
5 a Number of mistakes Tally f
9 0
0 3
81
b Mean = __
20 = 4.05, median = 3.5, mode = 3, 1 1
range = 8 2 0
2 a Number of mistakes Tally f 3 2
0 1 4 1
1 3 5 2
2 2 6 1
3 1 7 3
4 2 8 3
5 2 9 4
6 2 108
b Mean = ___
20 = 5.4, median = 6.5, mode = 9,
7 4
range = 9
8 1
9 2 8 1st 20 2nd 20 3rd 20 4th 20 5th 20
94
Mean 4.05 4.7 4.35 5.05 5.4
b Mean = __
20 = 4.7, median = 5.5, mode = 7 Median 3.5 5.5 4.5 5.5 6.5
range = 9
Mode 3 7 1 2 9
3 a Number of mistakes Tally f
Range 8 9 9 9 9
0 3
1 5
a Mode b Mean
548
___
2 1
9 a Mean = 120 = 4.6, median = 5, mode = 1
3 0 10 a i Very little variation.
ii The sample ranges are very close to the population
4 1
range (= 9).
5 1
b i Sample 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
6 2
7 1 Range 8 7 1 7 8 4 6 6 9 7
1
b i Lowest proportion = __
10 or 10%
3
ii Highest proportion = __
10 or 30%
Answers 473
ANSWERS
5 a Only people who would save money would bother to 6 a
change insurance companies. b Clusters around 13 and 19. Gap between 14 and 18.
b Members of the Greenpeace organisation would all 7 a 151
have similar views on climate change. b i Mean = 63.1, median = 51, mode = 51,
6 Mean and range range = 103
7 Mode ii Mean = 50.6, median = 51, mode = 51.
8 a Mean = 23.8, median = 23.5, mode = 29 range = 5
b Mean and median are central; mode is not central. c No. The outlier is an obvious error.
9 a Mean = $63 444, median = $46 000, 8 a 55
mode = $46 000 b i Mean = 8, median = 3, no mode, range = 54
ii Mean = 2.8, median = 3, no mode, range = 4
Review set 9C c Yes, even though the mean is not a central value.
1 a Continuous numerical b Discrete numerical There may be reasons for the outlier.
c Categorical d Categorical 9 a i Mean = 19, median = 9, mode = 9
e Continuous numerical ii Mean = 14.9, median = 15, mode = 14, 15
2 a All new cars iii Mean = 6.5, median = 6, mode = 5
b All parents of the school’s students b i Mean is not central because of the outlier 93.
3 a Census b Sample ii All are central. iii Mode is not central.
c Census d Observation
4 On a CASIO calculator, press SHIFT (RAN#) = . CHAPTER 10 PYTHAGORAS’ THEOREM
This produces a random number from 0 to 1. To obtain
a random number from 1 to 30, multiply the result by Diagnostic test
30 and round up to the next digit. Generate 5 random 1 D 2 B 3 B 4 D 5 A
numbers from 1 to 30 (inclusive) using a calculator. List 6 D 7 B 8 B 9 C 10 B
the names of the students whose numbers have been 11 B 12 A 13 A 14 C 15 C
generated. 16 A
5 a If the sample is only 10 dentists then the sample is too
small. Exercise 10A
_______
b The Hotels Association would have an interest in 1 √a2 + b2 = c
showing that drinking alcohol was beneficial to health 3 a r bn c d d y e t
and would likely ignore any adverse findings. f v g s hg i m
6 a Cluster in 40s and 50s. 4 a r2 = p2 + q2 b n2 = m2 + l 2 c d 2 = e2 + f 2
b Gap between 8 and 12. d y2 = x2 + z2 e t2 = u2 + v2 f v2 = u2 + w2
c Outlier = 24 g s =u +t
2 2 2
h g =h +k
2 2 2
i m2 = k2 + l2
7 Mode = Toyota 5 a AB = AC + BC , c = b + a
2 2 2 2 2 2
8 a Mean = 4, median = 3.5, mode = 2, range = 5
b QR 2 = PQ 2 + PR 2, p 2 = r 2 + q 2
b Mean and range.
c ML 2 = LN 2 + MN 2, n 2 = m 2 + l 2
9 a Mean = 3.45, median = 1.5, mode = 0
Exercise 10B
Review set 9D
1 a No b Yes c No d No e No
1 a Discrete numerical b Categorical f Yes g No h Yes i No
c Continuous numerical d Discrete numerical 2 a Yes b No c No d Yes
e Categorical
2 a The managers of all farms in the region Exercise 10C
b All makes of bicycle helmets
1 a 9 b 16 c 100 d 64
3 a Observation b Census
e 121 f 289 g 225 h 484
c Sample d Sample
i 0.36 j 0.25 k 3.24 l 5.29
4 Divide the number of students in the class by 5 and
m 24.01 n 27.04 o 46.6489 p 91.0116
round up to the nearest whole number: 30 ÷ 5 = 6.
2 a 5 b7 c 6 d 12
Select every 6th name from the class list.
e 13 f 20 g 25 h 33
5 a The sample only contains the responses of the 100
i 0.2 j 0.9 k 1.1 l 2.1
people who bothered to return the survey. These
m 3.7 n 5.4 o 15.4 p 20.02
people have probably returned the survey because they
3 a i 4.2 ii 2.6 iii 4.8 iv 9.1
have strong views on the subject. The sample should
b i 14.66 ii 19.65 iii 20.88 iv 26.85
also include the views of those people who have little
c i 0.837 ii 1.378 iii 1.688 iv 2.458
interest in the subject.
d i 3.5958 ii 2.8394 iii 12.5060 iv 19.6898
b The doctor already believes he has developed a cure __
so is more likely to report positive results. The people 4 a √5 = 2.236 067 977
__
who report on the success of the treatment should √6 = 2.449 489 743
__
be different from the people who administer the √7 = 2.645 751 311 __
treatment. b No c No, as √4 = 2.
Answers 475
Answers 477
Answers 479
ANSWERS
8 Length Breadth Perimeter Area
c 6(3x + 2y) d −3(2t − 3)
a b 2a + 2b ab
e b(4b − 3) f 5pq(2r + 3t)
3x 2y 2 × 3x + 2 × 2y 6xy 7 a 9h b 4y
2
c __5 d 30xy
= 6x + 4y
e 15q f 6ab g 3 h xy − 8
4 z+2 2 × 4 + 2 × (z + 2) 4(z + 2)
= 2z + 12 = 4z + 8 Review set 11C
y x−2 2 × y + 2 × (x − 2) y(x − 2) 1 a 11h b 8d
= 2y + 2x − 4 = xy − 2y
c 10z + 12 d 7p − 5q
a+3 7 2 × (a + 3) + 2 × 7 7(a + 3) e 7a − 7 f −3x − y
= 2a + 20 = 7a + 21 g 22t − 13
x 120 2 a 15rs b −12g c 16pq
9 a __ km/h b ____
y km/h 4
___ 2a
e ___
3 1
__
3 a 3y b 3 c 5 d
10a 24mn 5q 3
____
c 5 km/h = 2a km/h _____
d 6n km/h = 4m km/h 4 a 18v − 6 b 10x2 + 15xy
10 a $xy c −12d + 15e
10 1 x 5 a 12 b3 c 7 d 3a
b ____ ___
100 × x = 10 × x or 10
___
6 a 6(2p − 3) b 5(3t + 5u)
$x ____
$9x c 4(5k − 4m) d −5(q + 2)
c $x − ___
10 = 10 e 6k(3m − 2n) f 3ab(2a + 5b)
d n, n + 1, n + 2, n + 3 e n, n + 2, n + 4 7 a 7xy − 2x b 13t c 12wz d 7p
1
Language in mathematics e __2 c f 4pq g 3a + 8b h 3(x + y)
Answers 481
2 1 a S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
P(B or W) = __5 A = {6}
e Favourable outcomes = {B, Y, W} Complement of A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
Number of favourable outcomes = 3 The complement of A is the event ‘throwing 1, 2, 3, 4
3
P(B or Y or W)= __5 or 5’ or ‘not throwing a 6’ or ‘throwing a number < 6’.
2 a __6
1 1
b __6
1
c __3
1
d __2 b S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
B = {5, 6}
1 1
e __2 f __2 Complement of B = {1, 2, 3, 4}
3 a __
1 1
b __
1
c __5
2
d __5 The complement of B is the event ‘throwing 1, 2, 3 or
10 10 4’ or ‘not throwing 5 or 6’ or ‘throwing a number < 5’.
1 3 1
e __2 f __
10 g __5 c S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
1 1 2 3 C = {1, 3, 5}
4 a __7 b __7 c __7 d __7
Complement of C = {2, 4, 6}
4 3
e __7 f __7 The complement of C is the event ‘throwing 2, 4 or 6’
1 1 1 5 or ‘not throwing an odd number’ or ‘throwing an even
5 a __
26 b __
26 c __
13 d __
26 number’.
21
__ 3
e 26 f __
13 2 a ‘Throwing 1, 2, 4, 5 or 6’ or ‘not throwing 3’
6 S = {B, B, B, B, B, R, R} b ‘Throwing 1, 2, 4 or 6’ or ‘not throwing 3 or 5’
Number of possible equally likely outcomes = 7 c ‘Throwing a 1 or 2’ or ‘not throwing a number > 2’ or
a Favourable outcomes = {B, B, B, B, B}, ‘throwing a number < 3’
Number of favourable outcomes = 5 3 a ‘Choosing 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 or 9’ or ‘not choosing 7’
5 b ‘Choosing 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 or 9’ or ‘not choosing 1 or 7’
P(B) = __7
c ‘Choosing 1, 3, 5, 7 or 9’ or ‘not choosing an even
b Favourable outcomes = {R, R} number’ or ‘choosing an odd number’
Number of favourable outcomes = 2 d Choosing 1, 2, 3 or 4’ or ‘not choosing a number > 4’
2
P(R) = __7 or ‘choosing a number < 5’
c Favourable outcomes = {B, B, B, B, B, R, R} 4 a If a student is chosen from a class consisting of boys
Number of favourable outcomes = 7 and girls, the complement of the event ‘choosing a
P(B or R) = 1 girl’ is ‘not choosing a girl’ or ‘choosing a boy’.
3 2 7 1 b If a marble is chosen from a bag containing red and
7 a __
10 b __5 c __
10 d __5
1 1
blue marbles, the complement of the event ‘choosing a
e __2 f __2 red marble’ is ‘not choosing a red marble’ or ‘choosing
1
8 a ___
1
b __
1
c __
1
d __ a blue marble’.
100 50 20 10 c If a marble is chosen from a bag containing red, blue
1 1 1 1
9 a __
52 b __
13 c __4 d __2 and green marbles, the complement of the event
1 2 ‘choosing a red marble’ is ‘not choosing a red marble’
e __
26 f __
13 or ‘choosing a blue or a green marble’.
1 1 1
10 a __
12 b __6 c __4 d If a marble is chosen from a bag containing red, blue
9 1 3 and green marbles, the complement of the event
11 a __
16 b __
16 c __8
‘choosing a red or blue marble’ is ‘not choosing a red
12 a i 0 ii 0 or blue marble’ or choosing a green marble’.
b Impossible 5 ‘Getting a tail’ or ‘not getting a head’
c i 1 ii 1 6 a Stops on blue, green or yellow
d Certain b Stops on green or yellow
13 a 0 b1 c Stops on red or yellow
14 a 1 b1 c 0 d0 d Stops on yellow
15 a Selecting a white marble 7 a Selecting a black card
b Selecting a red or blue or green marble b Selecting a club, diamond or heart
16 The probability of an event cannot be greater than 1. c Selecting a diamond or heart
d Selecting a numbered card
Exercise 12B
8 a ‘Sydney loses’ or ‘Melbourne wins’
1 P(black) + P(white) + P(orange) = 1 b ‘Sydney loses or draws’ or ‘Melbourne wins or draws’
6
+ __
2 c A win by Sydney or Melbourne
13 + P(orange) = 1
__
13 d ‘Melbourne wins’ or ‘Sydney loses’
8
__
13
+ P(orange) = 1
8 5
Exercise 12D
P(orange) = 1 − __ __
13 = 13 1 P(on time) + (not on time) = 1
9
2 __
19
3 __61 9
__ + P(not on time) = 1
11
9
__ 2
__
4 __83
11
5 __ ∴ P(not on time) = 1 − 11 = 11
30
ANSWERS
7 8 a No b Yes
2 __
10
3 __
13 4 __7
c If there are no females who wear glasses, no qualifier
37 19
5 __
67
6 __
37 is needed. If there are females who wear glasses, a
1 999 qualifier is needed.
7 a ____
1000 b ____
1000 d If there are no students who have blond hair and brown
1 8 4 5
8 a __9 b __9 c __9 d __9 eyes, no qualifier is needed. If there are students who
2 7
have blond hair and brown eyes, a qualifier is needed.
e __9 f __9 9 a {4, 5, 6} b {1, 2, 3}
1
9 a __
9
b __
1
c __2
1
d __2 c {1, 3, 5} d {2, 4, 6}
10 10
e {5} f {1, 3, 4, 5, 6}
1 4
e __5 f __5 g {1, 3, 4, 6}
6 17 14 15 10 a {2, 3, 4, …,10, J, Q, K, A of diamonds}
10 a __
23 b __
23 c __
23 d __
23 b {2, 3, 4, …, J, Q, K, A of hearts, 2, 3, 4, …, J, Q, K, A
of clubs, 2, 3, 4, …, J, Q, K, A of spades}
Exercise 12E
c {K hearts, K diamonds, K clubs, K spades}
1 a A is the event a 5: A = {5}. d {K diamonds}
B is the event a 6: B = {6}. e {2, 3, 4, …10, J, Q, K, A of diamonds, K hearts,
Hence the events A and B are mutually exclusive. K clubs, K spades}
b A is the event a 5: A = {5}. f {2, 3, 4, …10, J, Q, A of diamonds, K hearts, K clubs,
B is the event an odd number: B = {1, 3, 5}. K spades}
Hence the events A and B are non-mutually exclusive.
c A is the event an even number: = {2, 4, 6}. Exercise 12G
B is the event an odd number: B ={1, 3, 5}.
1 a Sample space S = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}
Hence the events A and B are mutually exclusive.
b Event A = {2, 4, 6, 8}
d A is the event a multiple of 3: = {3, 6}.
c Event ‘not A’ = {0, 1, 3, 5, 7, 9}
B is the event an even number: B = {2, 4, 6}.
d Event B {6, 7, 8, 9}
Hence the events A and B are non-mutually exclusive.
e Event ‘not B’ = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
2 a Mutually exclusive
f Event ‘A and B’ = {6, 8}
b Non-mutually exclusive
c Mutually exclusive g i Event ‘A or B or both’ = {2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9}
d Non-mutually exclusive ii Inclusive or
e Non-mutually exclusive h i Event ‘A or B but not both’ = {2, 4, 7, 9}
f Mutually exclusive ii Exclusive or
g Non-mutually exclusive i Event neither A nor B = {0, 1, 3, 5}
3 a Mutually exclusive 2 a {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} b {1, 3, 5}
b Non-mutually exclusive c {2, 4, 6} d {3, 6}
c Non-mutually exclusive e {1, 2, 4, 5} f {3}
d Mutually exclusive g i {1, 3, 5, 6} ii Inclusive or
e Non-mutually exclusive h i {1, 5, 6} ii Exclusive or
4 a Non-mutually exclusive i {2, 4}
b Mutually exclusive 3 a {2, 4, 6, 8} b {1, 3, 5, 7}
c {6, 7, 8} d {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
Exercise 12F e {6, 8} f {2, 4, 6, 7, 8}
1 a at least 4 b at most 3 g {2, 4, 7} h {1, 3, 5}
c at least 2 d at most 2 i {2, 4} j {7}
2 a at most 4 b at least 6 4 a {A, E, I, O, U} b {N, Q, T}
c at least 4 d at most 5 c {N, O, T, E} d {A, I, Q, U}
3 a {0, 1, 2, 3, 4} b {7, 8, 9} e (E, O} f {A, E, I, N, O, T, U}
c {5, 6, 7, 8, 9} d {0, 1, 2} g {A, I, N, T, U} h {Q}
4 a {gg, gb, bg} b {bg, gb, bb} i {A, I, U} j {N, T}
c {gb, bg, gg} d {bb, bg, gb} 5 a {Jen, Matt, Nick, Peter, Jack, Sue, Kate, Michael}
5 a {HT, TH, TT} b {HH, HT, TH} b i {Jen, Matt, Nick, Peter, Jack}
c {HT, TH, HH} d {TT, HT, TH} ii {Sue, Kate, Michael}
6 a {(1, 3), (2, 3), (3, 1), (3, 2), (3, 3)} iii {Peter, Jack, Sue}
b {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (3, 1), (3, 2)} iv {Jen, Matt, Nick, Kate, Michael}
7 a {10 of hearts} v {Peter, Jack}
b {10 of hearts, 10 of diamonds} vi {Jen, Matt, Nick, Peter, Jack, Sue}
c {king of clubs, king of spades} vii {Jen, Matt, Nick, Sue}
d {2, 4, 6, 8, 10 of clubs} viii {Kate, Michael}
e {1, 3, 5, 7, 9 of hearts, 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 of diamonds} ix {Jen, Matt, Nick}
f {J, Q, K of clubs, J, Q, K of spades} x {Sue}
Answers 483
3 2 6 5 4
11
b i 6 ii 15 iii 14 iv 11 Netball 10 6 16
v 5 vi 10 vii 1 Not netball 5 7 12
15 13 28
b i 20 ii 15 iii 5 iv 15
v 27 vi 3 vii 32 viii 27 10
ix 30
b i 15 ii 15 iii 12 iv 18
9 a Read The Do not read
v 8 vi 5 vii 7 viii 20
Australian The Australian
ix 13 x 10
Read The Daily Telegraph 3 8 11 11 a 127 b 64 c 76 d 83 e 20
Do not read The Daily 12 a
Telegraph 6 2 8 Study Do not study
Indonesian Indonesian
9 10 19
Study Japanese 3 8 11
b i 9 ii 11 iii 3 iv 2 Do not study Japanese 10 9 19
v 6 vi 8 vii 17 viii 14
13 17 30
ix 17 x 14 xi 16
b i 3 ii 9 iii 10 iv 18
Language in mathematics
number of favourable outcomes Review set 12B
1 a Probability = __________________________
number of possible outcomes
1 a __61 1
b __2
1
c __2
1
d __2
1
e __3
b0 c 1 d 0 to 1 e 1
1 2 4 4
f complementary g rectangle, circle 2 a __
11 b __
11 c __
11 d __
11 e 0
2 a Not selecting a blue marble 3 a Spinning a colour other than red, blue or green
b Not tossing a head b Spinning red, blue or green
3 a Inside circle A
4 __41
b Outside circle A (but within the rectangle)
c In the intersection of the circles 5 a A red or green marble b A green marble
d Inside circles A and B, including the intersection c A blue marble
11
e Inside circles A and B but not including the 6 __
17
intersection 7 a {7, 8, 9} b {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
Check your skills 8 a Qualifiers not needed as A and B are mutually
exclusive events.
1 A 2 B 3 A 4 C 5 B
b Qualifiers are needed as A and B are non-mutually
6 B 7 D 8 C 9 C 10 C
exclusive events.
11 C 12 A 13 C 14 C 15 A
9 a {1, 3, 5, 7, 9} b {2, 4, 6, 8}
16 B 17 C 18 C
c {7, 8, 9} d {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
Review set 12A e {8} f {1, 3, 5}
g {7, 9} h {1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9}
1 2 5 4 1
1 a __9 b __9 c __9 d __9 e __3 i {1, 3, 5, 8} j {2, 4, 6}
1 4 5 10 a
2 a __3 b __9 c __9 d 1 e 0 S
F C
3 a Rolling a number > 6
b Rolling an odd or even number 6 6 5
1
__
4 10
5 a {1, 2, 3, 5, 6} or ‘not a 4’ 10
b {1, 3, 5}or ‘not an even number or an odd number’
c {4, 5, 6}or ‘a number > 3’ b i 6 ii 5 iii 17 iv 11 v 10
3
__
11 a x = 7, y = 6, z = 11
6 5 b i 7 ii 11 iii 17 iv 4
Answers 485
ANSWERS
b
x c −9 d +5
c 5x + 2 d __
3−8 e +3 f + 11
x x
e ___
−7 + 5 f ___
10 − 4
g ÷2 h ÷ −9
i ÷7 j × 10
2x + 7 5x − 9
g ______
6 h ______
2 k ×3 l × −4
−4x − 1
________ m − 2, ÷ 6 n + 1, ÷ −3
i 7 j 2(6x − 5) o − 10, ÷ 7 p + 8, × 5
−3(−8x + 1) q − 2, × 3 r − 1, × 11
k −5(2x + 7) l ____________
4 s × 9, − 2, ÷ 3 t × 8, − 11, ÷ 2
×3 +5 u × 7, + 6, ÷ −4 v × 4, ÷ 3, − 7
3 a x 3x b x x+5 w × 11, ÷ −2, + 10, ÷ 5
−8 × (−6) ÷ 12 +8
c x x−8 d x −6x 5 a 12x x b x−8 x
−9 ÷2 x − 11
e x x−9 f x c x + 11 x d x ×5
x
2 5
+ 10 ÷ (−4) x + 10 ÷4
g x x + 10 h x e 4x − 10 4x x
−4
×5 + 12 ÷ (−9)
i x 5x 5x + 12 f −9x x
× (−3) −1
j x −3x −3x − 1 g −3x ×7
−3x
÷ (−3)
x
7
÷ (−4) x +2 x − 15 ÷ (−8)
k x +2 h 15 − 8x −8x x
−4 −4
−1 ÷ (−1)
÷5 x +9 x i −x + 1 −x x
l x +9
5 5
j 2x −3 2x ×5 ÷2
3+ 2x x
m x
−8
x−8
÷7 x−8 5 5
7
x +1 x ×4
k −1 x
n x
+ 10
x + 10
÷ 13 x + 10 4 4
13
x −5 −x ×2 ÷ (−1)
l 5− −x x
o x
×5
5x
−2
5x − 2
÷9 5x − 2 2 2
9
m x−9
×4 +9
x−9 x
p x
×3
3x
+7
3x + 7
÷ 10 3x + 7 4
10
n 10 − x
×2 − 10 ÷ (−1)
−6 ×4 10 − x −x x
q x x−6 4(x − 6) 2
o 11 − 4x
+3 × (−5) ×7 − 11 ÷ (−4)
r x x+3 −5(x + 3) 11 − 4x −4x x
7
×2 +7 ×9
s x 2x 2x + 7 9(2x + 7)
p 3x + 6
×5 −6 ÷3
3x + 6 3x x
×4 −6 × (−6) 5
t x 4x 4x − 6 −6(4x − 6)
÷2 − 14
q 2(x + 14) x + 14 x
u x
−6
x−6
×3
3(x − 6)
÷5 3(x − 6)
5 ÷ (−3) + 18
r −3(x − 18) x − 18 x
+2 × (−9)
−9(x + 2)
÷ 11 −9(x + 2) ÷2
v x x+2 s −2(2x + 6) ÷ (−2)
2x + 6
−6
2x x
11
×3 −5 ×7 ÷9 +1 ÷3
w x 3x 3x − 5 7(3x − 5) t 9(3x − 1) 3x − 1 3x x
÷ 10 7(3x − 5)
u 7(x + 4)
×5 ÷7 −4
10 7(x + 4) x+4 x
5
×2 −8 × (−4)
2x − 8 −4(2x − 8) v −4(x − 8)
x x 2x ×9 ÷ (−4) +8
−4(x − 8) x−8 x
9
÷ 13 −4(2x − 8)
w 4(5x + 7)
13 ×7 ÷4
4(5x + 7) 5x + 7
7
y +1 ×5
5(x + 1)
÷ (−3) 5(x + 1)
x x+1 −7 ÷5
−3 5x x
Answers 487
Answers 489
ANSWERS
4 a $8.50 b $12 c $15.50
1
__ 1
__ 1
__ 1
__ 3
__
8 A (2 2 , 3), B (− 2 , 1), C (−1 2 , 2 2 ), D (1 4 , 1), E (1 4 , 2 ),
3 __
__ 1 d $19 e $22.50
5 a 35 min b 50 min c 65 min
1 1 1 1 1 1 3
F (1__2 , −1__2 ), G(2__2 , −__41 ), H(__2 , −2__2 ), I(−1__2 , −1__4 ), d 80 min e 95 min
1 3 3
J(−3__2 , __4 ), K(−__41 , 0), L (−1__4 , −3), M(1, −1), Exercise 14D
1 3 3 1 1 1 1
N(2__4 , −1), O(__4 , 1__4 ), P(−1__4 , 1__2 ), Q(−2__2 , 1__2 ),
3 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 1
1 a Number of squares 1 2 3 4
R(−__4 , −__4 ), S(−1__4 , __2 ), T(__4 , 0), U(__4 , __2 ), V(−2__2 , −1__2 )
Number of matches 4 8 12 16
Exercise 14B b Number of matches equals four times the number
1 a i Starting with 2, each number is 2 more than of squares.
the number before it. c (1, 4), (2, 8), (3, 12), (4, 16)
ii 10, 12, 14 d
24 (6, 24)
Number of matches
b i Starting with 4, each number is 3 more than
the number before it. 20 (5, 20)
ii 16, 19, 22 16 (4, 16)
c i Starting with 27, each number is 4 less than 12 (3, 12)
the number before it. 8 (2, 8)
ii 11, 7, 3 4 (1, 4)
d i Starting with 30, each number is 2 less than
the number before it. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Number of squares
ii 22, 20, 18
e i Starting with 90, each number is 10 less than e (5, 20), (6, 24)
the number before it. 2 a Number of triangles 1 2 3 4
ii 50, 40, 30
f i Starting with 3, each number is 2 times the number Number of matches 3 6 9 12
before it.
b Number of matches equals three times the number of
ii 48, 96, 192
triangles.
g i Starting with 2, each number is 3 times the number
c (1, 3), (2, 6), (3, 9), (4, 12)
before it.
ii 162, 486, 1458 d
18 (6, 18)
Number of matches
e 45, 42, 39, 36, … f 50, 48, 46, 44, … (6, 36)
g 3, 6, 12, 24, … h 7, 70, 700, 7000, … 30 (5, 30)
i 1, 3, 9, 27, … j 64, 32, 16, 8, … 24 (4, 24)
k 2, 0.2, 0.02, 0.002, … l 1, 5, 21, 85, … 18 (3, 18)
m 3, 7, 15, 31, … n 5, 6, 8, 12, … 12 (2, 12)
o 2, 3, 7, 23, … p 7, 5, 1, −7, … 6 (1, 6)
2 a 16 m2 b 32 m2 c 48 m2
d 64 m2 e 80 m2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Number of hexagons
3 a 8.5 cm b 7 cm c 5.5 cm
d 4 cm e 2.5 cm e (5, 30), (6, 36)
Answers 491
b The number of matches equals five times the number b Number of matches equals five times the number of
of squares. hexagons plus one.
c (1, 5), (2, 10), (3, 15), (4, 20) c y = 5x + 1; (1, 6), (2, 11), (3, 16), (4, 21), (5, 26)
d d
35 40
Number of matches
(7, 36)
Number of matches
30 (6, 30) 35
25 (5, 25) 30 (6, 31)
20 (4, 20) 25 (5, 26)
15 (3, 15) 20 (4, 21)
10 15 (3, 16)
(2, 10)
5 (1, 5) 10 (2, 11)
5 (1, 6)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Number of squares 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
e (5, 25), (6, 30) Number of hexagons
e (6, 31), (7, 36)
5 a Number of squares 1 2 3 4 5
Number of matches 4 7 10 13 16 8 a Number of houses 1 2 3 4 5
Number of matches 8 15 22 29 36
b Number of matches equals three times the number of
squares plus 1. b The number of matches equals seven times the number
c y = 3x + 1; (1, 4), (2, 7), (3, 10), (4, 13), (5, 16) of shapes plus 1.
d c y = 7x + 1; (1, 8), (2, 15), (3, 22), (4, 29), (5, 26)
24 d
(7, 22) 56
Number of matches
21
Number of matches
48 (7, 50)
18 (6, 19)
(6, 43)
(5, 16) 40
15 (5, 36)
(4, 13) 32
12 (4, 29)
(3, 10) 24 (3, 22)
9
(2, 7) 16 (2, 15)
6
(1, 4) 8 (1, 8)
3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Number of houses
Number of squares
e (6, 43), (7, 50)
e (6, 19), (7, 22)
9 a Number of shapes 1 2 3 4 5
6 a Number of pentagons 1 2 3 4 5
Number of matches 4 8 12 16 20
Number of matches 5 9 13 17 21
b y = 4x
b Number of matches equals four times the number of
pentagons plus 1. 10 a Number of shapes 1 2 3 4 5
c y = 4x + 1; (1, 5), (2, 9), (3, 13), (4, 17), (5, 21) Number of matches 5 10 15 20 25
d b y = 5 × x = 5x
32
(7, 29) 11 a Number of shapes 1 2 3 4 5
Number of matches
28
24 (6, 25)
Number of matches 6 11 16 21 26
20 (5, 21)
16 (4, 17) b y = 5 × x + 1 = 5x + 1
12 (3, 13)
12 a Number of shapes 1 2 3 4 5
8 (2, 9)
(1, 5) Number of matches 1 4 7 10 13
4
b y = 3 × x − 2 = 3x − 2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Number of pentagons
e (6, 25), (7, 29)
Cost ($)
35
45
30
40
25
Cost ($)
35
20
30
15
25
10
20
5
15
10 0 1 2 3 4 5
5 Weight (kg)
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
c $38.50 d ≈2.7 kg
Weight (kg)
5 a Time (min) 0 1 2 3 4 5 10
c $45 d 8 kg Cost ($) 0 1 2 3 4 5 10
2 a (0, 0), (1, 2.5), (2, 5), (4, 10), (5, 12.5), (10, 25),
(20, 50) b (0, 0), (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3), (4, 4), (5, 5), (10, 10)
b Watermelon purchased c Mobile phone calls
50 10
45 9
40 8
35 7
Cost ($)
Cost ($)
30 6
25 5
20 4
15 3
10 2
5 1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Weight (kg) Time (min)
c $21.25 d 15 kg d $7.50 e 6.5 min
3 a (0, 0), (1, 24), (2, 48), (5, 120)
6 a Time (min) 0 1 2 3 4 5 10
b Cashew nuts
Cost ($) 0 1.20 2.40 3.60 4.80 6.00 12.00
120
110 b Mobile phone calls
100
12
90
11
80
10
Cost ($)
70
9
60
8
50
Cost ($)
7
40
6
30
5
20
4
10
3
0 1 2 3 4 5 2
Weight (kg) 1
1
c $108 d 3__2 kg 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Time (min)
c ≈$7.80 d ≈8.3 min
Answers 493
110 260
100 240
90 220
80 200
180
Cost ($)
70
Cost ($)
60 160
50 140
40 120
30 100
20 80
10 60
40
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 20
Distance (km)
0 1 2 3 4
c $42.50 d 32 km
Time worked (h)
8 a Kilometres 0 10 20 30 40 1
c ≈$225 d 2__2 hours
Cost in dollars 8 38 68 98 128
130 1 a x −2 −1 0 1 2
120
y −3 −1 1 3 5
110
100 y y = 2x + 1
90 7
Cost ($)
80 6
70 5
60 4
50 3
40 2
30 1
20
10 –2 –1 1 2 3 x
–2
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40
–3
Distance (km)
c $113 d 14 km b x=3
9 a Hours 0 1 2 3 4 5 2 a x −2 −1 0 1 2
Pay ($) 10 26 42 58 74 90 y −8 −5 −2 1 4
b Stephanie’s pay
y = 3x − 2
8
90
6
80 4
70
2
60
Pay ($)
50 –2 –1 1 2 3 x
40
–4
30
–6
20
–8
10
0 1 2 3 4 5
b x=3
Time worked (h)
1
c ≈$66 d 2__2 hours
y
y y = 2x − 3 8
4
2 6
4
y = −3x + 2
–2 –1 1 2 3 4 x 2
–4
–2 –1 1 2 3 4 x
–6
–4
–8
–6
1 –8
b y = 3__2 –10
4 a x −2 −1 0 1 2
y −4 −3 −2 −1 0 e x −2 −1 0 1 2
y 6 5 4 3 2
y y=x−2
2 y
1 7
6
–2 –1 1 2 3 4 x
5
y = −x + 4
–2 4
–3 3
–4 2
1
b x −2 −1 0 1 2 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 x
y 2 3 4 5 6
f x −2 −1 0 1 2
y
8 y −4 −2 0 2 4
7
y
6 8
y=x+4 y = 2x
5 6
4 4
3 2
2
1 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 x
–4
–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 x
c x −2 −1 0 1 2 g x −2 −1 0 1 2
y 0 2 4 6 8 y 11 7 3 −1 −5
y y
8 12
6 10
4 8
y = 2x + 4
2 6
y = −4x + 3
4
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 x 2
–4
–2 –1 1 2 3 x
–4
–6
Answers 495
i y = −2x + 5
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 x
x −2 −1 0 1 2
–1
y 9 7 5 3 1
i x −2 −1 0 1 2 Exercise 14G
y 5 4 3 2 1
1 a The lines are parallel and cut the y-axis at 3, −1 and
y 1 respectively.
5 b y
4 5
3 4
y=3−x 3
2
y = 2x + 3 2 y = 2x − 1
1
1
–2 –1 1 2 3 4 x
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 x
–2
–2
5 a x=4 b x=4 c x = −4 –3
1 –4
d x=4 e x = −3 f x = 3__2
–5
g x = −__21 h x = −4 i x=4 y = 2x + 1
6 a y = 2x − 1 2 a They all intersect at (0, 2), but have different gradients.
x −2 −1 0 1 2 b They intersect at (0, 1) and have the same gradient but
in opposite directions.
y −5 −3 −1 1 3
c They intersect at (0, 0) and have the same gradient but
b y = 3x + 2 in opposite directions.
d These lines are parallel. They have y-intercepts of 2, 1,
x −2 −1 0 1 2
and −3 respectively.
y −4 −1 2 5 8 3 a The gradient or slope is the same, but the new graph
intersects the y-axis at −3.
c y = 2x + 3
4 a The lines are parallel and cut the y-axis at different
x −2 −1 0 1 2 points.
y −1 1 3 5 7 b y = 2x + 2 is steeper than y = x + 2; they both cut
the y-axis at 2.
d y = 4x + 1 c Both graphs intersect the y-axis at (0, 2) and have the
x −2 −1 0 1 2 same slope but in opposite directions.
y −7 −3 1 5 9 d The lines are parallel but they cut the y-axis at
different points.
e y = 4x − 3 5 Parallel: y = 2x + 3, y = 2x − 1, y = 2x
Parallel: y = −3x − 2, y = −3x, y = −3x − 5
x −2 −1 0 1 2
Parallel: y = 3x + 3, y = 3x
y −11 −7 −3 1 5 Pass through same point: y = 2x + 3, y = 3x + 3,
y = 4x + 3
f y = −2x + 1
Pass through same point: y = −3x − 2, y = 5x − 2
x −2 −1 0 1 2
y 5 3 1 −1 −3
7 a x 0 1 2 3 1 54 years
2 By travelling and observing
y 1 2 9 28
3 His idea of representing points by using ordered pairs
b, c y on coordinate axes.
28 4 a His main rule was ‘never to accept anything as true
26 which I do not clearly and distinctly see to be so’.
24 b Believe only what you understand.
22 5 17 years
20 7 Use of index notation and the Cartesian plane;
18 impossibility of trisecting angles using a compass and
16 ruler only, and use of x for unknown variables.
14
Check your skills
12
10 1 D 2 D 3 B 4 D 5 D
y = x3 + 1 6 B 7 C 8 C 9 A 10 A
8
6 11 D 12 B
4
y=x+1 Review set 14A
2
0 1 y
1 2 3 4 5 x 4
3 E(2, 3)
d y = x3 + 1 is not a straight line. The graphs intersect
at (0, 1) and (1, 2). 2
D(–3, 1)
8 Linear: y = 2x − 5, y = −x + 1, y = 7x + 5 1
Non-linear: y = x2 − 5, y = x3 + 4, y = x4 + 2
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 x
Exercise 14H –2 A(0, –2)
B(–1, –3) –3
1 a y
7 –4 C(2, –4)
6
5 2 a y
4 5
A(–2, 4) B(2, 4)
3 4
y=x+3 y = 2x
2 3
1 2
1
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 x C(2, 0)
–2 –4 –3 –2 –2 1 2 3 4 x
b D(−2, 0)
b (3, 6)
Answers 497
35
200
30
150
25
100
20
50
15
10 0 1 2 3 4
5 Time (h)
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 c $425 d ≈3__2 h
Weight (kg) x −2 −1 0 1 2
5
c ≈$30 d 18 kg y −11 −7 −3 1 5
5 x −2 −1 0 1 2 y
6
y −8 −5 −2 1 4
4
y 2
y = 4x − 3
4
2 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 x
–4
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 x –6
–4 –8
y = 3x − 2
–6 –10
–8 –12
6 a x −2 −1 0 1 2 6 a x −2 −1 0 1 2
y −1 1 3 5 7 y −2 1 4 7 10
b y = 2x + 3 b y = 3x + 4
6 a x −2 −1 0 1 2
2 a E(–1, 1)
y y 7 5 3 1 −1
1
b y = −2x + 3
D(–2, 0)
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 x Review set 14D
–1 1 A(4, −5), B(−3, −1), C(0, 2), D(5, 4), E(−3, 4)
C(–3, –1)
2 a y
A(6, 3)
–2 3
B(–4, –2)
B(5, 2)
–3 2
A(–5, –3)
1 C(4, 1)
b It is a straight line.
c F(0, 2), G(1, 3), H(2, 4) D(3, 0)
3 a x 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
E(2, –1)
y 5 9 13 17 21 –1
b Number of matches equals four times the number of b F(1, −2), G(0, −3), H(−1, −4)
squares + 1.
c y = 4x + 1; (1, 5), (2, 9), (3, 13), (4, 17), (5, 21) 3 a x 1 2 3 4 5
d (6, 25), (7, 29) y 3 5 7 9 11
4 a (0, 0), (1, 18), (2, 36), (5, 90)
b Pistachio nuts b y = 2x + 1
90 4 a Number of hours 0 1 2 3 4
80 Cost ($) 100 125 150 175 200
70
60 b Jukebox hire
Cost ($)
50 200
40
190
30
180
20
170
10
Cost ($)
160
150
0 1 2 3 4 5
Weight (kg) 140
130
c $63 d 4 kg 120
−2 −1 110
5 x 0 1 2
100
y −13 −8 −3 2 7
0 1 2 3 4
Time (h)
c ≈$188 d 2.4 h or 2 h 24 min
Answers 499
y
y = 3x − 4 Z Y
4 D F
2 c M d Q
P
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3 x
–4
S R
–6
L N
–8
e E F f 6 cm
–10 B C
5 cm 7 cm
6 a x −2 −1 0 1 2
D G 80°
y −13 −8 −3 2 7 A 5 cm D
b y = 5x − 3 g 7 cm h 5 cm
Q R L M
130°
5 cm 7 cm 6 cm
CHAPTER 15 TRIANGLES AND
QUADRILATERALS 110° 70°
P S K 7 cm N
6 cm
Diagnostic test 7 a Triangle ABC, AB = AC
1 C 2 D 3 A 4 A 5 B b Triangle STU, ST = UT, ∠T = 90°
6 A 7 D 8 C 9 B 10 A c Triangle JKL, ∠L = 120°, ∠J = ∠K
11 C 12 C d Quadrilateral RSTU, ST = UR, SR = TU
e Quadrilateral ABCD, AD = DC = CB = AB
Exercise 15A f Quadrilateral FGHI, FG = GH, ∠F = ∠H, FI = IH
1 a Q b X Y Exercise 15B
c d B
E
Constructions are shown at half size.
F A
1 R
C
e N f Q R 4 cm
3 cm
P Q
2 cm
M O P S
2 a N b F
g A B h
g h
F C 4.5 cm 3.5 cm
5 cm 4 cm
E D i
D E
L M 5 cm
2 a Line TS b Triangle KLM 6 cm
c Point R d Square DEFG c M dR
e Interval OP
f Triangle with sides o, p, q or triangle OPQ 4.2 cm 2.5 cm
6.5 cm
g Pentagon UVWXY h Angle PTA or ∠T 4 cm
3 a TP, PT, TR, RP, RT, PR b FE, d, EF D K
4 cm
c LM, MN, LN O P
4 cm
d ∠AOC as more than one angle has its vertex at O.
4 a MN = NL 3 b i Largest angle ii Smallest angle
b IJ = LK, IL = JK c The largest angle is opposite the longest side.
c MN = QP, MO = OP 4 Longest Sum of other Is longest side greater
d EF = DG, FG = ED, HF = HG = HE = HD side 2 sides than sum of other 2 sides?
e BC = CD = DE = EA = AB
5 a ∠BAC = ∠CBA = ∠ACB, or ∠A = ∠B = ∠C a LM = 6 cm 9 cm No
b ∠PQO = ∠OSR, ∠ORS = ∠OPQ, or b DE = 5 cm 8 cm No
∠Q = ∠S, ∠R = ∠P c DM = 4.2 cm 6.5 cm No
c ∠KJB = ∠JID = ∠IHF
d ∠WVZ = ∠WXY, ∠VZY = ∠VWX, or d PR = 6.5 cm 8 cm No
∠V = ∠X , ∠Z = ∠W
ANSWERS
6 C c l = 18° d s = 49°
e k = 40° f m = 47°
g t = 19° h w = 39°
4 cm
i n = 40° j u = 116°
k z = 46° l e = 90°
70°
A B m g = 84° n j = 42°
6 cm
o b = 59°
7 a C b M 3 a a + 50° + 70° = 180° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
2 cm ∴ a + 120° = 180°
75° a = 180° − 120° = 60°
4 cm K
4 cm
L b + 100° + 60° = 180° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
110° ∴ b + 160° = 180°
A
3 cm
B b = 180° − 160° = 20°
c R d
b a + 50° + 55° = 180° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
S
∴ a + 105° = 180°
1.5 cm
65° a = 180° − 105° = 75°
4 cm L T b = 55° (Corresponding angles as
5 cm
135°
X T TP SQ.)
3 cm
c = 50° (Corresponding angles as
8 R TP SQ.)
4 a a = 85° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
b = 56° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
P
60° 40°
Q
b n = 20° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
4 cm m = 53° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
9 a Y b C c k = 14° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
j = 81° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
d x = 52° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°, or
50° 30° corresponding angles on parallel lines are equal.)
X Z
5 cm
70° 50° y = 38°(Angle sum of a triangle is 180°, or
A B corresponding angles on parallel lines are equal.)
4 cm
c R d Q e k = 62° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
l = 70° (Corresponding angles on parallel lines are
20° 110° equal.)
P R
25° 5 cm m = 48° (Corresponding angles on parallel lines are
M 6 cm L equal.)
f g = 60° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
11 No, the largest angle (80°) should be opposite the
h = 50° (Corresponding angles on parallel lines are
longest side.
equal.)
Exercise 15C i = 70° (Corresponding angles on parallel lines are
equal.)
1 a Scalene b Isosceles 5 a x + 70° + 30° = 180° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
c Equilateral ∴ x + 100° = 180°
2 a Isosceles b Scalene x = 180° − 100° = 80°
c Equilateral d Scalene y = 180° − 80°= 100°
3 a Right-angled b Obtuse-angled (Adjacent angles on a straight line
c Acute-angled d Acute-angled are supplementary.)
4 a Right-angled b Acute-angled z + 40° + 100° = 180° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
c Right-angled d Obtuse-angled
∴ z + 140° = 180°
5 a Right-angled scalene
z = 180° − 140° = 40°
b Obtuse-angled isosceles
b x = 36° (Vertically opposite angles equal.)
c Acute-angled equilateral
y + 90° + 36° = 180° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
d Right-angled isosceles
∴ y + 126° = 180°
6 The interior angles of an equilateral triangle are all 60°.
7 The base angles of an isosceles triangle are equal. y = 180° − 126° = 54°
6 a x = 89° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
Exercise 15D y = 107° (Adjacent angles on a straight line are
1 x + 60° + 80° = 180° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.) supplementary.)
∴ x + 140° = 180° z = 39° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
x = 180° − 140° = 40° b x = 42° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
or x = 180° − 60° − 80° y = 90° (Adjacent angles on a straight line are
(Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.) supplementary.)
∴ x = 180° − 140° = 40° z = 58° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
Answers 501
ANSWERS
y = 42° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.) a triangle equals sum of two interior
h x = 43° (Base angles of an isosceles triangle are equal.) opposite angles.)
y = 94° (Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.) ∴ 2x = 118° + 18° = 136°
i x = 33° (Alternate angles on parallel lines are equal.) 136°
x = ____
y = 114° (Base angles of an isosceles triangle are 2 = 68°
equal, and angle sum of a triangle is 180°.) ∴ Unknown angle = 2x − 18° = 136° − 18° = 118°
4 a Isosceles triangles have base angles equal. b 140° = (x + 10°) + 35° (Exterior angle of a triangle
∴ Angle marked • = y equals sum of two interior opposite angles.)
y + y + 36° = 180° 140° = x + 45°
(Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.) or x + 45° = 140°
∴ 2y + 36° = 180° ∴ x = 140° − 45° = 95°
2y = 180° − 36° = 144° ∴ Unknown angle = x + 10° = 95° + 10° = 105°
144° 5 a 4x = 128°, x = 32°; 128°
y = ____ = 72°
2 b 2x + 6° = 114°, x = 54°; 114°
∴ Unknown angles are both 72° (base angles). c 3x − 2° = 106°, x = 36°; 106°
b Isosceles triangles have base angles equal. d 2x + 7° = 129°, x = 61°; 129°
∴ Angle marked • = x + 16° e 8x = 120°, x = 15°; 120°
2x + (x + 16°) + (x + 16°) = 180° f 3x + 3x = 114°, x = 19°; 57°, 57°
(Angle sum of a triangle is 180°.)
∴ 4x + 32° = 180° Exercise 15G
4x = 180° − 32° = 148°
148° 1 Property Parallelogram Rectangle Rhombus
x = ____ = 37°
4
∴ Unknown angles are: Opposite sides parallel Y Y Y
2x = 2 × 37° = 74° Opposite sides equal Y Y Y
and x + 16° = 37° + 16° = 53° (base angles)
Opposite angles equal Y Y Y
5 a 2y + 46° = 180°, y = 67°; 67°, 67°
b 2x + 90° = 180°, x = 45°; 45°, 45° All sides equal N N Y
c x + 2x + 2x = 180°, x = 36°; 36°, 72°, 72° Adjacent sides
N Y N
d (x − 8°) + (x − 8°) + 5x = 180°, perpendicular
x = 28°; 20°, 20°, 140° Diagonals equal N Y N
e 7x + x + x = 180°, x = 20°; 140°, 20°, 20°
Adjacent sides equal N N Y
f (3x + 11°) + (2x + 4°) + (2x + 4°) = 180°,
x = 23°; 80°, 50°, 50° Diagonals bisect each
Y Y Y
other
Exercise 15F Diagonals meet at
N N Y
1 a b right angles
Diagonals bisect
N N Y
vertices
Answers 503
Parallelogram Rectangle
Language in mathematics
Answers 505
6 7 4
i 6 ii 4 iii 17
iv 10 v 13
Left-handed 0 5 5 90
Not left-handed 7 18 25 80
7 23 30 70
60
Cost ($)
b i 16 ii 5 iii 5 iv 12 50
v 7 vi 6 vii 5 viii 3 40
ix 10 x 11 xi 4 30
5 a p = −10 b d = −3 c x = −7 20
d x=8 e c=5 f x=8 10
17 11 17
g x = −__
18 h x = −__
6 i k = __
4
23 38 0 4 8 12 16 20
j x = __
9 k x = −__ 3 l x = 12 Weight (kg)
6 a No b 6x = 138; x = 23
iii ≈$38 iv ≈15.5 kg
c i −38 ii 3
d The number is 12. f x −2 −1 0 1 2
7 a i 7.8 ii 17 iii 20.8 iv 14 y −7 −5 −3 −1 1
b i 50.8 ii 71.6 iii 54.6 iv 110.4
c i 4 ii 11 iii 17 iv 50 y
y = 2x − 3
d i 6 ii 17 iii 19.9 2
e i 19 ii 107 1
8 a A(−1, 4), B(0, 2), C(2, −1), D(−3, −1), E(3, 4)
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3 x
b y
Q(2, 4) –2
4
3 –3
2 –4
R(–2, 1) –5
1
–6
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 x –7
T(4, –1)
–2
–3 S(0, –3) g i x −2 −1 0 1 2
–4 y −8 −5 −2 1 4
P(–3, –5)
–5
ii y = 3x − 2
9 a Shown at half size.
c i y
A(5, 2)
2
1 B(4, 1) 13 cm
5 cm
C(3, 0)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
D(2, –1) 12 cm
–1
b i Example:
ii E(1, −2), F(0, −3), G(−1, −4)
d i Number of matches 1 2 3 4 5
Number of matches 7 13 19 25 31
ii Example:
ii Number of matches equals six times the number of
shapes plus one; y = 6x + 1
iii (1, 7), (2, 13), (3, 19), (4, 25), (5, 31) iii Example:
iv (6, 37), (7, 43)
e i (0, 0), (1, 4.5), (2, 9), (4, 18), (5, 22.5), (10, 45),
(20, 90)
Answers 507
Index 509
Index 511
OXFORD
INSIGHT
8
STAGE 4
8
HUGHES
FULLER
LEY
JOHN LEY
SHAREE HUGHES
ISBN 978-0-19-557794-5 MICHAEL FULLER
4
9 780195 577945
visit us at: oup.com.au or
contact customer service: [email protected]